Tips Category RSS Feed | GameSkinny.com Tips RSS Feed on GameSkinny.com https://www.gameskinny.com/ en Launch Media Network GreedFall Guide - Vasco's Sidequests https://www.gameskinny.com/o8so5/greedfall-guide-vascos-sidequests https://www.gameskinny.com/o8so5/greedfall-guide-vascos-sidequests Sat, 21 Sep 2019 13:51:13 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

Vasco is one of your companions (and romance options, if you dig face tattoos) in GreedFall. In order to max out your relationship with him -- you know what we mean -- you will need to complete his sidequests.

Like all GreedFall companions, there are three of them to complete during your playthrough. Here's how you start and finish each of Vasco's quests.

A Name for a Family

Vasco's first quest, "A Name for a Family", unlocks immediately after you speak with Constantin after arriving in Teer Fradee. Just speak with Vasco afterwards and run through the dialogue options to start the quest.

For this quest, you'll want to obtain a Naut uniform. You can find one in the storeroom by the docks in Serene, or by fighting some thugs until you get it as a drop, or just by taking it off of Vasco himself.

Go to the Captain's office in New Serene, and Vasco will suggest you acquire some sleeping potions. You can buy them or brew them yourself. Then, head to the tavern and speak to the brothel owner. You will either need to pass a charisma check or bribe him with 100 gold.

Put on your disguise and head to the docks. Head to the port master's office (hop the fence if you need to) and head upstairs to find Vasco's file. Speak with Vasco afterwards to finish the quest.

Family Reunion

This quest will open not long after completing the first -- you may need to rest a night at camp to trigger it. Speak with Vasco and run through the dialogue options to begin.

Speak with Madame de Morange in New Serene. Her home is near the governor's mansion. Afterwards, head to the clerk's shop. Speak with the clerk and wither pay the bribe, use intuition, or use charisma to pass the check. Afterwards, head to Hikmet.

Go to Ferhat's and head to the second floor. Speak with the man there, then approach the alchemist on the first floor. Pass the charisma check or, failing that, look for a letter in the nearby desk. Go back upstairs and ask about the thugs.

Head to the marked alley to find Bastien. You will have a few options to pay off the debt. You can pay 200 gold, ask for time to collect the money, use a charisma check, or pick a fight. Regardless of how you approach it, speak to Bastien again once it's done and the quest will complete.

Forever a Naut

Vasco's last quest will trigger shortly after finishing his others; again, you may need to sleep a night in order to open it up. Speak with Vasco until a new dialogue option appears in order to start the quest.

Speak with the admiral in New Serene, then head to Wenshawginaw. Follow the quest marker and you will find the shipwreck. You will need to interact with everything you can here - corpses, the cage, the hole in the ship - keep exploring until you are directed to a cave.

You will battle a tough boss here: you may need to come back if your level is not high enough. Dodge often and use your fury when you can.

Once the monster is defeated, find the ship's logbook. Head back to New Serene and speak with the admiral again. Finally, head to the tattoo artist to finalize Vasco's questline.

Oh, and don't forget to invite that salty seaman to your room afterwards.

That's all there is to completing Vasco's questline in GreedFall. Check out our full GreedFall review right here, or head to our GreedFall guides to help aid you on your way.

]]>
How to Share or Transfer Data Between Two Nintendo Switch Systems https://www.gameskinny.com/0gnbb/how-to-share-or-transfer-data-between-two-nintendo-switch-systems https://www.gameskinny.com/0gnbb/how-to-share-or-transfer-data-between-two-nintendo-switch-systems Sat, 21 Sep 2019 13:39:04 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

The Nintendo Switch Lite is officially out in the wild, and there are plenty of people picking one up alongside their current Switch system. Whether it's for portable only use while your main Switch is hooked to the TV or if you're sharing among family members, the most important thing you need to know right off the bat is how to share games and data between Switch systems.

If you don't need to share data and are transferring everything from one Switch to another, check out our Switch system transfer guide.

1: Have an Active Nintendo Switch Online Account

Sharing data and games requires an active Nintendo Switch Online account, because the non-primary system accesses data and games via an internet connection.

2: Link Your Nintendo Account

The next thing to do is link your Nintendo Account, which is where your user and cloud data get stored.

To do that, go under the Settings option on your new Switch. Under Users, pick the profile you want to use, then choose "Link Nintendo Account."

From there, you'll need to sign into your Nintendo Account using your email or Nintendo Network ID. Once you're signed in, choose "Link," and you'll be notified your User account on the new Switch is now tied to your Nintendo Account as well.

3: Designate the Primary Console

When you share your Nintendo Account across multiple systems, you need to choose which system the primary one will be. The primary system is the one where anyone can play games you've downloaded; the non-primary systems only allow access to games through your User account and an Internet connection.

Because of that, most people are recommending the Switch Lite be your primary system if you plan to take it out of the house, so you can access your games without hassle.

To designate the primary console:

  • Log into the eShop on your current primary console (the old Switch)
  • Select your User profile from the eShop home page
  • Choose the option to deregister that console as the primary console

After that:

  • Log into the eShop using your new Switch
  • It will automatically become the primary console

Note too that some games aren't going to be compatible, or at least, not easily playable, on the Nintendo Switch Lite.

4: Re-Download Digital Games and Save Data

Now that your User account is connected, and you've sorted out which system the primary one is, you'll need to go back into the eShop and choose to re-download each digital title you've purchased and want on the new Switch.

Naturally, you'll want to make sure you've got enough room on your new Switch or its SD card for your titles.

To get the save data for digital and physical titles, you'll take advantage of the cloud backup feature.

If you need to first back your save data up to the cloud, you'd just choose "Upload to cloud" on the system that has the save data. 

Once you're all backed up, do the following on the new system:

  • Highlight the game you want the data for, and press the Plus button (the + one)
  • Choose "Save Data Cloud"
  • Select your User account
  • Choose "Download Save Data"

Cloud saves can still be enabled on both Switch systems, not only the primary one. If you're sharing your system, make sure to take note of what and when others are uploading to your account's cloud.

Also, be aware that some games don't support cloud backups, meaning you can't transfer data from that game using the cloud.

Games Currently Without Cloud Save Support
  • 1-2-Switch
  • Bass Pro Shops: The Strike - Championship Edition
  • Blade II - The Return Of Evil
  • Cabela's: The Hunt - Championship Edition
  • Catan
  • Color Zen Kids
  • Daemon X Machina
  • Dark Souls Remastered
  • Dawn of the Breakers
  • Death Mark
  • Dungeon Stars
  • EA Sports FIFA 18
  • EA Sports FIFA 19
  • Exorder
  • Fortnite
  • Gems of War
  • Go Vacation
  • IN-VERT
  • Lightseekers
  • Minecraft
  • Minecraft: Nintendo Switch Edition
  • Modern Combat Blackout
  • NBA 2K Playgrounds 2
  • Nidhogg 2
  • Pixel Devil and the Broken Cartridge
  • Pokemon: Let's Go, Eevee!
  • Pokemon: Let's Go, Pikachu!
  • The Raven Remastered
  • Robbie Swifthand and the Orb of Mysteries
  • Sid Meier's Civilization VI
  • Splatoon 2
  • Super Dragon Ball Heroes World Mission - Launch Edition
  • Taimumari: Complete Edition
  • Warhammer Age of Sigmar: Champions
  • Yu-Gi-Oh! Legacy of the Duelist: Link Evolution

If a lot of your games don't support cloud saves, and you don't want to do a full system transfer, there is another option.

Go under the Settings menu, and choose Data Management. Select "Transfer Save Data," choose the appropriate User, and then pick the game you want to send data for. Do that for every game you want on the new system.

However, that data won't be usable on the source system unless you transfer it back.

----

How are enjoying the Nintendo Switch Lite compared to the original model? Let us know in the comments below!

]]>
Link's Awakening Switch Guide: Trading Quest https://www.gameskinny.com/mynar/links-awakening-switch-guide-trading-quest https://www.gameskinny.com/mynar/links-awakening-switch-guide-trading-quest Sat, 21 Sep 2019 13:34:50 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Almost all the games in The Legend of Zelda series include some kind of trading sequence. Link's Awakening was the entry where this tradition began and also happens to be the longest trading sequence, spanning the entire game and bringing you closer to the quirky inhabitants of Koholint Island.

The Nintendo Switch version of Link's Awakening includes the trading game as well, with one special tweak at the end that'll be welcome to many.

There are a couple of things that make the Link's Awakening trading sequence different from those in other installments. For one thing, completing certain stages of it are required to progress in the story.

The end reward is different, too. Unlike in, say, Ocarina of Time, you don't get a mighty weapon or some other combat-oriented item for making it all the way through the quest.

Instead, you get two things. The biggest one is hidden knowledge that helps you traverse the final dungeon, where otherwise, you'd have to deal with rounds of trial and error to get through.

The other thing it gets you is the Boomerang item.

How to start it and where to go isn't always clear, and though the new version does add a few more helpful pointers to get you going, it's easy to get stuck if you miss a bit of dialogue or a clue just doesn't click. It's also not something you can do all at once, because it's so closely intertwined with the game's plot.

That's why we put this handy guide for how to start and complete the trading quest in Link's Awakening on Switch.

Starting the Trading Quest: The Yoshi Doll

You'll start the trading sequence by visiting the Trendy Game store in Mabe Village; it's the building south of the field with all the grass.

Here, you'll face what's possibly the greatest trial on the entire island: winning a crane game. The Trendy Game crane game was notoriously finnicky in the original Link's Awakening, and that hasn't changed here, where being off just by a tiny bit means the crane drops your Yoshi prize.

Once you've finally nabbed the doll, head outside.

Stage Two: Yoshi Doll to Ribbon

In the Game Boy Link's Awakening, you were left to figure out what to do with your new Yoshi prize, but in the Switch version, the child outside Trendy Game tells you his mother could really use the doll to help calm her new baby.

Head up to Papahl and Mamasha's house in the northern part of the village, and speak to Mamasha. She'll give you the Ribbon in exchange for the Yoshi Doll.

Stage Three: Ribbon to Dog Food

The next stop in the trading sequence is close by. Go to the center of the village to the house where Madame MeowMeow and her BowWows live.

Enter the house and go to the right, then speak to CiaoCiao to learn she's pining for a new accessory to adorn herself with. Hand over the Ribbon, and you'll get some Dog Food in return.

Stage Four: Dog Food to Bananas

For the next part of the trading game, head down to Toronbo Shores again. Stick to the northern part of the area and go east until you come upon a house.

Go inside and speak to Sale, the alligator who sells bananas. Rather conveniently, he wants some Dog Food, and he's willing to give up a bunch of Bananas in exchange for your can.

Stage Five: Bananas to Stick

The Banana portion of the trading quest is tied in with the rest of the story.

If you didn't start the trade sequence already, you'll find you can't reach Kanalet Castle because there's no way across the bridge. If this is you, you'll need to head back to Mabe Village to start the sequence so you can progress in the game.

With Bananas in hand, find Kiki the cheeky monkey near the Kanalet moat. Grateful Kiki will summon a team of monkeys to build a moat for you, and they leave behind a Stick.

Stage Six: Stick to Honeycomb

If you've completed Key Cavern before this point, you might have noticed Tarin loitering around on Ukuku Prairie. (If not, go clear the dungeon so you can start the next step in the trading sequence.)

Tarin wants some honey and requests the Stick to knock a beehive out of the tree.

Tarin obviously hasn't played Animal Crossing and doesn't realize that bees will chase him once the hive falls. Fortunately for you, though, they leave their Honeycomb behind.

Stage Seven: Honeycomb to Pineapple

Exchanging the Honeycomb is also necessary to move on in your quest for the Instruments.

Take the Honeycomb to Animal Village, and speak with the bear chef. He'll give you a Pineapple in return, but he also tells you how to shift the Walrus blocking your way into Yarna Desert, namely, by bringing Marin along to sing to the Walrus.

However, if you don't give the Honeycomb to the bear, then Marin won't change her routine and go along with Link.

Stage Eight: Pineapple to Hibiscus

Remember when Papahl told you he'd be lost up on Tal Tal Heights later? Yeah, he wasn't kidding.

As you trek along through the Heights on your journey to find the Angler's Tunnel, the game's fourth dungeon, you'll come across him. He's not only lost, but he's so hungry he can't move as well.

Kindly agree to give him the Pineapple, and you receive a lovely Hibiscus for your pains.

Stage Nine: Hibiscus to Letter

After you get the Hibiscus, travel back to Animal Village, and visit Christine the goat in the village's northern part again. She'll take the Hibiscus, but asks you to deliver her letter to Mr. Write too.

Stage Ten: Letter to Broom

Mr. Write's house borders the Mysterious Woods and Goponga Swamp, and you've probably been past it several times already. Go back again with the letter, and after a scene and an Easter egg, you'll receive a Broom.

Stage Eleven: Broom to Fishing Hook

If you've looked around Mabe Village and spoken to its inhabitants at all, you probably have a good idea where to take the broom. Take it to Grandma Yahoo (formerly known as Grandma Ulrira) and she'll be so happy, she gives you a Fishing Hook.

Stage Twelve: Fishing Hook to Necklace

You may or may not have already visited the fisherman in Martha's Bay by this point. He operates under the bridge connecting the mainland to the little island jutting into the Bay, so naturally, you have to have the flippers to get to him.

Offer up the Fishing Hook, and he promises to give you whatever he catches next. It's quite serendipitous that his next catch is a Necklace, because there's a certain Mermaid in need of one.

Stage Thirteen: Necklace to Mermaid's Scale

Swim north of the Catfish's Maw dungeon to find the Mermaid and give her back her Necklace. She rewards you by letting you take a Scale off her tail.

Final Stage: Mermaid's Scale to Magnifying Lens

Take the Mermaid's Scale to the Mourning Mermaid statue on the south side of Martha's Bay, and insert the Scale.

The statue will move, revealing a staircase that leads you to the trading game's big payoff: The Magnifying Lens.

(Real) Final Stage: Magnifying Lens and the Boomerang

It doesn't sound like much reward for all this work, but the Magnifying Lens actually does a couple of important things.

The biggest thing you can do with the Magnifying Lens is work out the correct path through the Wind Fish's Egg, the final dungeon.

It saves a lot of hassle trying to figure it out yourself, and since you have to finish most of the sequence anyway, it's worth going all the way to get this benefit too.

The Magnifying Lens' other use is back down on Toronbo Shores.

You might have noticed the crumbly wall south of Sale's house before. If you bombed it and ventured inside, you'll have been greeted by absolutely nothing. Go back in this cave and use the Magnifying Lens to reveal Goriya, who asks for an item in exchange for the Boomerang.

Unlike the original Link's Awakening, you can pay Goriya 300 Rupees to get that item back, so it's a win-win situation.

---

That's all you need to know for the Link's Awakening trading sequence, but be sure to check out our other Link's Awakening Switch guides.

]]>
Link's Awakening Switch Guide: How to Get All Songs and the Ocarina https://www.gameskinny.com/5ykqz/links-awakening-switch-guide-how-to-get-all-songs-and-the-ocarina https://www.gameskinny.com/5ykqz/links-awakening-switch-guide-how-to-get-all-songs-and-the-ocarina Sat, 21 Sep 2019 13:11:09 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Ocarinas were already old hat in The Legend of Zelda when Ocarina of Time came along, with the item first debuting in Link's Awakening and playing a rather important role later in the game.

It makes a return in Link's Awakening on Switch and still plays the same role, and the two other, non-vital songs make a comeback as well.

However, like the start of the trading sequence, you can easily miss out on picking up the Ocarina at first and get stuck when you need it, to say nothing of missing the extra songs. Fear not, dreamy adventurer: our guide is here to save the day.

How to Get the Ocarina

The Ocarina in Link's Awakening is in the Dream Shrine, the blocked-off building north of the square in Mabe Village. You can technically access it after clearing Bottle Grotto, since the Power Bracelet lets you chuck the stones blocking the Shrine out of the way.

However, you'll need the Pegasus Boots from Key Cavern (dungeon three) to make any progress inside the Dream Shrine.

The Shrine itself is a short and simple affair. Make your way around the edges, clearing out enemies as you go, and then you'll find steps leading up to the Shrines central dais. Loot the treasure chest for its Rupees, then grab the Ocarina on the left.

If you're looking for something else to do with your newfound Pegasus Boots, you can head over to the Mabe Village Library to work on unlocking the Color Dungeon while you're here.

Your First Song: Learning Ballad of the Wind Fish

If Marin and the tune that plays when you acquire an instrument at the end of each dungeon didn't give it away, the Ballad of the Wind Fish is the game's central song and the first mandatory one to learn on the Ocarina.

You'll use it a few times, but the most important time you'll use it is to access the final dungeon.

You can technically learn the Ballad at any point after acquiring the Ocarina, either when Marin is singing in the Mabe Village square or when she's singing in the Animal Village (depending on when you clear the Shrine).

For practical purposes, though, you may as well go ahead and learn it right after you finish the Dream Shrine.

You'll need this song — and Marin — to enter the Yarna Desert, but even if you have the song, you'll still need to complete certain parts of the trading sequence to get Marin to go with you.

Manbo's Mambo: The Second Song

The second song is available after you get the Flippers in the fourth dungeon, Angler's Tunnel.

Exit the dungeon and swim to the left. Enter the cave there, and work your way through to Manbo the fish. Manbo will teach you his Mambo, which lets you warp to any of the warp points on Koholint Island, along with Manbo's Pond near the graveyard.

The Final Number: Frog's Song of the Soul

The third and last Ocarina song you'll get is Frog's Song of the Soul, but getting it is a bit more of an involved process.

You'll first need the Hookshot, which means you'll have to finish the fifth dungeon, Catfish's Maw.

After that, go back to Mabe Village's eastern entrance/exit, and go south towards Ukuku Prairie. Use your new Hookshot to fly over the holes in the ground and enter Signpost Maze.

How to Complete Signpost Maze

The signpost puzzle in Link's Awakening is one of the more devious puzzles the game throws at you. There isn't a set path to follow either, because it resets each time you enter or each time you mess up.

The first post you'll need to read is directly south of where you enter the maze — not the one near the hole.

From there, follow the instructions to the next post, which is always in a straight line from the previous one. When the sign tells you to go a certain way, it's serious. Don't deviate from that line, or you'll read the wrong sign and have to start over again.

Completing the maze reveals a staircase heading down into the earth.

Go down the stairs, and you'll come across the superstar frog Mamu. Mamu is perfectly willing to let you hear a special, uncut version of his latest song — for a price. You need this song, though, so shell out the 300 Rupees to hear it, and you'll learn the Frog's Song of the Soul.

The song's description says it's used for waking the dead, but you won't be going around playing necromancer with it.

Instead, you'll need it much later in the game, to awaken the Giant Turtle and access the eighth dungeon, Turtle Rock.

---

That's all you need to know about getting the Ocarina in Link's Awakening and all its songs, but be sure to check out our other Link's Awakening Switch guides.

]]>
How to Unlock the Color Dungeon in Link's Awakening Switch https://www.gameskinny.com/xqdd7/how-to-unlock-the-color-dungeon-in-links-awakening-switch https://www.gameskinny.com/xqdd7/how-to-unlock-the-color-dungeon-in-links-awakening-switch Fri, 20 Sep 2019 12:19:03 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

The Legend of Zelda: Link's Awakening on Nintendo Switch isn't the game's first remake. It received a DX version for Game Boy Color that, obviously, replaced the black-and-white color tone of the original with vibrant color. But it also included a secret, color-themed dungeon, complete with two exclusive power-ups.

The Color Dungeon returns for Link's Awakening on Switch, but there's a bit of a process involved for accessing it. Here's everything you need to know.

How to Unlock the Color Dungeon in Link's Awakening

The Tools You Need for the Color Dungeon

The main tool you need is the Power Bracelet. That's the item Bottle Grotto is built around, so the earliest you can get to the Color Dungeon is after clearing the second dungeon.

If you want to break the sequence and don't mind missing out on some of the game's worldbuilding, you can go ahead to the graveyard to start the process.

If you want to unlock the Color Dungeon the way the game intends you to, though, you'll actually want to finish Key Cavern to get the Pegasus Boots first.

Using the Pegasus Boots to Unlock the Dungeon

Mabe Village Library

If you go the Boots route, head back to Mabe Village after clearing Key Cavern. Go to the Library, which is the bottom-left most building in the village, near where the kids usually play.

There's a book on top of a shelf at the back of the library, and now's the time to finally get it down. Use the Pegasus Boots to dash into the shelf and knock the book down.

The book describes a strange world underneath the graveyard and, more importantly, tells you how to access it: there's a specific order you need to move a set of gravestones in.

The Gravestone Shuffle

Leave Mabe Village through its east exit, then go north. Go up the stairs, and use the Power Bracelet to remove the rock blocking the way. Then, you can head east into the graveyard.

The area you want here is the southeast (bottom right) portion, where there's a set of five graves.

Like always in Zelda games, you'll first want to touch the gravestones to awaken the ghost enemies, called Ghinis, so you can defeat them before they get in the way of moving the gravestones.

From there, follow these orders:

  1. Move the bottom-right gravestone down.
  2. Move the bottom-left gravestone left
  3. Move the upper-left gravestone up
  4. Move the upper-middle gravestone right
  5. Move the upper-right gravestone up

Moving the last gravestone reveals a staircase heading down into the Color Dungeon.

Should you make a mistake during the sequence, you can enter the nearest house to reset the stones; the Witch's Hut is the closest, just to the west of the graveyard's entrance.

What Do I Get for Completing the Dungeon?

After you defeat the Color Dungeon's boss, you meet the Fairy Queen, who gives you access to two new sets of clothes — but you can only take one.

The Sturdy Blue Mail is a blue tunic that increases Link's defense, while the Powerful Red Mail is a red tunic buffing Link's attack power.

Regardless of which you choose, you can return at any time to swap tunics or revert back to Link's traditional green garb.

]]>
Siege of Centauri Guide: Best Strategies For Each Enemy Type https://www.gameskinny.com/olim2/siege-of-centauri-guide-best-strategies-for-each-enemy-type https://www.gameskinny.com/olim2/siege-of-centauri-guide-best-strategies-for-each-enemy-type Wed, 18 Sep 2019 16:03:56 -0400 Sergey_3847

There are several ways to play tower defense game Siege of Centauri, but whether it's Campaign mode or Endless mode, both beginners and veterans are thrown into the heat of the battle right away.  

While veterans should quickly understand the concepts at play, newcomers might drown under the game's vast number of weapons, enemies, and strategies.

So, to avoid that fate, we've put together this beginner's guide for Siege of Centauri. The tips below will help you learn how to fight and destroy hordes of aliens in the most effective ways possible.

We'll cover: 

  • Best strategies against Frigates
  • Best strategies against Cruisers
  • Best strategies against Air Units
  • Best strategies against Dreadnoughts and Juggernauts

Every mission in Siege of Centauri starts with intelligence gathering, where you learn what types of enemies will attack your base and from which direction(s).  After this phase, you are given time to build and place weaponry as you see fit.

If you choose wisely, then defending your position should be easy. But to be sure, here's how you gain the advantage against your enemies. 

Best Strategies Against Frigates

A masochist enemy unit shown in a Siege of Centauri menu

There are seven types of enemy frigates in Siege of Centauri. Each has its weaknesses and strengths, which you can utilize to defeat them.

Here are the best weapon strategies against each enemy frigate type:

vs. Masochists
  • Rail Guns with Shotgun upgrade
  • Drone Bays on large maps
  • Pulse Cannons
  • Mortars and Arc Projectors in large quantities
vs. Capacitors
  • Arc Projectors with Shotgun upgrade
  • Rail Guns with Shotgun upgrade
  • Artillery Post with Incendiary Payload upgrade
vs. Reapers
  • Gun Turrets with Shotgun upgrade
  • Arc Projectors
  • Mortars
  • Milton's Missile Attacks
vs. Scarabs
  • Mortars
  • Artillery Posts
  • Arc Projectors with Chain Lightning upgrade
  • Corrosion Mortars with Contagious Virus upgrade
  • Minos Cannon with Lure of the Volatile Reaction upgrade
vs. Martyrs
  • Nova Cannon
  • Artillery Posts
  • Reinforcements
vs. Corrupted Healers
  • Mortars
  • Artillery Posts
  • Rail Guns
  • Particle Lasers
  • Corrosion Mortars
vs. Hatchlings
  • Mortars
  • Arc Projectors
  • Shotguns
  • Artillery Posts

Best Strategies Against Cruisers

A destructor shown in a Siege of Centauri menu

Cruisers are the most frequent enemies you will face. There are nine types of enemy cruisers in the game.

Cruisers can become very dangerous in large numbers, so be sure to use these strategies against each type:

vs. Destructors
  • Corrosion Mortars
  • Particle Lasers
  • Minos Cannon with Overcharging upgrade
vs. Falling Stars
  • Ion Disrupters
  • Corrosion Mortars
  • Minos Cannon with Overcharging upgrade
vs. Eradicators
  • Particle Lasers
  • Nova Cannons
  • Upgraded EMP Blast
  • Pulse Cannons
vs. Hooded Turbines
  • Ion Disrupters
  • Pulse Cannons with Colony Pulse upgrade
  • Corrosion Mortars
vs. Mobile Nullifiers
  • Particle Lasers
  • Ion Disrupters
vs. Rolling Hives
  • Disruption Beam
  • Flak Cannons
  • Rail Guns with Shotgun Upgrade
vs. Floating Factories
  • Minos Cannons
  • Corrosion Mortars
  • Pulse Cannons
vs. Taskmasters
  • Gravity Wells
  • EMP
  • Disruption Beam
vs. Clutch of Eggs
  • Minos Cannon with Violent Overload upgrade
  • Corrosion Mortars

Best Strategies Against Air Units

A punisher shown in a Siege of Centauri menu

Until now, we've been focusing on terrain units, but there is also a large number of air units that attack from above.

Currently, there are five different types of air units, and each requires a different kind of strategy.

vs. Punishers
  • Falcons
  • Icarus SAMs
vs. Sparrows
  • Anti-Air Turrets
  • Arc Projector with Storm Projector upgrade
vs. Harbingers
  • Icarus SAMs
  • Disruption Beam
  • Reinforcements
vs. Vultures
  • Rail Guns
  • Disruption Beam
vs. Gliding Cranes
  • Icarus SAM with Overcharging upgrade
  • Scavenger Modules

Best Strategies Against Dreadnoughts and Juggernauts

An overmind shown in a Siege of Centauri menu

Lastly, the most dangerous types of enemies are dreadnoughts and juggernauts. These massive machines can single-handedly destroy your base if you don't have a pre-planned strategy against each of them.

vs. Overminds
  • Ion Disrupters
  • Minos Cannons
  • Pulse Cannon with Disruption upgrade
vs. Retributors
  • Ion Cannon with Defense Scrambling upgrade
  • Particle Lasers
  • Gravity Wells
  • Stasis Hammers
  • Amplifiers
vs. Nest of the Queen
  • Minos Cannons
  • Ion Cannon with Defense Scrambling upgrade
  • Particle Lasers with Graviton Beam upgrade
  • EMP
  • Temporal Shift
vs. Heart of the Phoenix
  • Nova Cannon with Field Leak upgrade
  • Particle Lasers
  • Gravity Wells
  • Stasis Hammers
  • Temporal Shift

---

These are the best strategies for each enemy type of Siege of Centauri. For more on the game, be sure to head over to our official review

Siege of Centauri is currently available on Steam for PC. 

]]>
Borderlands 3 Guide: How to Farm Legendary Weapons and Gear https://www.gameskinny.com/9knuv/borderlands-3-guide-how-to-farm-legendary-weapons-and-gear https://www.gameskinny.com/9knuv/borderlands-3-guide-how-to-farm-legendary-weapons-and-gear Wed, 18 Sep 2019 14:32:54 -0400 John Schutt

As more Borderlands 3 players approach the endgame, there is one question they must answer before moving forward: Where can I farm legendary weapons, shields, and class mods? 

You know, the best gear in the game for each class...

There are a few surefire ways to load up on these shiny golden guns. The best and most broken of them — such as those outlined at the bottom of this guide from PC Gamer and Heavy — are likely to be patched or adjusted. Update: the PC gamer trick is patched.

Since the pipe bomb trick and loot tink won't be around for long, we'll be discussing five different methods unlikely to be patched or removed. They are:

  • Boss farming
  • Chest Farming
  • Quest Hoarding
  • The Circle of Slaughter
  • Proving Grounds

Please note: All of these methods require True Vault Hunter Mode and Mayhem to be active. Also, this article does not discuss specific farming locations, focusing instead on the means of acquiring legendary items, the ultimate upgrade for your guns and gear.

Shiv boss title card from Borderlands 3

Farming Bosses and Red Chests

As in Borderlands 2, every boss in Borderlands 3 will respawn after a set period passes, provided you've completed the main story on their planet.

For instance, you can endlessly kill and loot the Gigamind and/or Killavolt boss fights on Promethea. That is, provided you've completed all story missions there and killed the bosses in question.

Typically, there's about a 45-minute to a one-hour delay between each boss spawn. As of writing, though, you can expedite the process by tricking the game into respawning bosses early.

How to Spawn Bosses Faster in Borderlands 3

All you need to do for this quicker method is:

  1. Kill the boss
  2. Exit their arena (completely)
  3. Reload the game
    • Quit to the main menu and reload

You'll spawn at the checkpoint nearest your previous location, and the boss should be similarly back in action. 

This farm works endlessly, and you can continue to fight as long as it takes for the boss to drop the weapon you want. 

Get Red Boss Chests for Better Loot

Bosses usually come with red chests as well, and these chests have a much higher probability of spawning legendaries than other weapon caches throughout the world.

Red chests respawn after about 45 minutes. If you find a good spot to grind for a few hours, you can supplement boss murder with additional chances at the best loot.

Claptrap stands in front of a poster of the Clypso twins

Quest Hoarding

There are a lot of quests in Borderlands 3. However, unless you've completed the main story, they won't scale in level or value with your character. Once you do beat the final boss, they start scaling just fine. 

You're likely to hit the max level cap (50) by the time you complete True Vault Hunter Mode's second playthrough. That means every quest you picked up along the way is not at the level cap, bosses and loot included.

Bear in mind, most completed quests are not repeatable, so hoarding them until endgame is the best way to secure everything at the proper endgame levels.

Twinks and other borderlands enemies fire weapons

The Circle of Slaughter

Another endgame, the Circle of Slaughter is a classic Horde mode. You'll fight through five rounds of three waves each with additional challenges thrown in.

Difficulty increases with each round, meaning more and tougher enemies, with the fifth round being the hardest of all. In the end, you'll meet a small horde of quality loot as a reward for conquering the Circle.

"Farming" this activity is less about the act and more about the theory. You want to maximize four things to get the most out of your time. 

  1. Damage: If you can't kill enemies, you aren't spawning loot. Prioritize damage wherever possible. Efficiency is key.

  2. Survivability: Tailor your build so you can stay in the fight as long as possible. Whether that's damage reduction, regeneration, misdirection, or any other method of keeping yourself alive, do it.

  3. Luck: If you can find the gear to increase your luck by any significant margin, equip it. Don't sacrifice either damage or survivability, but a little extra luck increases your chances of a legendary weapon by more than you might think.

  4. Maximum Mayhem: In most scenarios, Mayhem Level 2 is more than enough for increasing your loot chance. Curate your builds around modifiers and play the best Borderlands you've ever played.

 A mech stands in front of other characters

Proving Grounds

Another endgame unlock, Proving Grounds is Borderlands 3's take on a classic dungeon instance. Think Diablo Rifts, but without quite so much randomness in map layouts. 

Proving Grounds are round-based affairs culminating in a final boss and a loot chest. As with the Circle of Slaughter, you want to ensure your builds are up to snuff. Strategize as above.

The farm here isn't quite as time-consuming as Circle, but it isn't boss-farm efficient either. Instead, you want to kill and kill and kill, melt the boss, repeat ad infinitum. With good luck and Maximum Mayhem, legendaries should be plentiful enough.

Be sure to check out our other Borderlands 3 guides below:

As noted at the beginning of this guide, you can also try these farming methods, though they're likely to be patched sooner rather than later: 

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes Guide — Best Traits Tier List https://www.gameskinny.com/muxr8/remnant-from-the-ashes-guide-best-traits-tier-list https://www.gameskinny.com/muxr8/remnant-from-the-ashes-guide-best-traits-tier-list Tue, 17 Sep 2019 16:56:27 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

Remnant: From the Ashes is all about bringing your best builds to the fight. Everyone wants the best combination of weapons, armor, and traits to breeze through even the toughest runs.

That's where this guide comes in. Here, we'll take a look at the best traits for beating the game's many bosses. We'll break down each one of them, tell you how useful they are, and, like a sommelier of death, pair each with the best builds.

Don't worry if you already spent all your trait points: just respec your character and min/max them to the top.

The Best Traits in Remnant: From the Ashes

While these are the traits that make up the best builds in the game, they are also useful for almost any build. Most of these are focused on dealing massive damage or giving you superior late-game survivability.

Executioner

The Executioner trait increases your chance of scoring critical hits. Enemies in Remnant's late-game have big health pools and do a ton of damage, so dropping them quickly is extremely important.

Critical hit builds tend to dominate the metagame, and for good reason. You'll want to have points in this if you are trying to advance to later stages in the game.

Exploiter

Exploiter increases your weak spot damage. Beating enemies by targeting weak points is another popular build in the late game, and the damage increase given by this trait makes you a death dealer if you have decent aim.

Glutton

You're going to need consumables to survive some of the tougher battles, and the Glutton trait allows you to use them quickly. This is one of the weaker top-tier trait, but it's still useful in nearly any build.

Kingslayer

If you're running a critical hit build, Kingslayer is where a big chunk of your points will go. The damage increase to critical hits is massive. Coupled with Executioner, Kingslayer makes any build much more fearsome.

Mind's Eye

A very strong perk that helps any class, Mind's Eye increases your ranged damage. The increase isn't as big as some other specific traits, but its versatility makes up for that. This is a solid pick early while you're still figuring out your style.

Quick Hands

Increasing reload speed is extremely important for many builds, especially ones that utilize powerful weapons like rifles and shotguns. Quick Hands helps you deal massive damage faster.

Shadow Walker

Reducing enemy awareness allows you to utilize your build's strengths more often. Pick enemies off one by one, scoring critical hits or weak point hits one after another. Putting many points in this trait will make you almost undetectable.

Trigger Happy

Increase your fire rate. This works really well with guns that spit out a lot of bullets, but it can also give you a little extra support in sniper and shotgun builds. It's a strong choice.

Solid Traits

These traits will be useful no matter what, but they aren't as powerful as the ones listed above. They also might be useful in the early game, but fall by the wayside when you start running into tougher enemies.

Elder Knowledge

Increasing your experience gain is key if you want to max out your other traits. Eventually, you'll want to respec the points you used here to actually make your character stronger. However, Elder Knowledge is a great way to bulk up quickly.

Handling

In the right build, Handling can be devastating. Turn your SMGs into accuracy machines and watch enemies melt. If you're planning for the "lots of bullets" approach, this is the right trait for you.

Mother's Blessing

This one stays relevant even once you've become pretty darn good at Remnant: From the Ashes. You're going to get hit on occasion, and it's usually going to be by ranged attacks. This trait will help you stay alive long enough to fight back.

Triage

This trait increases your health regeneration. There are plenty of builds and certain items that can make good use of this. It's great for staying alive early. However, you'll probably want to shift away from it in the later game.

Vigor

Despite being a starting trait, Vigor is pretty useful, even in the late game. Increasing your health keeps you alive early and gives you a parachute if you make a mistake in the late game. There are sexier traits, but Vigor does good work.

You Could Do Better Traits

These are traits that are either fine but mediocre or extremely build-specific. In general, you'll be able to find a better option than these traits unless you are on a very specific path.

Catalyst

There are some powerful status effects in Remnant: From the Ashes, and this trait will better let you inflict them on enemies. If status effects are the focus of your build, you can't go wrong here.

Endurance

Increasing your stamina is... fine. In general, if you're dodging this much, you probably aren't doing it right.

Guardian's Blessing

Reducing melee damage is useful in the early game. In the late game, however, you should be killing enemies before they get close enough or you should be dodging their attacks, negating this trait. 

Keeper's Blessing

Reducing elemental damage is nice when you're figuring the game out. But once you've learned enemies and bosses, it becomes obsolete.

Rapid Strike

Unless you are running a dedicated melee build, which can be very powerful, increasing your melee attack speed is pretty worthless. This trait is devastating in a specific build, but it should be ignored otherwise.

Spirit

Increasing your mod power generation can be good in a support role, as there are some really powerful mods out there. At the same time, wouldn't you rather just kill something faster?

Warrior

Increasing your melee damage can be powerful on a melee only build, but it's pretty much useless in any other context.

Bottom Tier Traits

You'll probably want to avoid these.

Arcane Strike

Increase mod generation from melee attacks. Take two very specific and unimpressive traits and combine them. Not a great pick.

Bark Skin

You probably shouldn't be getting hit enough that armor effectiveness matters, and there are better traits with similar outcomes.

Cold as Ice

Increasing damage when you attack enemies from behind sounds powerful, but this trait is outclassed in nearly any build by other options.

Recovery

Better stamina regeneration is not going to help you win many fights.

Revivalist

Bringing back fallen teammates is not great for two reasons: it's only useful in multiplayer, and good teams shouldn't need this. Skip it.

Scavenger

A better way of getting more scrap is by killing more enemies.

Suspicion

Friendly fire is always on in Remnant: From the Ashes, but on the right team, you wouldn't know it. If this trait is helping you by decreasing friendly fire damage, you should find new teammates.

Swiftness

Meh: You'll find better uses for your trait points than increasing your movement speed.

Teamwork

Increasing teamwork range is only useful in multiplayer, and not much there either. Skip.

Will to Live

This increases your health when you're wounded. Again, there are far better ways to spend your trait points.

World Walker

This decreases your stamina usage. You'd have to put far too many points into this trait to notice the effects. Points that are better spent elsewhere.

---

There you have it. These are the traits you should focus your trait points on, whether now or in your next playthrough of Remnant: From the Ashes. If you can't get enough of the game, check out our review here and all our guides right here! Happy hunting!

]]>
GreedFall Legendary Gear Guide: Weapons and Armor Locations https://www.gameskinny.com/0bevh/greedfall-legendary-gear-guide-weapons-and-armor-locations https://www.gameskinny.com/0bevh/greedfall-legendary-gear-guide-weapons-and-armor-locations Tue, 17 Sep 2019 16:25:35 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

GreedFall is a huge game, and there are tons of different builds and strategies you can put together to help you succeed. However, one of the best boosts you can get comes from the legendary gear you find in the form of weapons and armor.

To get these sets, you often need to complete certain quests or quest chains. Below, you will find two lists of legendary gear: weapons and armor. Each entry lists the requirements for each item and set, as well as how to get them and where to find them on the open-world map. 

GreedFall Legendary Weapons

Legendary Weapon #1: Asili's Blunderbuss

You can find this gun during the "Doctor Asili's Experiments" quest. Look for the chest inside Asili's lab.

Legendary Weapon #2: Broadsword of the Deceased King

To obtain this brutal two-handed weapon, you need to complete the quest "Champion of the Arena."

The arena is located in New Serene in the basement of the Coin Guard Tavern. You will have to fight through waves of tough enemies, so come prepared.

Legendary Weapon #3: Great Honor Duel Flamberge

Go to the Hot Springs in Magasvar: The Vale of the Great Battle. Complete the boss fight and look for a corpse with a "Coin Guard Soldier's Key" item on it. Take that, then head to the easternmost area in this section.

There is a watchtower in a camp there. Climb to the top and use the key to open the chest and obtain the weapon.

Legendary Weapon #4: Great Scythe

The great scythe is one of the best weapons in the game and can only be obtained in Root's Passage. This area is only available during one quest: "Quest for a Panacea."

When exploring Root's Passage, you will come across a broken bridge. If you go around it, you will find passages off to the side. Follow the pathway to the right, and you will find a glowing room. The great scythe inside.

Legendary Weapon #5: Hammer of the Forgotten God

This is probably the easiest legendary weapon to obtain.

Build up your reputation with the Coin Guard faction to at least "Nice." You will then find this inside a chest in your camp or residence.

Legendary Weapon #6: Light Flamberge

This weapon is in the Wenshaganaw Singing Waters. You will find a location in this area with a large group of difficult enemies wearing skull helmets. They are guarding a chest with the light flamberge inside.

A good strategy for killing these tough enemies is to lure one away from the group, then defeat them on their own. Back up, heal, and pick the others off until you can reach the chest.

Legendary Weapon #7: Scimitar

You will find this weapon in Glendgnamvar: The Shore of the Tall Bones. It is in the southeastern part of the map, on the way to Bedri.

Be on the lookout for a broken bridge with a corpse underneath it. Grab a key off the corpse, then move up to the bridge. Have your Vigor stat increased to at least Level 2 in order to leap over the gap.

On the other side of the gap, you'll find a chest with the Scimitar inside.

Legendary Weapon #8: Yataghan

Like the Scimitar, you'll find the Yataghan in Glendgnamvar: The Shore of the Tall Bones. To get this weapon, you'll want to travel to the Ruins of Didri subsection.

Defeat the boss to find a chest nearby that contains this one-handed weapon.

GreedFall Legendary Armor

Legendary Armor #1: The Major Set

This set is located in Magasvar: The Vale of the Great Battle near the Great Honor Duel Flamberge. Finish the boss fight to find a corpse in the water with a few pieces of this set and a key.

Take the key to the easternmost area in this section look for a watchtower in a camp. Climb to the top of the watchtower and use the key to open the chest.

Legendary Armor #2: The Merchant Prince Set

Go to the central area of Wenshaganaw: The Singing Waters. Defeat the boss there and search for a corpse wearing an orange coat in the nearby bushes.

Take the key from this body and head north up the river. You'll soon find a locked chest near several rocks; open it to find this armor set.

Legendary Armor #3: Ring of Divine Fury

You'll get the Ring of Divine Fury while completing the quest called "In Pursuit of the Tierna Harh Cadachtas." Defeat the boss, including the summon that is called forth, and the ring will be placed in your inventory.

Legendary Armor #4: Saint Matheus Set

This set is located in Vedvilvie, inside the Cousoneigad Cave. Go through the huge stone archway to enter the cave, then head towards the northwestern portion of the area.

You'll need to have increased your Intuition to Level 2 to get through the passage there. Open the chest and claim your armor.

---

There you have it: GreeFall's legendary gear locations. Hopefully, this tips and tricks guide helped you find the weapons and armor you were looking for. The info here should have you slaying bosses and minions with even greater ease. 

For more on GreedFall, and to see why we compared it to The Witcher 3 and the Dragon Age franchise, be sure to head over to our full review here. And be sure to check out our other guides on the game while you're here, such as our companion quest and romancing guide

]]>
Final Fantasy 8 Remastered Guide: Best Weapons Tier List https://www.gameskinny.com/osa0d/final-fantasy-8-remastered-guide-best-weapons-tier-list https://www.gameskinny.com/osa0d/final-fantasy-8-remastered-guide-best-weapons-tier-list Tue, 17 Sep 2019 15:08:08 -0400 Sergey_3847

Whether it's Final Fantasy 8 Remastered or Final Fantasy VII Remake, the FF franchise features some of the most iconic weapons in the JRPG genre. Of course, not all of them are created equal, hence the need for the following FF8 tier list. 

Below, you'll find a complete tier list for the game that includes the strongest weapons, as well as their individual strength values, hit rates, and crafting recipes. We've chosen to only include the best weapons because once you get them, there's no reason to use anything else on the game's bosses and minions. 

Lionheart

  • Type: Gunblade
  • Strength: 30
  • Hit Rate: 255

Squall's best weapon has always been the Lionheart gunblade. After it appeared in Final Fantasy 8, it became so popular that developers included it in myriad FF games, including Final Fantasy X, Final Fantasy XV, and Final Fantasy Tactics Advance.

Lionheart has earned the status of the best weapon in the game not only for its cool looks but because of the Lionheart ability, which allows players to perform an ultimate finishing attack as a part of the Renzokuken limit break.

This weapon is hard to get, but it's not impossible. Here is the crafting recipe for Lionheart:

  • 1x Adamantine
  • 4x Dragon Fang
  • 12x Pulse Ammo

Shooting Star

 

  • Type: Blaster Edge
  • Strength: 28
  • Hit Rate: 107

This weapon may not look terribly dangerous because of its feathery edges, but this is Rinoa's best projectile weapon.

Getting this weapon is just as hard as getting Lionheart, and you will need to go through a number of dangerous battles against Thrustavis, Torama, and Elnoyle before you get all of the necessary crafting components.

Here is the crafting recipe for Shooting Star:

  • 2x Windmill
  • 1x Regen Ring
  • 1x Force Armlet
  • 2x Energy Crystal

Strange Vision

  • Type: Nunchakus
  • Strength: 25
  • Hit Rate: 255

This is the rarest and strongest melee weapon in Final Fantasy 8. It's got an incredibly high hit rate, which means it can deal heavy damage.

Some of its components can only be obtained by playing card games, such as Triple Triad, and winning Star Fragment cards (e.g. Iron Giant). If you have played these card games, then you will know why it's so hard to actually get this weapon.

In any case, here's the crafting recipe for Strange Vision:

  • 1x Adamantine
  • 3x Star Fragment
  • 2x Curse Spike

Punishment

  • Type: Gunblade
  • Strength: 24
  • Hit Rate: 255

In case Lion Heart turns out to be too difficult to craft, you can opt for another highly powerful gunbalde: Punishment.

It is also possible to get this weapon very early in the game by defeating Ifrit and Fastitocalon monsters on Balamb Beachside, which will give you a good amount of AP. Then, learn Quetzacoltl's card abilities and win every card mini-game.

After that, you can craft Punishment with the following recipe:

  • 1x Chef's Knife
  • 2x Star Fragment
  • 1x Turtle Shell
  • 8x Screw

Exeter

  • Type: Shotgun
  • Strength: 25
  • Hit Rate: 115

The only really worthwhile firearm in FF8 is Exeter..

In order to get his weapon, you must first learn the Mug ability, which will allow you to steal Dino Bones from T-Rexaur in the Balamb Garden. After getting the bones, head to Esthar City and fight Elnoyle. Then play some more card games.

Eventually, you will have all the necessary items for crafting Exeter:

  • 2x Dino Bone
  • 1x Moon Stone
  • 2x Star Fragment
  • 3x Screw

Save the Queen

  • Type: Whip
  • Strength: 25
  • Hit Rate: 107

This whip made of tentacles can do just as much damage as any other top-tier weapon in Final Fantasy 8. It's also the only weapon that can be obtained via Triple Triad and Card Mod without leaving Balamb Garden. 

It has an alternative title and is sometimes called the Gold Snake, but in either case, the crafting recipe is the same:

  • 2x Malboro Tentacle
  • 4x Sharp Spike
  • 4x Energy Crystal

Ehrgeiz

  • Type: Gloves
  • Strength: 25
  • Hit Rate: 103

Lastly, Zell's ultimate fighting gloves need to be mentioned. These can only be crafted using a very rare material; Dragon Skin.

To get the required number of the dragon scales, you will need to fight Anacondaur in Dollet.

Here is the crafting recipe for these powerful gloves:

  • 1x Adamantine
  • 4x Dragon Skin
  • 1x Fury Fragment

---

These were the strongest weapons in Final Fantasy 8 available through junk shop crafting. If you're looking for a way to get more screws in FF8 Remastered, then head over to this guide to find out more. 

For even more on the digital only remaster that launched on PS4, Xbox One, Nintendo Switch, and Steam for PC (sorry, Mac, iOS, and Android), be sure to head over to our review of FF8 to read about our comparisons to the PS1 original and how the game holds up today. 

]]>
Gears 5 Guide: Potential 0x8b050033 Error Fix https://www.gameskinny.com/8sgnz/gears-5-guide-potential-0x8b050033-error-fix https://www.gameskinny.com/8sgnz/gears-5-guide-potential-0x8b050033-error-fix Tue, 17 Sep 2019 14:19:19 -0400 Ty Arthur

Gears 5 might have been the biggest launch in the franchise's history (thanks, Ultimate Game Pass), but that doesn't mean it hasn't suffered from a few bumps along the way, including an ugly error code: 0x8b050033

The latest problem reared its ugly head this morning as players worldwide have had trouble launching the game at all. Many receive the error message "You need this update, but we can’t get it right now. Try again in a while. (0x8b050033)."

Xbox Live completely crashed the night Gears 5 went live, and a steady stream of issues have popped up since the Dave Bautista skin event launched last week.

How Do I Fix the Error? 

Unfortunately, the issues is that there's no Xbox One console update to actually download. The game is searching for an update that isn't there yet.

Uninstalling and re-installing doesn't solve the problem as of now, so don't bother, especially considering the bulky install-size of Gears 5!

While it isn't sure-fire, the most frequent fix for the largest number of users is to:

  1. Log out of your profile
  2. Log back in
  3. Completely close the Gears 5 app
  4. Re-open it
  5. Check if the error code pops up

Some players have successfully circumvented the update error message that way, but it isn't guaranteed to work in all cases.

 

          This is a whole mood for Gears 5 players right now

That's all you need to know about the 0x8b050033 Error for now. The good news is that a patch is supposed to arrive later today, so this is likely a limited-time problem. Check back later tonight, and we should (hopefully) see an official fix from The Coalition.

Have you found a workaround besides logging out and back in? Let us know what you did!

Looking for relic weapon locations or want to unlock that killer new Bautista/Fenix replacement skin? Check out the rest of our Gears 5 guides here.

]]>
Daymare 1998: Aegis Chamber Temperature Cooling Puzzle Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/p2f32/daymare-1998-aegis-chamber-temperature-cooling-puzzle-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/p2f32/daymare-1998-aegis-chamber-temperature-cooling-puzzle-guide Tue, 17 Sep 2019 09:15:01 -0400 Ty Arthur

Daymare 1998 is chock full of key cards, computer unlock codes, and puzzles. One of those puzzles is a little more difficult than the rest, requiring agent Liev to adjust coolant levels to proper temperatures in order to access the Pollux virus, fight the first mini-boss, and leave the Aegis level.

Thankfully, cooling things down is easy with the guide below. 

Aegis Temperature Puzzle Solution

When you enter the room with the PL-X 731 temperature control computer, don't be distracted by the zombie on the left by the desk; another zombie will immediately assault you from the right.

After taking care of the two Zeds, run up the stairs and go past the locked door to access the coolant computer.

 Temperature Start Point

Your goal is to go from the start point in the image above to the end point in the image below so that Chamber 1 is full, Chamber 4 is at two bars, and Chambers 2 and 3 completely empty.

To get there, you need this temperature combination:

  • Chamber 1: -15 degrees
  • Chamber 2: 20 degrees
  • Chamber 3: -5 degrees
  • Chamber 4: 0 degrees

Here's where things get difficult: you can only empty or fill one bar at a time, and the reserve tank only has enough space to hold one bar's worth of coolant, so you have to remove and add coolant strategically to make this work.

To skip all the frustrating guesswork, here is the fastest, easiest method to get to the correct temperatures:

  • Empty Chamber 3
  • Fill Chamber 1
  • Empty Chamber 2
  • Fill Chamber 1
  • Empty Chamber 2
  • Fill Chamber 1
  • Empty Chamber 2
  • Fill Chamber 1
  • Empty Chamber 2
  • Fill Chamber 4
  • Empty Chamber 3

After completing that pattern, you should end up with this solution:

 Temperature End Point Puzzle Solution

Unlike with the Aegis power puzzle, you don't have to flip any switches or do anything extra at the end. The mini-game automatically ends and you are popped back out into the main gameplay loop.

Afterwards, it's time to fight the game's first mini-boss, so make sure you've got your ammo combined into clips and ready to go before leaving the room.

Need help with any other puzzles? Check out our other Daymare 1998 guides.

]]>
Daymare 1998: Aegis Greek Password Puzzle Solution https://www.gameskinny.com/ipvk8/daymare-1998-aegis-greek-password-puzzle-solution https://www.gameskinny.com/ipvk8/daymare-1998-aegis-greek-password-puzzle-solution Tue, 17 Sep 2019 09:00:01 -0400 Ty Arthur

There's classic challenging survival horror puzzles, and then there are brain teasers that are just flat out unfair or poorly designed, and the Daymare 1998 Greek Password puzzle falls into that latter category.

Don't feel too bad if you're stumped by this one -- the game really doesn't go out of its way to offer clues as to how to answer the phrases (and hopefully that will be dealt with after launch in a patch).

Below we explain exactly how to input the proper Greek passwords into the founder's office hidden desk terminal at the end of the Aegis level.

For all three of the phrases, don't forget to scroll over to the big Enter key (the one with the 90 degree turning arrow, of course) after each Greek letter combination is entered and hit F to actually input the password.

Greek Password 1

Phrase: "Cast a light unto the darkness and there shall be no storm from which he cannot save you."

  • Answer: ΧΑΣΤΟΡ

It's easy to accidentally answer this one wrong since there are two O symbols on the keyboard, one with a line through it and one without -- you want the one without the line to proceed.

Greek Password 2

Phrase: "No matter the injury it will never end his journey."

  • Answer: ΠΟΛΛΥΞ

This one is even more annoying because there are two different N symbols and three different E symbols on the keyboard.

Here you are specifically looking for the flat topped N at the top-right corner of the keyboard and the three-tiered E symbol at the bottom-left near the Z.

Greek Password 3

Phrase: Long and perilous was the journey of the Argonauts to enter into its possession.

  • Answer: ΓΟΛΔΕΝΦΛΕΕΧΕ

Yeah, this one's the most obnoxious of all. The first letter is the one that looks like a lower case "r," followed by the O with no line, the upside down V, the triangle, the normal E, the normal N, and the O with a line through it. From there the letters should be easy to select before inputting the password.

Make sure your ammo clips are full before entering the password, because a zombie will frequently get up from the floor near the computer after completing this puzzle -- even if you cleared the room first.

Need help with any other puzzles? Check out our other Daymare 1998 guides:

]]>
Daymare 1998 Aegis Power Puzzle Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/j2k74/daymare-1998-aegis-power-puzzle-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/j2k74/daymare-1998-aegis-power-puzzle-guide Tue, 17 Sep 2019 09:00:01 -0400 Ty Arthur

Retro horror game Daymare 1998 started life as an unofficial Resident Evil 2 remake — before the real remake squashed those plans  so you've got to put your old-school survival horror goggles on to figure out some of the game's puzzles, including the Aegis Power puzzle. 

If you're having trouble with the power switch puzzle in the Aegis level, we've got you covered in the guide below. Once you know the proper pattern, it's simple to bypass the electricity issue and restore power to the facility.

Aegis Power Switches Solution

 The correct power switch order

While the trainee note on the swivel chair and the power status screen on the computer terminal next to the switch panel give a basic overview of how the puzzle is supposed to work, they don't give you the full answer. There's a bit of trial and error involved.

If you want to skip all that and just move onto the next portion of the level, then flip these switches from red to blue on:

  • Cargo Area
  • Submarine Shaft
  • Lab Area
  • Control Room
  • Reception Hall
  • Server Room
  • Security Room

When those switches are all blue, the Helipad Access, Decont. Area, Offices Area, and Canteen/Dorm lights should still be red. You'll know you've got the pattern correct when all of the white dots in the middle are lit up from top to bottom.

Here's the part that's vexing some players, though: you then need to press "D" to move away from the power lights to the switch, and press "F" to actually pull the switch and reset the power.

Most of the game's other interfaces don't work this way, so make sure to go through that extra step or the power won't come back on.

After the power comes on, you'll immediately be attacked by a zombie from the left side (from the staircase where you entered the room), so make sure your ammo is loaded before completing the puzzle.

Stumped on another puzzle found later in the game? Check out our other Daymare 1998 guides covering the major puzzles across the game's 14 levels, and be sure to leave us a comment if you need help with any we haven't covered yet!

]]>
Borderlands 3 "Connection to PlayStation Network Has Been Lost" Fix https://www.gameskinny.com/g9x0i/borderlands-3-connection-to-playstation-network-has-been-lost-fix https://www.gameskinny.com/g9x0i/borderlands-3-connection-to-playstation-network-has-been-lost-fix Mon, 16 Sep 2019 17:15:52 -0400 Tobbpitt

Borderlands 3 has its fair share of technical issues across all platforms. While we don't have a fix for most just yet (such as those affecting PC performance or FPS), there is one potential fix for Borderlands 3 connection issues on PS4. This worked for me, and it may work for you.

I'm one of the many who get the "Connection to PlayStation Network has been lost" error with the game. I can't really comment on whether this fix will work for people getting different errors, but it did work for me and is easy enough that it might be worth trying if you're having trouble with playing the game online on PS4.

I am not sure why this works, but it does and is totally safe so safe that it requires safe mode (har har). However, this fix does only work on PS4 and does not work on Xbox One. Sorry. 

How to Fix Connection Issues on PS4

  1. Turn your PS4 off
  2. Hold the power button a few seconds until the console beeps (some online tutorials say it beeps twice, but my slim only beeped once)
  3. Choose option number 4, "Reset to Default Settings"
  4. Let the console reset its settings, then hop onto your profile
  5. Input your internet connection settings
  6. Log back into the PlayStation Network

You do not lose any of your save data or any of that by doing this. It resets some settings back to factory settings, but its nothing that can't be sorted quickly a lot more quickly than sitting there repeatedly disconnecting from Borderlands 3.

Once you've done all of the above, you should be able to play without any trouble.

I'm not entirely sure why this fix works, but I turned to it after the frustration of one of our consoles connecting just fine and the other barely being able to connect to the game at all, despite both consoles being directly next to each other. C'est la vie; at least it's fixed now.

---

Check out our other Borderlands 3 guides here on GameSkinny!

]]>
How to be a Collector: A Professions Guide to Red Dead Online https://www.gameskinny.com/rbip9/how-to-be-a-collector-a-professions-guide-to-red-dead-online https://www.gameskinny.com/rbip9/how-to-be-a-collector-a-professions-guide-to-red-dead-online Mon, 16 Sep 2019 13:50:25 -0400 Sergey_3847

Gold fever and the Wild West go hand in hand. And Red Dead Online fully embraces that connection with the Collector profession. Included in the Frontier Pursuits content update with the Bounty Hunter and the Trader professions, the Collector is the second-best specialty for players who want to make money. 

Instead of actually searching for gold bars, though, players in this role will find themselves searching obscure portions of the RDO map for old relics. Of course, these relics can be sold for big rewards, which is a great way to generate even more cash than some other specialties.

Below, you will find a complete tips and tricks guide on how to become a Collector, and how to make the most of this unusual business.

Getting Started as the Collector in Red Dead Online

Out of all three new professions, becoming a Collector is probably the hardest for any character. This method of play comes down to encountering Madam Nazar's Caravan, which always moves around the map.

While hard to chart, it regularly appears on the map near Moonstone Pond and O'Creagh's Run in the Grizzlies East region.

Once you've located Madam Nazar's Caravan, here's what you need to do to start finding treasure and other lootable items:

  1. Talk to Madam Nazar
  2. Purchase the Collector's Bag for 15 gold
  3. Open the Collector's Bag to activate map markers

If you have collected all 54 cards in GTA Online, then you don't need to pay for the Collector's Bag. Your progress in Rockstar's other popular action game will net you save you 15 gold. 

Deals, Skills, and Items

The first problem that you will face after becoming a Collector is that Madam Nazar will not give you all her map markers for free. First, you need to buy a few things from her:

  • Buy Pennington Field Shovel. This should be your first purchase, as it will unlock other maps in her shop.
  • Purchase all unlocked maps. Each map costs about $20, and it will unlock new map markers.
  • Purchase other accessories. These include belt buckles, goggles, and gloves, which will all help you locate various treasures.

Besides these items, you will get a number of items and skills by default: 

Rewards What They Do
Divination Sense nearby collectibles
Potential Detect disturbed earth when using Eagle Eye
Intuition Narrow your search area
Horse Saddlebag Upgrade Carry more in your Horse’s saddlebag
Refined Binoculars Specialized binoculars that make dig sites glow from a great distance
Aguila Machete A classic, restyled machete 
Metal Detector An important tool which can identify collectibles buried underground
Equine Assistance Collect herbs from horseback
Horse Lantern Light the path ahead with a lantern attached to your horse’s breastplate
Valuables Satchel Upgrade Store more items in your Valuables Pouch
Criollo Horses Known for their hardiness and stamina, they're fast and agile

 

Collecting Tips and Tricks

There are so many maps to unlock and so many items to find that you may easily get confused in the mess that is the Collector specialty. To help prevent that, follow these gameplay guidelines for the role whether by yourself or with friends: 

  • Never open a new map until you've collected all the items from the first one. Otherwise, you will lose all the previous map markers even if you haven't found the treasure yet.
  • If you've made a mistake and accidentally opened a new map, then you need to go back to Madam Nazar and purchase it once again.
  • Try to play with your gamepad vibration on, as it will help you locate hidden items.
  • Use Eagle Eye vision for better visibility.
  • Use the Metal Detector in hard-to-get-to places.

---

That is all you need to know on how to become a successful Collector in solo or multiplayer. For more Red Dead Online guides, check out the list below:

Red Dead Online is the online component of Red Dead Redemption 2. It is currently available for the PS4 and Xbox One.

RDO is free to those who own the RDR2 base game, though PlayStation 4 players must subscribe to PlayStation Plus to play online, while Xbox players must subscribe to Xbox Live. 

For more on Red Dead Redemption 2, be sure to head over to our official review of the game

]]>
How to be a Bounty Hunter: A Professions Guide to Red Dead Online https://www.gameskinny.com/vtwis/how-to-be-a-bounty-hunter-a-professions-guide-to-red-dead-online https://www.gameskinny.com/vtwis/how-to-be-a-bounty-hunter-a-professions-guide-to-red-dead-online Mon, 16 Sep 2019 12:11:46 -0400 Sergey_3847

The Frontier Pursuits content update for Red Dead Online adds several new professions to the game — Trader, Collector, and Bounty Hunter — of which Bounty Hunter is the most dangerous. The profession will appeal to players who like to live on the edge, challenge themselves, and make money doing it. 

Just like every other profession in Red Dead Online, one must fulfill certain requirements to become a Bounty Hunter; there's a code, after all, to hunting for gangs and other lawbreakers across the RDO map.

Our guide below outlines helpful tips and tricks for those who want to play the specialty role. 

Getting Started as Bounty Hunter in Red Dead Online

Before getting yourself into all kinds of trouble, you need to get a proper license first. Here's what to do for a fast start:

  1. Travel to Rhodes
  2. When you arrive, follow the yellow marker on the map
  3. Speak to the Sheriff
  4. Purchase the Bounty Hunter license from him for 15 gold

If you already have a Twitch Prime Member account linked to Red Dead Online, then you will get the license for free, regardless of your platform.

After getting a license, you will see a new marker appear in each town. This is for the bounty board, which, of course, provides you with different types of bounty missions — and different ways to make money and gain XP.

Maybe you will even get lucky and find a legendary bounty. 

Deals, Skills, and Items

All bounty hunting missions are pretty much straightforward, but if you're having trouble getting to your first mission, here's the complete cycle:

  • Mark your destination: Follow the marker on the map after activating the bounty hunting mission.
  • Deal with bandits: Take out all enemies except your target, which should be taken alive.
  • Deliver the package: Bring the fugitive back to the Sheriff's office for a reward.

Obviously, bounty hunting is extremely dangerous business, since you will operate alone in most cases. You will need to be on the lookout for griefers, too, as you hunt your prey since they can make things more difficult.

Because of all of the variables at play, this method requires extra preparation for each mission. Fortunately, every Bounty Hunter is given a number of new skills and items to use while on this dangerous path:

Rewards What They Do
Focus Targets glow red in Eagle Eye
Reinforced Lasso A lasso made with reinforced rope to keep bounties secure
Reverse Spin Perform a Reverse Spin with a single pistol or revolver
Tonics Satchel Upgrade Store more items in your Tonics Pouch
Eagle Eye+ Track enemies while sprinting or galloping
Spin Up Perform a Spin Up with a single pistol or revolver
Kit Satchel Upgrade Store more items in your Kit Pouch
Tracking Arrow Pamphlet A pamphlet recipe on how to craft Tracking Arrows
Reverse Spin Up Perform a Reverse Spin Up with a single pistol or revolver
Ducking Duck for protection while on horseback
Bolas A thrown weapon, perfect for tangling the legs of bounties
Bounty Wagon A wagon for securely retaining multiple bounty targets
Perception Receive bounty notifications from a greater distance
Alternating Flips Perform Alternating Flips with a single pistol or revolver
Dual Gun Spinning Perform gun spinning tricks with two pistols or revolvers
Breton Horses This breed is strong and muscular


Bounty Hunting Tips and Tricks

Even though bounty hunting is a very straightforward trade, there are a few things one should keep in mind if they want to succeed in the role: 

  • Bring your targets back alive rather than dead for bigger rewards
  • Take advantage of your lasso for capturing your targets alive
  • Check out post offices and train stations for more bounty hunts
  • Bring your posse or play with friends for top-tier bounty hunts
  • Reinforce your lasso to win hard-to-get targets
  • Reach Level 15 and hunt for real players for $20 or more

---

That is all you need to know on how to make money as a successful Bounty Hunter. For more Red Dead Online guides, check out the list below:

Red Dead Online is the online component of Red Dead Redemption 2. It is currently available for the PS4 and Xbox One.

RDO is free to those who own the RDR2 base game, though PlayStation 4 players must subscribe to PlayStation Plus to play online, while Xbox players must subscribe to Xbox Live. 

For more on Red Dead Redemption 2, be sure to head over to our official review of the game

]]>
Borderlands 3: How to Redeem SHiFT Codes (Plus a Bunch of Vault Codes) https://www.gameskinny.com/1xn5t/borderlands-3-how-to-redeem-shift-codes-plus-a-bunch-of-vault-codes https://www.gameskinny.com/1xn5t/borderlands-3-how-to-redeem-shift-codes-plus-a-bunch-of-vault-codes Fri, 13 Sep 2019 17:17:37 -0400 Tobbpitt

SHiFT Codes are back in Borderlands 3, and with them have come VIP Codes for use by members of the Vault Insider Program. To top things off, there's already a free code for three Golden Keys you surely want to get your hands on.

Becoming part of the Vault Insider Program doesn't cost anything, and can be done on the VIP portion of the Borderlands 3 website. However, you must have a SHiFT account to sign up for the VIP — so before you get to crackin' some codes, you'll need to:

  1. Sign up for a SHiFT account here
  2. Sign up a Vault Insider Program account here

If you don't intend to sign up for the VIP, just skip the second step.

How to Get SHiFT Codes and VIP Points

Codes will be passed out via social media and other means, such as product purchases, much as they were with Borderlands 2. As a matter of fact, the very first free SHiFT code for the game was a Borderlands 2 code. Crazy, right?

You'll have to keep your eyes peeled over the coming weeks and months to grab up codes while you can.

VIP Points are another matter, which can be earned by participating in the program. Have a click around the VIP site once you've signed up to take a gander.

Be sure to link your preferred platform to your SHiFT account.

How to Redeem SHiFT Codes in Borderlands 3

You have three available methods for redeeming SHiFT Codes as it stands:

  • Go to the SHiFT website and redeem the code
  • Head to the game's main menu, navigate to SHiFT Code, and enter the code there
  • Go to the VIP website and redeem the code

Really, it's very easy, but again: Do be sure to link your preferred platform to your SHiFT account.

Free SHiFT Codes and Vault Points

The first free code I mentioned above must be put into the SHiFT website, and not the VIP website.

  • Three Golden Keys: ZFKJ3-TT3BB-JTBJT-T3JJT-JWX9H

However, more codes are being discovered. Some of these may not work for you, but try them all on the SHiFT website rather than in-game or the Borderlands 3 VIP website.

No guarantees, but here are some codes to try. Make sure you include the dashes, it's easiest to copy and paste. These were found spattered about Reddit, again: No guarantees!

  • One Golden Key: ZRWBJ-ST6XR-CBFKT-JT3J3-FRXJ5
  • One Golden Key: Z65B3-JCXX6-5JXW3-3B33J-9SWT6
  • One Golden Key: HXKBT-XJ6FR-WBRKJ-J3TTB-RSBHR

As for Vault Point codes, these must be input into the Vault Insider Program site. It's best to put these in as soon as you can, who knows how long they'll last:

  • ABCEASYAS123 (250 Points)
  • ALMOSTTHERE (1000 Points)
  • BL3REVEAL (100 Points)
  • BL3ATE3 (250 Points)
  • BL3WELCOME (250 Points)
  • BUILDURSQUAD (250 Points)
  • CLAPTASTIC (250 Points)
  • Dreamlandvip (100 Points)
  • DIGISTRUCT (250 Points)
  • EARLYACCESS (500 Points)
  • FIGHT4SANCTUARY (250 Points)
  • FORTNITEXMAYHEM (250 Points)
  • FRESHBOOTY (250 Points)
  • GAMEVIP (100 Points)
  • ITSHERE (1000 Points)
  • LARALOFT-BL3LAUNCH (200 Points)
  • LESSTHANTHREE (250 Points)
  • LOOTLOOTLOOT (250 Points)
  • MYMAIN (250 Points)
  • OVERCLOCKED (250 Points)
  • OVERONEBILLION (250 Points)
  • SEVENDAYS (250 Points)
  • SOHAPPYTOGETHER (250 Points)
  • Unblinkingeye (1000 Points)

 ---

Found some more SHiFT and VIP Codes? Post what you've found in the comment section below and help your fellow Vault Hunters out!

Be sure to check out our other Borderlands 3 guides for more tips and tricks. Borderlands 3 is out now on PS4, Xbox One, and PC. 

]]>
Borderlands 3: How to Complete Skag Dog Days https://www.gameskinny.com/oxz4t/borderlands-3-how-to-complete-skag-dog-days https://www.gameskinny.com/oxz4t/borderlands-3-how-to-complete-skag-dog-days Fri, 13 Sep 2019 16:10:48 -0400 Ty Arthur

The long wait is over and fans can finally joy puke their faces off with Borderlands 3, which of course in proper franchise fashion includes utterly insane starter quests like Skag Dog Days. Not quite sure how to pick up those Cactus Fruit and complete this intro quest? 

Turns out Cactus Fruit is wildly resistant to bullets and elemental damage effects like shock, corrode, cryo, and radiation. There's one simple trick to get those fruit to fall free, though, and its easier than you think!

Finding Skag Dog Days Cactus Fruit

         The Big Succ Location.

To find the fruit, just run around the areas marked with the triangle on your map and look for the very obvious red cactus.

The fruit itself is immune to damage, no matter how many bullets you lob at them or special class abilities you use, but they will immediately fall free if you deal even a single point of area effect splash damage.

The easiest way to do that is with The Big Succ gun found inside the trailer marked on the map position above.

Just use the gun's alternate fire mode to lob grenades instead of firing bullets.

If you didn't pick up The Big Succ earlier in the quest (or ran out of grenades or whatever), you can still get the Cactus Fruit to fall free by causing melee splash damage instead.

To go this route, use the the ground pound ability by tapping the crouch button while falling from a distance. Any large rocks near the plants with the Cactus Fruit should be high enough to deal splash damage through the ground pound and knock the fruit loose.

            Using Big Succ grenades to get Cactus Fruit.

It seems like those grenades should really obliterate the fruit, but whatever, we're not going argue the physics of a game that has guns with legs.

What method did you use to cause splash damage and grab your Cactus Fruit? Let us know in the comments, then head over to our other Borderlands 3 guides here after you finish the Skag Dog Days quest!

]]>
Borderlands 3: How to Skip Cutscenes https://www.gameskinny.com/j2jck/borderlands-3-how-to-skip-cutscenes https://www.gameskinny.com/j2jck/borderlands-3-how-to-skip-cutscenes Fri, 13 Sep 2019 15:30:42 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Let's face it: with more than a million guns to "pew pew" and worlds to explore outside of Pandora, most of us just want to play Borderlands 3 — desperately. We don't really want to sit through cutscenes. No, we want to skip them, especially the long cinematic at the beginning. 

While you might start with one Vault Hunter, you'll certainly want to try all of them since each presents wildly different abilities and playstyles. Thing is, there's the opening movie to sit through, then the one after you choose your VH.

While gorgeous and fun and raucous the first time 'round, watching it a second, third, or fourth time quickly becomes a slog, even if the theme song is a good one and the bar fight is pretty badass.

How to Skip Intro Cutscenes on PS4 and Xbox One

Unfortunately, you can't skip the intro cutscene on console

How to Skip the Intro and Splash Screens on PC

Of course, resourceful PC players have a solution for everything. Follow the steps below to get around the pesky opening cinematic: 

  1. Go to your game files
  2. Look for Borderlands3/OakGames/Content/Movies
  3. Locate the file called Marcus_Intro
  4. Change the file name (it doesn't matter what it's changed to)
    • However, do not delete the file

If you want to skip the splash screens, too, change the "LOGO" files found in the same folder. It won't net you any trophies or achievements, but it will help you get into the game even faster. 

As always, thanks to the great Redditors that continuously figure all of this crazy stuff out. For more tips and trick for Borderlands 3, be sure to check out our growing guides page

]]>
Borderlands 3: How to Equip Weapon Trinkets https://www.gameskinny.com/j0sdx/borderlands-3-how-to-equip-weapon-trinkets https://www.gameskinny.com/j0sdx/borderlands-3-how-to-equip-weapon-trinkets Fri, 13 Sep 2019 13:29:48 -0400 Tobbpitt

Who doesn't want a little trinket hanging off their current flavor of the minute weapon in Borderlands 3? Your vault hunter and weapons can be customized in so many ways, the weapon trinket almost seems paltry but aside from slapping skins on your guns, equipping trinkets is one of the few ways to always see your customization skills at work.

Trinkets don't do anything: literally nothing... Aside from adding a little more flair to your weapons, they have no other use.

Weapon trinkets dangle off the side of the gun you have it equipped to, which is enough for some. It's certainly enough for me.

How to Equip Weapon Trinkets

Equipping a trinket isn't all that different from equipping a skin to your weapon since both have to be done from your inventory. (You can equip a skin just by pressing the Inspect button/key when highlighting a weapon in your inventory. Easy peasy.)

Popping a trinket on your guns isn't much different.

Open your inventory and shuffle your way over to the weapon you want to slap a trinket onto, then press left on your D-pad or what have you — I'm sure this is just done with the arrow keys or something with KBM, though I can't comment — to select the little empty box to the left of the weapon you want to attach a trinket to. Choose one and you're all done.

Equipping a trinket does not consume it, meaning you can equip one trinket across multiple weapons as you play the game (that's right, you can slap that diamond ponytail on every weapon if you want). No harm in making use of them, if you want to give your play a bit more flair.

Weapon trinkets may not mean much to some Borderlands 3 players, but any bit of customization you can see pretty much all the time is A-OK by me.

]]>
How Long Does it Take to Beat Gears 5? https://www.gameskinny.com/01txx/how-long-does-it-take-to-beat-gears-5 https://www.gameskinny.com/01txx/how-long-does-it-take-to-beat-gears-5 Thu, 12 Sep 2019 15:23:15 -0400 GS_Staff

The consensus is in: Gears 5 is one hell of a game. Whether you're playing it on Xbox One or PC, you might be wondering how long it takes to beat Gears 5

To answer that question, we asked our reviewer and looked at the website How Long to Beat, which compiles game data from users from around the world. As of this writing, we know that 37 of 52 players have submitted Gears 5 completion data to the site. 

We admit it's not exactly scientific, but the data below will give you an idea of how much time you can expect to spend with the game. 

So how long is it? 

Gears 5 Campaign 

Time: ~11 Hours

The game's campaign is roughly 11 hours long. Our reviewer said that's about right, as it took him around 12 hours to finish things up. 

Gears 5 Campaign + Extras 

Time: ~14 Hours

To complete the main story and what HLtB calls "extras," it takes roughly another three hours, putting your playtime at around 14 hours. Here, extras seem to include things like sidequests and non-story achievements.

Gears 5 Completionist

Time: ~17.5 Hours

For those going for all of the game's achievements, it looks like a completionist run will take around 17.5 hours. Of course, some players will be faster, while others will certainly take longer. It's just a matter of playstyle... 

How Many Acts and Chapters are in Gears 5

Now that you know the game's length, how many Acts and Chapters are in this sequel to Gears 4?  

Here's what we know: There are four acts with a total of 15 chapters

  • Act One has four chapters
  • Act Two has five chapters
  • Act Three has four chapters
  • Act Four has two chapters

---

In addition to the game's campaign, Horde mode returns with tons of enemies and a cast of characters wielding devastating abilities a la' Champions in Overwatch. That's not to mention other game-lengthening modes such as Escape, Map Builder, and Versus.

Currently, Gears 5 is out on Xbox One and PC. It is available both physically and digitally, and fans can also play it via Game Pass on both of those platforms. It is available for other PC players on Steam.

Gears 5 supports cross-play and cross-save on Xbox One and PC, including Steam. 

]]>
GreedFall Companions Guide: Quests and Romance https://www.gameskinny.com/ro9ml/greedfall-companions-guide-quests-and-romance https://www.gameskinny.com/ro9ml/greedfall-companions-guide-quests-and-romance Thu, 12 Sep 2019 13:42:21 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

You've set sail for Teer Fradee, the new world entirely at your fingertips. What better way to go about colonizing this new world than with your trusty companions by your side? GreedFall, like many RPGs, allows you to set up and outfit a variety of allies who can help you on your journey.

Each companion has a few different sidequests that you can complete to earn bonuses and, if you play your cards right, pick up a romantic partner along the way. Here are the different companions you can fight alongside and whether or not you can start a romance with them.

You'll want to make sure to talk to your companions regularly to unlock their quests and special talents. If you complete all three quests for a companion you can romance, you will then have the option to invite them home with you and start a relationship.

Here's what we know. 

Aphra

Where Can I Find Her?

You encounter Aphra after you complete the quest "Scholars in the Expedition."

Can I Romance Aphra?

You can only start a relationship with her if you play as a male character. You will get the "Love and Botany" achievement/trophy for being in a relationship with her. 

What are Aphra's Quests and Missions?
  • Islander Knowledge: Unlocks after the quest "The Battle of the Red Spears."
  • Cave of Knowledge: Unlocks shortly after completing her previous quest.
  • The Linking Ritual: Unlocks shortly after completing her previous quest.

Kurt

Where Can I Find Him?

Kurt joins you almost immediately at the start of the game.

Can I Romance Kurt?

You can only start a relationship with him if you play as a female character. You will get the "Guardian of Love" achievement/trophy for being in a relationship with him. 

What are Kurt's Quests and Missions?
  • Missing in Action: Talk to Kurt after you've spoken with Constantin after your arrival in New Serene.
  • Amongst the Ghosts: Will open shortly after completing his previous quest; a new dialogue option will appear when you speak with Kurt.
  • Settling Scores: Opens after you complete the quest "Treason!" SPOILER: Kurt will survive "Treason!" if you have already completed his other two quests.

Petrus

Where Can I Find Him?

Head to Theleme and speak with the governor there. Petrus will then join your party.

Can I Romance Petrus?

Petrus is not available as a romance option.

What are Petrus' Quests and Missions?
  • The Vices of the Mother Cardinal: Speak with Petrus after completing the "Old Countries in the New World" quest.
  • Dangerous Bets: Speak with Petrus' father after finishing his first quest. Then talk to Petrus.
  • Sins of Father Petrus: Unlocks shortly after completing his previous quest.

Siora

Where Can I Find Her?

Siora joins you shortly after your arrival on Teer Fradee.

Can I Romance Siora?

You can start a relationship with Siora playing as either a male or female character. You will get the "Minundhamen" achievement/trophy for being in a relationship with her. 

What are Siora's Quests and Missions?
  • Find Queen Bladnid: Unlocks after completing "The Battle of the Red Spears."
  • Promises Set in Stone: Unlocks after completing "The Trial of the Waters." Do not accept the bribe that is offered to you as part of the main questline. If you do, Siora will leave the party and not return!
  • The Queen's Farewell: Unlocks shortly after you complete her previous quest.

Vasco

Where Can I Find Him?

Vasco joins your party immediately after you arrive in Teer Fradee.

Can I Romance Vasco?

Vasco is a romance option for male and female characters alike. You will get the "Love and the Sea" achievement/trophy for being in a relationship with him. 

What are Vasco's Quests and Missions?
  • A Name for a Family: Unlocks immediately after speaking with Constantin when you first arrive at Teer Fradee.
  • Family Reunion: Unlocks shortly after completing the previous quest.
  • Forever a Naut: Unlocks shortly after completing the previous quest.

---

As you can see, there are four possible romance options in GreedFall, but only three on any given playthrough. You unlock achievements and trophies for each companion whose questline you complete, and they also give you stat bonuses as their opinion of you increases.

Don't fret if a quest doesn't open immediately if the only prerequisite is "complete the previous quest." Sometimes you need to wait until some time has passed in game. Go complete some other sidequests while you wait.

Looking for more on GreedFall? You can read our full, hands-on PC review here to find out if it is worth it before you buy it. GreedFall is currently out on PC, PS4, and Xbox One for $50. 

]]>
How to Become a Witch in The Sims 4: Realm of Magic https://www.gameskinny.com/yn4mg/how-to-become-a-witch-in-the-sims-4-realm-of-magic https://www.gameskinny.com/yn4mg/how-to-become-a-witch-in-the-sims-4-realm-of-magic Thu, 12 Sep 2019 11:38:32 -0400 Sergey_3847

The latest content update for The Sims 4, titled Realm of Magic, is out now, and it introduces a brand-new set of spellcasting abilities for your characters. However, not everyone can become a witch in The Sims 4, as this ability can only be acquired by teens, young adults, adults, and elders.

Also, the process of becoming a spellcaster may seem a bit daunting to new players. That's why you can save your time by following a simple step-by-step guide on how to become a witch below.

Step 1: Speak to a Sage in Magic HQ

In order to get to Magic headquarters in The Sims 4, you need to travel through a portal located at the waterfall on the edge of the new Glimmerbrook town.

When you arrive at the Magic HQ, you need to find a sage. There are three of them in the headquarters:

  • Simeon Silversweater: Sage of Practical Magic
  • L. Faba: Sage of Mischief Magic
  • Morgyn Ember: Sage of Untamed Magic

It doesn't matter who you speak to first, as all of them are capable of turning your character into a witch. When you find one of them, follow these steps:

  1. Start a conversation
  2. Introduce yourself
  3. Click on "Friendly Interactions"
  4. Choose "Ask How to Use Magic"
  5. Click on "I was born ready" option in the next menu

Step 2: Collect Magical Orbs

As a result of your conversation with one of the sages, you will be given a task to collect seven magical orbs scattered around the Magic HQ.

Go outside and find all seven orbs; they are very easy to see since the sage will give you a special ability for that purpose.

Go back to the sage and give him the orbs. As a reward, your character will be turned into a witch.

---

For more The Sims 4 guides, check out the list below:

]]>
Gears 5 Guide: All Relic Weapons Locations https://www.gameskinny.com/u3kmu/gears-5-guide-all-relic-weapons-locations https://www.gameskinny.com/u3kmu/gears-5-guide-all-relic-weapons-locations Wed, 11 Sep 2019 13:57:26 -0400 Sergey_3847

Gears 5 on Xbox One and PC introduces a whole slew of new and improved weapons called Relic Weapons. They can be found in secret locations scattered all over the game's map. In total, there are 17 Relic Weapons in the game.

They have one identifiable feature to help you find them: the Crimson Omen. If you see this, these weapons are very close. Grabbing them means you can destroy hordes of enemies in a much more effective way.

If you don't want to look out for these unique pickups on your own but still want to be a terminator, then just follow our guide below for all the possible locations of Relic Weapons the open(ish) world of Gears 5.

Enforcer Relic

The Enforcer Relic map location in Gears 5

The relic variant of Enforcer Submachine Gun can be found in Act 2 Chapter 2, right after you open the Northern Passage gate. Go to your left and look out for the Crimson Omen on the cliff wall. Your prize is right under the tree nearby.

This variant deals a lot more damage than the vanilla version, although there is one drawback as the firerate is a little bit slower.

Longshot Relic

When you reach the Train Tunnel at Act 2 Chapter 4, go to east and enter a shack that is painted red. Inside the shack you will see a sniper rifle on the table near the Crimson Omen.

This rifle has Active Reload, which means that you will always have an a free extra bullet.

Retro Lancer Relic

After the shack in Act 2 Chapter 4, go to the Old Cog Wall. From there, go northeast and locate a rocky area with a Crimson Omen clearly seen on top. You don't need to go up, though. Simply search for the relic at the foot of the hill.

This Lancer uses explosive ammo, which hits and damages all nearby enemies.

Dropshot Relic

From the above, move further to the west from the Old Cog Wall and locate the Transmission Signal Source objective. You will see huge ice boulders nearby with the omen inscribed on one of them. The weapon can be found right behind it.

Dropshot is designed to literally freeze your enemies. It fires cryo-blasting rounds that can stop any enemy in its tracks.

Torque Bow Relic

Now go back to the Old Cog Wall and turn south. Reach the Abandoned Mine and look out for the omen atop the hillhouse. The relic bow can be seen right under the trees.

If you like quiet weapons, then this relic bow will suite you just right.

Boltok Relic

In Act 2 Chapter 4, go to your next objective, which is the Condor Crash Site. Just above the marker you will see a wall with the omen and a relic pistol on the ground.

Boltok Relic can be a very accurate weapon because of its ability to fire from the hip.

Boomshot Relic

From the Condor Crash Site, go all the way up north to the North Tower Substation. Locate the buildings to the right of the substation and look out for the omen on the wall of the power generator. The relic weapon is right behind it.

Boomshot is a customized version of the grenade launcher that can shoot three grenades at a time.

Talon Relic

In Act 3 Chapter 2, you will be relocated to the Abandoned Airport. There you will see a row of hangars. Go to the first one and look behind the corner to your right of the entrance. The weapon can be seen by the wall.

Just like Longshot, this weapon has an Active Reload mechanism, which allows it to deal more damage while shooting.

Gnasher Relic

Then, go north from the Water Tower to the edge of the mountain. Just follow the marker indicated on the map above and you should be able to spot the weapon at the foot of the mount.

Gnasher is a highly potent shotgun that can kill enemies with a single shot, although it's not terribly accurate.

Lancer GR Relic

To the south of the Water Tower you will see an overhang supported by massive pillars. You can find the relic under the central pillar.

This customized assault rifle has a mind of its own. Basically, it detects nearby targets when you shoot straight and bursts into the air dealing damage to those nearby targets.

Overkill Relic

Follow the northeast path from the Bridge Control House and locate a huge rock protruding from the earth. The weapon can be seen laying around the rock.

Overkill is a semi-automatic shotgun, which can be easily switched to full auto mode by simply holding the trigger.

Embar Relic

After you reached the Train Turntable objective, move to the far west, and locate the Crashed Condor site. Search for the weapon among the crates that have fallen out of the airplane wreckage.

Embar is a powerful shotgun that shoots with electro-magnetic rounds that deal devastating damage. The only drawback is that it takes quite a while before the weapon is charged and ready to fire.

Lancer Relic

Find the Cargo Shipwreck objective located to the southwest of the Train Bridge. Look out for a relic weapon in the pile of debris south of the shipwreck.

Lancer is a multi-purpose assault rifle, which can be used as a firearm and as a melee weapon. Just press the Melee button to activate a melee atack, or activate its chainsaw for the ultimate execution.

Hammerburst Relic

Locate a building that stands between City Ruins and Harbor Docks. Enter the courtyard through the gate and go to your right. There is a weapon crate with a new relic weapon at the end.

Hammerburst is another assault rifle with a powerful ability to fire longer bursts with each trigger-pull action.

Markza Relic

Search for a Pump Station north of the Cosmonaut Training Facility and check out the vehicle graveyard to the north of the station. The trunk of the leftmost car holds a new relic weapon.

Markza is a sniper rifle with an option to shoot in fully automatic mode by holding the trigger. However, the accuracy of the weapon drops significantly.

Snub Relic

Go southeast of the Pump Station and follow the marker indicated on the map above. When you reach the edge of the map, search for the weapon at the base of the wall.

Snub is a modified pistol, which can shoot two bullets at a time. The distinctive feature of this firearm is the extreme accuracy of its shots.

Claw Relic

Lastly, find a half-buried building with a tower between the Cosmonaut Training Facility and Pump Station. This one can be seen in the bushes near the building.

Claw is a light machine-gun capable of reaching unbelievably fast rates of fire with the help of the Active Reload feature.

---

Various versions of Gears 5 are currently out on Xbox One and PC. Aside from being on Game Pass for PC, it is also available on Steam for the platform. For more Gears 5 guides, check out the list below:

]]>
JD or Del? Who to Save in Gears 5 https://www.gameskinny.com/vt2dg/jd-or-del-who-to-save-in-gears-5 https://www.gameskinny.com/vt2dg/jd-or-del-who-to-save-in-gears-5 Wed, 11 Sep 2019 09:52:23 -0400 Ty Arthur

Gears Of War has always included binary choices, but one particular decision in Gears 5 has a much bigger impact on the continuing story line. Whether to save Del or JD at the end of the campaign isn't an easy option.

Having trouble choosing which character to save? Obviously, there are major spoilers coming up, slow up and stop reading if you don't want to know about the game's ending!

The Real Question: Choosing to Save JD or Del In Gears 5

The ending of Gears 5 has you choose between saving JD and Del

After the lengthy intro, Gears 5 moves away from JD as the main character to let Kait's connection to the Locust take the stage.

However, near the end of the campaign, you have a sudden and devastating choice to make: stop Queen Reyna from killing either JD or Del by slicing off one of her tentacles. Depending on who you choose, one or the other will be dead. 

The actual impact of either character's death is more effectual for the player than a major change to the game's ending. You'll get slightly different dialog depending on which choice you make, a mildly different scene where either JD or Del's tags are picked up, and obviously, a different reaction from Marcus, who isn't happy if you let JD die. 

No matter which cast member you choose, though, you still unlock the Discovered the True Threat to Sera achievement at the end, or, alternatively, All Aboard The Crazy Train if you are playing on Insane difficulty.

What's in Store for Gears 6

The real question lies in how choosing JD or Del will impact the trailers, cut scenes, and character choices in the next Gears Of War. So which Gears 5 ending is canon?

As there's no indication (at this point) as to whether one character death is canon or if Gears 6 will read your save file to determine who you chose to save, we don't know. 

Of course, it's driving the player base nuts, as it seems likely we'll be waiting a minimum of three years to find out the answer if the development time between Gears of War 4 and Gears 5 is any indication.

Like with the previous entry developed by The Coalition, there aren't any plans at this point for story-based expansions to expand the plot, which have been noticeably missing from the franchise since it left Epic.

Who did you choose to save, and do you think The Coalition will force one option as the true choice for Gears 6? Gears 5 is currently out for Xbox One and PC. It is also available on Game Pass. 

Stay tuned for out official review in the coming days. 

]]>
How to Get Dave Bautista to Unlock in Gears 5 for the "Batista" Skin https://www.gameskinny.com/odcny/how-to-get-dave-bautista-to-unlock-in-gears-5-for-the-batista-skin https://www.gameskinny.com/odcny/how-to-get-dave-bautista-to-unlock-in-gears-5-for-the-batista-skin Tue, 10 Sep 2019 17:07:00 -0400 Ty Arthur

Update 9/17/19: The "Batista" skin is now available in Gears 5. All you have to do to unlock the skin is go to the character customization menu in the game's multiplayer mode. You will see the skin, which you can get for free

Original story: 

Well ahead of the release of WWE 2K20, it's old news that former pro wrestler Dave Bautista is about to curb stomp into Gears 5 on PC and Xbox One. As a character that players can unlock, The Animal recorded a horde of lines in the game as a replacement for Marcus Fenix, but with a number of jokes and twists to keep any fan or wingman happy.

So here's the question: how do you actually unlock Bautista to use in the open world of Gears 5?

Unfortunately, you can't get him just quite yet. You will have to wait a few days longer for the pseudo DLC, but the unlock will eventually be completely automatic, no download needed.

Here's what Dave himself had to say about joining the battle of COG versus Swarm:

The Bautista character skin will be available to anyone who owns any version of the game, even those playing through the monthly Ultimate Game Pass membership for Xbox and PC, from September 15 to October 28, 2019.

Want to know more about what to expect? Bautista just released an interview with WWE's YouTube channel UpUpDownDown, which can be seen over here.

Of course, this all fuels speculation about the possibility of Bautista, who already plays Drax in Guardians Of The Galaxy, getting a role in an upcoming Gears Of War live-action movie.

The Animal notably isn't the only "celebrity" cameo appearance with a skin in Gears 5, as Spartans from Halo are also available with the game's Ultimate Edition, and this is the first time in franchise history you can play as lovable robot Jack during online matches. Even the Terminator shows up as a skin, as Sarah Conner rounds out the cast. 

Gears 5 has already been out in early access for Game Pass and Ultimate Edition owners, and just launched for all players today, September 10. While some reviews say it's good and a return to form, others have said it's bad, ranking as one of the lower Gears titles. 

While we didn't get a code early enough to provide a review by the game's release date and time, we're currently working on it. So be sure to check back in the coming days for our thoughts on the game, including multiplayer.

]]>
Monster Hunter World: Iceborne — How to Get Monster Essence https://www.gameskinny.com/n3hbz/monster-hunter-world-iceborne-how-to-get-monster-essence https://www.gameskinny.com/n3hbz/monster-hunter-world-iceborne-how-to-get-monster-essence Mon, 09 Sep 2019 16:13:57 -0400 Ashley Shankle

There's a whole slew of new materials to farm for weapons and gear in Monster Hunter World: Iceborne, many of which are carryovers from previous entries in the series. Monster Essence is just one of these new mats, and it's tied to Master Rank.

Like anything worth farming, crafting, or equipping in Iceborne, Monster Essence is exclusively a Master Rank item. Players can only obtain Monster Essence from Master Rank hunts and expeditions.

Most notably, Monster Essence is used in pieces for the Kadachi, Rath, and Baan Alpha+ and Beta+ headpieces. It is used in the Vespoid and Hornetaur sets but... eh. Just eh.

As it's the Master Rank version of Monster Fluid and Monster Broth, you can only get Monster Essence by slaying Vespoids in Master Rank.

Vespoids are found in the following areas:

  • Ancient Forest
  • Wildspire Waste
    Coral Highlands
  • Rotten Vale

They are most plentiful in the Wildspire Waste, with my favorite areas to seek them out being Area 9 and Area 11.

The easiest way to kill Vespoids is to shoot them with Redpits or stones using your slinger. They go down in short order, and will always leave a corpse using this method, unlike with some weapons, which will generally shatter them and leave no corpse for you to loot.

Monster Essence is just one of the many new materials found in Monster Hunter World: Iceborne, and it's certainly not the only new thing you're going to be hunting down with the goal of meeting your ideal build.

---

Are there any other materials you're having trouble finding in Monster Hunter World: Iceborne? Let us know in the comments below! Happy hunting, and be careful out there in Master Rank!

]]>
How to Read Minecraft's Enchanting Table Language https://www.gameskinny.com/qrt7n/how-to-read-minecrafts-enchanting-table-language https://www.gameskinny.com/qrt7n/how-to-read-minecrafts-enchanting-table-language Mon, 09 Sep 2019 14:45:15 -0400 Ty Arthur

While Minecraft's enchanting table language isn't actually new, as the alphabet dates back to 2001 and hails from the classic Commander Keen PC game, there's a renewed interest in understanding it. 

Have you been dying to know what your Minecraft item enchantments actually say and want to directly read the Standard Galactic Alphabet used in enchanting tables? If so, read on because ... 

There's, unfortunately, no rhyme or reason to them you just get randomized words and phrases that don't have any meaning or correlation to the enchantment. On the one hand, that's not particularly helpful for the actual process of enchanting, but on the other hand, it can result in some truly hilarious descriptions.

Of course, a language only a handful of people understands make the enchanting language particularly suited to that other favored pastime of the gaming community: secret codes!

Here's the specific translation for each letter:

Now, you could painstakingly reference the translation table above to convert every letter in any given sentence, but that's a lot of work. 

Instead, some dedicated fans have put together a conversion tool that works just like Google Translate, except it translates English to Standard Galactic Alphabet.

Have fun making up your own enchanting language text over here, or instead use the tool to instantly read any text from an enchanting table.

Now that you know how to read Minecraft's enchanting table language, be sure to check our other latest Minecraft guides here:

]]>
Torchlight 2: How to Respec Skill Points https://www.gameskinny.com/ygcvj/torchlight-2-how-to-respec-skill-points https://www.gameskinny.com/ygcvj/torchlight-2-how-to-respec-skill-points Mon, 09 Sep 2019 14:35:16 -0400 Ashley Shankle

As any Torchlight 2 PC player can attest, it's hard to play the game without mods once you're used to it. Many fans of the original release have been picking up the console port on Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 4, and Xbox One, and have forgotten one important thing: you can't respec in the base game.

If you're looking to figure out how to respec stats, you're out of luck. There is absolutely no way to respec stat points in Torchlight 2.

Whether you can respec skill points is another matter, but not that much of one: you can only respec the last three skill points you spent. Any of the previous points you've spent are permanent.

Taking the above into account, it's imperative than you plan your characters out before you create them.

(Note that my screenshots were taken on PC, sorry for any UI confusion!)

How to Respec Your Last Three Skill Points

There are NPCs in any main hub that allow you to respec your last three points, the first skill respec NPC available is Thaymor, and he is available near the start of the game.

Use a Waypoint to make your way back to the Etherian Enclave, the modest hub where you surely spend too much time stuffing things into storage.

Thaymor can be found right next to the Waypoint in the Etherian Enclave, and will offer to respec your last three skill points.

Further respec NPCs are denoted by the circular arrow icon shown below. This one, Zyll, is in Zeryphesh.

Respeccing is initially free or cheap, but the cost increases with higher tier skills later in the game. It's something to keep in mind, though you should have enough money throughout to cover the costs.

And with that, you know all you really need to know about respeccing in Torchlight 2. It's still disappointing after all these years that there's no stat respec and the ability to respec skills is underwhelming, but despite these facts, TL2 is still a worthy ARPG.

]]>
How to Get Free UCs in PUBG Mobile https://www.gameskinny.com/eua3x/how-to-get-free-ucs-in-pubg-mobile https://www.gameskinny.com/eua3x/how-to-get-free-ucs-in-pubg-mobile Mon, 09 Sep 2019 10:01:22 -0400 Sergey_3847

Every PUBG Mobile player knows how hard it is to get cash and/or UCs. However, they are a necessary component of getting ahead and getting the best out of the game's gear and weapons. That's why it's important to learn how to get free UCs in PUBG Mobile as fast as possible.

Below, you will find a couple of working (and legal) methods on how to get free UCs in PUBG Mobile — without getting yourself banned. 

Method 1: Complete Weekly Missions

One of the most popular and legit ways of earning UCs in PUBG Mobile is completing weekly missions.

However, you can't access weekly missions unless you have the Elite Royal Pass, which can be purchased for $10 or 600 UCs. Thankfully, it's a one-time purchase per season; you will have access to weekly missions until the end of the season.

Here's how you can purchase the Royal Pass in PUBG Mobile:

  1. Go to main screen
  2. Click the RP button on the right side of the screen
  3. Tap the Upgrade Pass button
  4. Pay and unlock the pass

Method 2: Complete Challenges

If you don't have the initial $10 to purchase Royal Pass, then you can take part in various online challenges for PUBG Mobile.

The last challenge was the India Bonus Challenge that allowed all PUBG Mobile players to compete for free UC packs and other rewards.

If you want to take part in the next challenge, you need to monitor the official PUBG Mobile Facebook page for all news and updates. When the next challenge comes up, sign up for it and get your free UCs without spending a dime.

---

For more PUBG Mobile guides, check out the list below:

 

]]>
Astral Chain: All Costumes and Accessories https://www.gameskinny.com/p5pu8/astral-chain-all-costumes-and-accessories https://www.gameskinny.com/p5pu8/astral-chain-all-costumes-and-accessories Fri, 06 Sep 2019 09:40:19 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Astral Chain's costume options are pretty extensive, but they aren't limited to hair, eyes, and skin. You can completely overhaul your Neuron officer's look with new clothing and accessories, too.

Costumes usually come in sets, like the popular Raven outfit, and you can't pick and choose which bits you want to wear and which you don't. Accessories are, well... accessories. They're things like hats, eyewear, neckties and — for female officers — special tights.

Costumes and accessories can be found through exploration or obtained by completing Orders and Side Cases, Astral Chain's sidequests. You can also earn some by ranking up, which you do through completing orders, finishing files quickly, and not performing well in combat.

But it's a big game, and we haven't found them all yet. Here's what we've got so far, and we'll update as we continue scouring the Ark.

Astral Chain Costumes

Raven Armor

You won't be getting these clothes for a while, because it isn't available until you complete one of Olive's special cases in File 12, right near the game's end. The case in question is R1-B1 ARI.

Lappy Suit

This is one of the more involved costumes, because each piece has a separate requirement for acquiring.

Item Requirement
Lappy Badge File 3: Visit all of Neuron's facilities with Lappy. If you can't find some of them, turn your IRIS on; they're marked with blue squares.
 Lappy Arms File 5: Speak with Marie, then beat Jin in combat.
 Lappy Wisdom File 7: Speak with Lappy when the file starts.
Lappy Legs File 8: Given as a first-time reward for winning the Lappy's Balloon Bash mini-game.
Lappy Body File 8: Speak with Lappy, agree to take his quiz challenge, and score 40 points or more.
Lappy Head  File 12: Purchase from Brenda in File 12.

 

After acquiring all the bits and bobs, you'll need to complete Olive's case "Deskwork," also available in File 12.

Drab Civvies

The Drab Civvies costume lets you look like a nondescript civilian NPC. If this sounds like your thing, speak with Hal in File 10 to acquire the costume.

ARI Medical Gear

This is another involved costume quest. You must find all the toilets in the game and give all the different toilet paper types you find to Bel, the toilet faerie in the Neuron toilets. These can be challenging to find, but we've got you covered with our toilet locations guide.

Accessories

Headwear

Most of your hat-like accessories are awarded as rank-up rewards, with a few exceptions. The other two, the cat ones, are part of the cat rescuing cases.

Item Requirement
Police Cap Rank up
Lappy Cap Rank up
 Marie's Cap Rank up
Perching Raven Rank up
Cat-eared Headband Complete "Feline Friend" Order in File 12
Lazy Cat Cap Complete "Phenomenal Feline Friend" Order in File 12
 
Eyewear
Item Requirement
Square Glasses A File 3, Chapter 2: Near where you eavesdrop is a gap with a fire escape on the other side. Chain jump there and to the other platforms that open up; you'll find a chest with the glasses.
Goggles File 4, Ark Mall: Starting on 4F, go down the stairs, and use the Beast Legion or Chain Jump to leap over gaps. When you reach a metal barrier, throw it open with the Arm Legion, and you'll find the Goggles in a chest.
 Bandage File 5, Chapter 2: Find the Bandage as a pickup item in the Infirmary.
 Square Glasses B  File 7: Exact location not yet known.
Round Glasses A   File 8: Head to the Rayleigh Plaza Roof helipad. At the far end, go down the stars, use your Legion to Chain Jump over the barrier, and work your way around until you're under the grates. The glasses are in a chest.
 Round Glasses B File 3 : This one is in the Astral Plane when you’re pursuing Jena, in the section with the rapidly moving blocks before the end; you can see it as you descend the stairs to this area. Work your way up the blocks to the left, and follow the path around. Chain jump across the gap to a narrow strip of ground, where you’ll find a chest with Material Code and some weak enemies. As you turn around to go back, look down and left, and you’ll see two platforms. The lower one is where the Glasses are.
 Sunglasses File 8: These are received when you finish the "Billy's Past" Case.
Clear Goggles   File 10, Chapter 2: These are in a chest in the exterior portion of the sewers, which you'll be accessing anyway if you do the "The Hideout" hidden quest.
Clear Sunglasses File 12: Complete the "Chimeradicator Lv. 3" Order, speak to Marie in the Command Room.
 
Mouth Accessories
Item Requirement
Gas Mask  File 5, Chapter 4: An NPC gives you this.
Civilian Mask   File 7, Chapter 3: Located in a chest on the Astral Plane, part of "Astral Investigation" hidden Case before you fight the Homunculus.
 
Ear Accessories

Updates coming.

Face Accessories — Regular Masks
Item Requirement
Hermit  Mask   File 4, Chapter 2: Buy it off an NPC
 Vender-0 Mask File 4, Chapter 2: Buy it off an NPC
 Cardboard Box File 6: You'll find this as you work on the Tracking Douglas case. Travel through the Upper Camp Level, through the warehouse where you shoot a cord to drop the ramp, use the Arm Legion to open a stuck metal door, then clear out the Aberrations. As you continue on, you'll notice a side corridor with Red Matter; follow the corridor to its end, and you'll find the Cardboard Box in a chest.
Police Helmet  File 7. Go through Grand Avenue and through the parking garage you first explored in File 1. When the path branches right to a closed metal door, use the Arm Legion to throw it open. Fight the Minotaur mini-boss, then head into the underground again to find two chests. One of them has the Police Helmet.
 
Face Accessories — Holomasks
Item Requirement
 Skull Holomask File 3, Chapter 2: Buy it off a Hermit NPC (located behind a holographic wall) for 88,000.
Hermit Holomask   File 3, Chapter 2: Buy it off a Hermit NPC (located behind a holographic wall) for 88,000.
 Cat Holomask File 7: In the Pipeline Access area, head up the first flight of stairs like you're going to the objective marker. Veer right towards what looks like a dead end, and you'll see a blue pickup item down below on another pipe. Chain Jump down to the pipe, and pick it up.
 
Chestpieces
Item Requirement
Armor   File 3, Chapter 3: In the area where you manipulate the blocks from the Astral Plane, lower the blocks first. Stand on them, then raise them back up. To your left is a pathway with stairs. Climb the stairs to reach an open area where you'll fight a challenging boss. After you win, you'll find a chest containing the Armor piece.

---

That's it for this Astral Chain clothing and accessories guide, but check back for updates and more guides soon! For now, get your costumes on.

]]>
How to Get Screws in Final Fantasy 8 Remastered https://www.gameskinny.com/hp3uy/how-to-get-screws-in-final-fantasy-8-remastered https://www.gameskinny.com/hp3uy/how-to-get-screws-in-final-fantasy-8-remastered Thu, 05 Sep 2019 16:32:15 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Final Fantasy VIII does a lot of things to change up the FF formula, and one of them is how you go about upgrading your weapons. Despite the futuristic setting, you actually just get your weapons improved and refined by taking them to a local Junk Shop, providing you have screws.

There are a few specific ways of finding the crafting part, which is why we put this mini-guide together for finding screws in FF8.

Geezards

Combat

The easiest and earliest way to find screws in FFVIII Remastered is dealing with Geezards, sometimes (mistakenly) referred to as Geezer online. Geezards are common enemies in roughly the first half of the game.

You can usually find them around Galbadia and Deling City, and also near Dollet during the Dollet Exam in the area around the scripted Anacondaur fight.

Other areas include:

  • The Missile Base
  • The Vaulny Canyon in Timber
  • Balamb Garden

Geezards have a 70% chance of dropping at least four screws at lower levels and the same chance for six or more screws from Level 30 up.

It's worth noting the rare item equip option that sometimes grants more or different items doesn't positively affect screw drops from Geezards.

Mugging

A better way of obtaining more screws from Geezards is by mugging them. Geezards have a 50% success rate for mugging, but if you do succeed, you'll be rewarded quite well, because screws are the only item you get from mugging Geezards.

  • Levels 1-19: Eight screws
  • Levels 20-29: 12 screws
  • Levels 30-100: 16 screws
Card Mod

If you're looking for a more surefire but slightly more involved method of getting screws from Geezards, then try the Card Mod method.

Card Mod is a refine ability you gain from the Quezacoatl Guardian Force (GF). Quezacoatl is one of the earlier GFs you get in Final Fantasy VIII.

You can acquire it by entering the tutorials on Squall's desk sometime before you first leave Balamb Garden. If you don't, then Quistis gives it and Shiva to Squall as the party is exiting to the world map.

Using the Card refine action during battle lets you transform a monster into a Triad Card, and the Geezard card's refine drop is five screws.

Other Monsters

There are a few additional, though not quite as effective, monsters you can harvest if you're looking for screws later in the game.

The first is the GIM47N. You'll find this one a bit later on, in the D-District Prison and Fishermans Horizon. It has a roughly 20% chance of dropping:

  • Four screws from Levels 1-19
  • Six screws from Levels 20-29
  • Eight screws from Levels 30-100

Mugging doesn't get screws, nor does refining the GIM47N Triad Card.

Finally is the GIM52A. You'll first encounter this as a boss in D-District Prison, and it's also a regular monster encounter there, in Esthar City, and in Lunatic Pandoria. It has a 70% of dropping

  • four screws from Levels 1-19
  • eight screws from Levels 20-29

This one stops dropping screws from Level 30 up.

---

That's all you need to know about finding screws in Final Fantasy VIII Remastered. For more on the upgraded version of the classic Final Fantasy game, be sure to head over to our review

]]>
Astral Chain Guide: All Toilet Locations https://www.gameskinny.com/tlsdh/astral-chain-guide-all-toilet-locations https://www.gameskinny.com/tlsdh/astral-chain-guide-all-toilet-locations Thu, 05 Sep 2019 13:52:12 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

One of Astral Chain's more unique features involves the various toilets scattered around the Ark. Each location is just waiting to be found, used, and cleaned up for the next desperate passerby.

These are more than just a quirky oddity, though. Finding the toilet in each case file counts towards your overall grade, so it's necessary if you want a perfect grade in each file.

You can also exchange the manifold versions of toilet paper you find for Material Code by offering it to Bel, the happy toilet faerie who lives in a Neuron toilet stall. Material Code is used to upgrade your weapon and Legion, so going out of your way to find the Ark's toilets is definitely worth the trouble.

It's also the only way to get the ARI Medical Outfit costume.

How to Find Each Toilet in Astral Chain

Neuron Toilet

This one can be accessed at any time in the game. The official Neuron restroom is on the same floor as the command room. Enter the toilet area, and confirm that you wish to use the toilet. After that, you'll receive some toilet paper. Head to the closed stall and press "A" again to speak with Bel for the first time and hand over your TP.

File 1 Toilet

Yes, the tutorial file has a toilet, and it's easy to miss in the hubbub of the opening chaos. It's next to the truck in the area where you rescue the injured person; check outside the barrier.

File 2 Toilet

This one is in the underground garage area of the second file after you complete your preliminary investigation and discover the big handprint. Turn right when the path branches, squeeze under the door, and use the portable toilet you find there.

File 3 Toilet

The toilet in File 3 is also found after the investigation segment. As you're tracking the chimera, you'll come across an alley with a big green garbage truck. To the left is another door you can crouch to walk under, and the toilet is on the other side. It's directly opposite the doorway leading to the Redshift victims.

File 4 Toilet

The mall hosts File 4's toilet. When you're chasing chimeras in the mall, head to the second floor. There's a hallway with goop and tentacles all along it, and the toilet is past the tentacles, down a shorter hallway to the right.

File 5 Toilet

This toilet is found during the Uproar segment of File 5, and you can search for it after you've rescued some civilians. Journey to the second floor, go to the back on the right side, and you'll find your toilet.

File 6 Toilet

This one is a bit different, because it's technically a toilet overlook, not the actual toilet. You'll be searching for Hermits as part of this file's mission, and that search takes you through the ducts.

After the portion where you use the Beast Legion dig through a section, enter the vents again, turn right, and hit the grate in front of you to knock it down. You'll find the Hermit Pamphlet, which counts as finding the toilet because its on a vent overlooking a Hermit on the actual toilet.

File 7 Toilet

The journey for File 7's toilet takes you to the map area's upper-left portion. Where you can see the Homunculus on the side of the building you're at, turn left, and you'll find a ladder. Use the Arrow Legion to drop the ladder, climb it, and you'll find the toilet.

File 8 Toilet

When you're on the Rayleigh Plaza Roof, you'll come to a section where you cross over a bridge. There is a gap you can jump across using the Chain Jump maneuver to your left, then another platform to Chain Jump to. From there, drag the floating platform closer using the Astral Chain, and Chain Jump to it as well. The toilet will be to your left.

File 9 Toilet

In the Harmony Square area is the Harmony Medical Center. Go down the road that runs alongside the medical center, pass through the construction area, and you'll find the toilet waiting for you.

File 10 Toilet

This one is in the middle of the Ark Sewer Management's southern area. There's a large drain here, and the toilet is at the end of it.

File 11 Toilet

File 11's toilet is in the ARI Redshift Lab. Turn left after the main entrance, and go down a flight of stairs. You'll come across the toilet as you continue on.

File 12 Toilet

I've seen some people say this is where they interacted with the toilet in Neuron, but as mentioned, you can do this at any point when you're at Neuron HQ.

---

That's it for our Astral Chain toilet guide, but be on the lookout for more Astral Chain guides, as well as our official review of the game. 

]]>
Lord of the Rings: Adventure Card Game Guide — Best Hero and Ally Cards Tier List https://www.gameskinny.com/1cptq/lord-of-the-rings-adventure-card-game-guide-best-hero-and-ally-cards-tier-list https://www.gameskinny.com/1cptq/lord-of-the-rings-adventure-card-game-guide-best-hero-and-ally-cards-tier-list Thu, 05 Sep 2019 10:51:08 -0400 Sergey_3847

Pure PvE card games have never been terribly popular, but The Lord of the Rings: Adventure Card Game is a strikingly beautiful and engaging rendition of the physical card game from Fantasy Flight Games. 

Building decks against Sauron and his minions can be a daunting task for any newcomer, so be sure to check out the tier list of the best hero and ally cards below.

Arwen

Healing factor is indispensable in LotR: ACG, and that's why Arwen is a must-have hero card for your allies deck.

There are other cards that can keep your allies healthy and gain max score by the end of the game, such as Faramir, but Arwen makes things really easy even for beginner players.

Arwen synergizes with other heroes like Aragorn and Legolas for a perfect Block/Guard deck.

Erkenbrand

If Arwen is considered the best hero in the game, then Erkenbrand is definitely the best ally card.

Erkenbrand doesn't have powerful stats with only 2 Attack, but he has both Block and Guard abilities, which is simply game-breaking in the current meta.

Guard is especially valuable; it automatically retaliates as soon as he has been hit. Because it essentially protects itself and its heroes, you can always increase its attack power with the help of weapons.

Reinforcements

Some event cards create significant problems for Sauron when played at the right time and in the right board state.

Reinforcements is one such card. It can easily cheat such powerful cards as Warden of Annuminas and Trollshaw Scout for a mere cost of 1 Resource.

Too bad you can't do the same with unique allies, such as Erkendrand. However, in that case, this card would be overpowered.

Dwalin

Dwalin's ability can be used to great extent in a deck that relies on Guard mechanics but excludes any healing. This means that Dwalin is anti-synergistic to Arwen.

You want Dwalin to be damaged, but not dead. If he gets below six points of health, then his attack and willpower increase by one. That is why he works well with either Erkenbrand, who can protect him, or by simply attaching Gondorian Shield, which protects Dwalin if his health goes below five points.

Gandalf

Although Gandalf is a rather expensive ally card, he can potentially produce value each turn by either drawing three cards, dealing 3 Damage, or reducing threat by three points.

His Fleeting ability will force him to return to your hand, and if you have enough resources, you can play him over and over again. Of course, Gandalf quickly becomes the very first target of any match, but if he survives long enough, he can do a lot of damage.

Beorn

This Beorning ally will fit well with a Dwalin deck. It can quickly gain a lot of attack power, but since it can't be protected with attachments, you also need to rely strongly on Guard allies to make sure it stays alive.

If you manage to protect this card well, then you will have one of the most powerful allies on board for the rest of the game.

Ghan-buri-Ghan

This Wose ally doesn't offer anything in terms of attack power, but it can potentially produce a huge pool of Willpower, and since it has the Stealth ability, it cannot be targeted by enemy minions.

Ghan-buri-Ghan's Willpower can be added to the Fate Pool to help trigger various abilities.

This card works well in decks that focus on Tactics sphere, where players are able to quickly exhaust enemies.

Mablung

The Guard ability is definitely very strong when it comes to deflecting enemy attacks, but allies with the Ranged ability can easily bypass the Guard protection and deal damage straight to whomever they want.

Mablung, in addition to having the Ranged ability, can also exhaust any enemy minion on the board, which basically renders them useless.

This makes Mablung a must-have ally for any deck that uses Lore as its main sphere.

---

These were the best hero and ally cards in The Lord of the Rings: Adventure Card Game. Stay tuned for more coverage on the recently-released competitive card game, including our official review. 

]]>
Blair Witch Guide: How to Get All Endings https://www.gameskinny.com/4nm4g/blair-witch-guide-how-to-get-all-endings https://www.gameskinny.com/4nm4g/blair-witch-guide-how-to-get-all-endings Wed, 04 Sep 2019 20:43:11 -0400 Mark Delaney

Blair Witch is the latest game from Bloober Team, the same studio responsible for fan-favorite horrors such as Observer and Layers of Fear. For fans of the movies, Blair Witch may be an exciting expansion of the mysterious woods of Burkittsville, Maryland.

To fully experience the mind-bending story Bloober Team's Blair Witch, you'll want to see the game's multiple endings, but they can be tough to navigate correctly when you're running from monsters or wading in time loops.

That's where we come in. Use our guide to find the game's alternate endings, including the good and bad endings, as well as the various fates your dog, Bullet, can meet in the game.

Yes, you can pet the dog. But be careful: you can also kill the dog.

Good and Bad Endings for Ellis

As the protagonist, Ellis can see one of two endings based on his choices.

The Good Ending Break The Cycle

To achieve the good ending, Ellis needs to spare the monsters in the woods throughout the game.

As is hinted at, you can avoid playing flashlight tag with the monsters if you keep your light off and keep your distance. Do that in every instance where it's possible in the four-hour game. If you have trouble navigating the darkness, remember that you can use night vision mode on your camcorder to see better without the threat of monsters tracking you.

In the final chapter, if you've avoided the monsters throughout, you have an opportunity to net the good ending. When the woman in the dilapidated house gives Ellis orders, reject all of them. Move past each instance without doing what she says. At the end of this interaction, she'll close a door on you. Open it once more and move along to finish your good playthrough.

The Bad Ending Take His Face

If you want to see the bad ending, either on a first playthrough because you're evil like that or just as a completionist after the fact, you have to often perform the opposite actions throughout the game. That means disposing of the monsters with your flashlight whenever you can, for one. As this is the way most people would play anyway, it seems as though the game wants you to go down this path.

In Chapter 17, instead of rejecting the woman's orders, follow them. They'll be some pretty vile objectives, but if you're in it for the cinematic or the achievement/trophy, you're going to have to get over it. Following through with her commands until the end will net you the bad ending of Blair Witch.

Good and Bad Endings for Bullet

Bullet, Ellis' dog, can also end in one of two spots, regardless of where Ellis ends up. To achieve either of these, your tasks are more obvious. Given the commands available to the player regarding Bullet, be sure to use the loving options whenever possible. That means pet him often, give him dog treats, and try to keep him out of harm's way.

This should be easy to achieve with a good playthrough since you'll already be avoiding the monsters at every encounter. Bullet would also conceivably stay out of trouble. Use the pet option frequently, especially after strenuous encounters.

For the bad ending, simply enough, the opposite is needed. Rather than pet, use reprimand when applicable, and, if your doggo-loving heart can stand it, ditch him sometimes when trouble is brewing. There's a moment late in the game where you can put him down on the ground or carry him to safety. Put Bullet down on the ground and walk away like a cold, heartless person. This will give you the bad Bullet ending in Chapter 17.

That wraps up the many permutations of Blair Witch's ending. Now, which one do you consider canon?

]]>
How to Use the Flare Gun in PUBG https://www.gameskinny.com/pm306/how-to-use-the-flare-gun-in-pubg https://www.gameskinny.com/pm306/how-to-use-the-flare-gun-in-pubg Wed, 04 Sep 2019 17:03:53 -0400 Ty Arthur

Gameplay tweaks and new items are always landing for battle royale titles like PUBG, with one of the latest weapons causing a bit of confusion for players: the flare gun.

The infamous weapon was previously available in PUBG Mobile and as a limited-time event item in other versions, but it is now standard on all maps for all versions with tweaked mechanics.

Want to know where to find a flare gun and how to use it for maximum effect? Let's take a look!

Flare gun drops are totally randomized and can potentially spawn in any location on any map, from Erangel to Miramar and beyond. Keep in mind that the half grip attachment looks surprisingly like a flare gun, so it's very easy to mistake the two.

Sadly, it doesn't deal any actual damage to another player; the flare gun is useless as a last-ditch weapon if you're surrounded. Instead, it calls in a care package airdrop.

You can't call a care package until after the first blue circle. This is to prevent an early advantage. But you can still fire the gun before that point, which is a waste of a flare.

What's in Airdrops? 

There's some confusion in what airdrops provide and where they land, as players are consistently getting a vehicle instead of the gun package they are expecting. Here's what you get based on where you fire the PUBG flare gun:

  • Inside safe zone white circle  weapon/item pack
  • Outside safe zone white circle  armored UAZ off-road vehicle

Note that there was a bug where firing a flare gun would cause a vehicle to sink, but that was recently patched out.

In some cases, you might not get anything at all, however, as each match has a maximum number of available drops. If multiple flare guns spawn, they may all be used already by the time you grab yours.

Be careful where you launch a flare outside the safe zone, though: it's possible for the vehicle to land in a place you can't reach or drive away from!

Keep in mind that anyone near your location gets an on-screen text indicator that a care package is incoming, and the flashing yellow flare gun care package icon will be visible to anyone on the map.

In other words, the flare basically summons enemies in addition to a package.

Of course, there are ways to use this to your advantage, like firing the flare gun into an open field while hiding out in a sniper's nest with a clear line of sight to where the care package will land.

Finally, some particularly petty players have started taking ammo but leaving the gun so that no one can fire it and get the package.

If you come across a flare gun without any ammo, be on the lookout for nearby players and make sure to take their loot, as they probably have your flares.

Be sure to check out the rest of our PUBG guides over here.

]]>
PUBG Not Authorized Xbox One Error Explained https://www.gameskinny.com/j9y1n/pubg-not-authorized-xbox-one-error-explained https://www.gameskinny.com/j9y1n/pubg-not-authorized-xbox-one-error-explained Tue, 03 Sep 2019 19:47:44 -0400 Ty Arthur

While the always-online digital revolution has brought a host of new multiplayer experiences to console players, needing to connect to a server to start a match comes with its own problems. If you've seen the infamous "Not Authorized" 2019 PUBG error on the Xbox One, then the limitations of modern battle royale titles become more apparent.

Unfortunately, the Not Authorized Xbox One error isn't actually an issue with your PUBG account or anything on your console, so there's not much to be done. Uninstalling and reinstalling won't solve the issue, and neither will creating a new account.

The problem seems to happen more often around holidays and during the summer, prime times when higher numbers of players are connecting simultaneously, which indicates its simply an issue of server overload or a straight up outage.

Some players are occasionally able to connect to a different server by fully powering off their Xbox One and then turning it back on. Note that for this to have any chance of working, you need to complete the full shutdown process through the main menu, instead of just going into the typical low power mode by pressing the power button on the front of the console.

If restarting your console doesn't resolve the issue, check the Playerunknown's Battlegrounds outage map and the down detector page for the Xbox Live service. It's good bet you'll see your area of the world lit up with outage reports. 

In those cases, there's nothing to do but wait and submit a report to Xbox so they can see the issue and work to resolve it.

If it's any consolation to PUBG players who can't get into the game right now, battle royale rival Fortnite has been experiencing a similar problem on the Xbox One lately.

To see the latest updates on the current server status and info on potential workarounds or estimated time frames for resolutions to the problem, be sure to check the Xbox Support twitter page.

]]>
Pokemon Masters Rerolling Guide: How to Get the Best Trainers https://www.gameskinny.com/lh7gq/pokemon-masters-rerolling-guide-how-to-get-the-best-trainers https://www.gameskinny.com/lh7gq/pokemon-masters-rerolling-guide-how-to-get-the-best-trainers Mon, 02 Sep 2019 11:37:21 -0400 Ty Arthur

Got a 3-star trainer in your first Pokemon Masters sync pull and not willing to live with that indignity? You can ensure a 4- or 5-star trainer team right from the start with just a little bit of effort.

It's the age-old mobile game question: to reroll, or to not reroll? We'll skip the monologue on whether tis nobler in the mind to keep your first pull or try again for something better and just get on with it — we know you want to reroll!

How to Reroll in Pokemon Masters

Thankfully, mobile app developers are catching onto the fact that players like the option to try again if they pull something less than ideal after the tutorial mission.

In Pokemon Masters, there's no need to uninstall, hunt down hidden files in your phone to delete, and then reinstall the app to reroll.

You do still have to go through the tutorial mission and extra app download screen, but the entire Pokemon Masters reroll process is handled right through your in-game account options after completing main story quest The More The Merrier.

After finishing that quest, go through the first Sync Pair Scout process, which will always result in pulling Whitny & Miltank. Afterwards, the app will restart to download the extra post-tutorial data.

Now, you can finally grab your bonus starting gems (click the gift box icon if you haven't already) and see what you pull in the store. 

If you didn't get the 4- or 5-star trainer pairs you want, pull up the Poryphone in the lower-right corner and choose:

Account -> Delete Saved Data -> Yes.

This process works even if you have already linked to your Nintendo account, so you don't need to worry about that part.

Just go through the tutorial again, grab your starting gems, and try for new pulls.

Here's the percentage chance for getting specific star trainers in each Sync Pair Scout attempt:

  • 3-Star: 73%
  • 4-Star: 20%
  • 5-Star: 7%

With only a seven-percent chance for the best 5-stars, you may have to do this more than once, so the only real question is how many times you feel like going through the 10- to 15-minute tutorial section yet again.

Wondering about the best trainers to try for? If you didn't get any of these in your initial pulls, you may want to go through the effort to reroll:

  • Kris and Totodile
  • Phoebe and Dusclops
  • Olivia and Lycanroc
  • Brendan and Treecko
  • Karen and Houndoom
  • Acerola & Palossand
  • Cheren & Stoutland

How many times did you reroll, or did you get lucky and pull your ideal 5-star team from the start? Let us know in the comments, and then check out our other Pokemon Masters guides here:

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes — How to Respec Traits https://www.gameskinny.com/i2iqn/remnant-from-the-ashes-how-to-respec-traits https://www.gameskinny.com/i2iqn/remnant-from-the-ashes-how-to-respec-traits Fri, 30 Aug 2019 16:13:00 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

When you first start a new character in Remnant: From the Ashes, you only have a handful of traits at your disposal. As you open more areas and encounter new foes, you'll unlock additional traits on that individual character, allowing you to spend any new points you get upgrading an increasingly varied number of traits. As the game gets tougher, you may be wondering if and how to respec your character and reset those trait points.

Good news and bad news. First, the good news: it's a simple process to reset traits, and it only takes one item.

The bad? You have to beat the game to get that one item.

The Orb of Undoing

The item you need to obtain is The Orb of Undoing, and it can only be obtained by defeating the final boss in Remnant: From the Ashes. Once you have defeated that boss, check your inventory and you should find an Orb of Undoing.

It can only be used once, so make sure you have an idea what you want to do before you use it. It will reset your traits all back to zero, but every trait you've unlocked will remain an option to select. You will receive all your trait points back into your overall pool to redistribute as you see fit.

After you've beaten the final boss once, you can actually buy new Orbs of Undoing from Reggie, the guy who gave you the Dragon Heart at the beginning of Remnant: From the Ashes. He sells them for 2500 scrap; you will also need to reroll your world in order for him to have one in his inventory.

Remnant: From the Ashes requires some serious care in where you place your trait points on higher difficulties if you want to succeed. Respec your character and tackle that New Game+ with your traits completely optimized. Want more Remnant: From the Ashes? Check out our full review and Remnant: From the Ashes guides, full of plenty of other hints and tips to help you take down the Root.

]]>
Pokemon Masters: How to Evolve Pokemon https://www.gameskinny.com/4jipv/pokemon-masters-how-to-evolve-pokemon https://www.gameskinny.com/4jipv/pokemon-masters-how-to-evolve-pokemon Fri, 30 Aug 2019 11:27:10 -0400 Joseph Rowe

Pokemon Masters is here and trainers all over the world are tapping their screens until their fingers break trying to level their team up to be the best trainer in the world. Part of climbing that ladder is evolving your Pokemon, which proves to be a very different task from the rest of the series.

As you probably know, you cannot change the Pokemon in a sync pair, but you may not know that some of them can evolve. Knowing how to evolve your Pokemon in Pokemon Masters is a critical step to making sure your team has what it takes to reach the top.

The newest and most unique mechanic in Pokemon Masters is the sync pair. This pair is a combo of a trainer from a previous main Pokemon series game and a Pokemon they are known to have used. For example, Brock has Onyx, Misty has Starmie, and Barry has Piplup.

Each sync pairs has different rating, which are denoted by stars. The higher the stars, the more potential the sync pair has to become... the very best.

Three star sync pairs are the lowest while five stars are the highest, and each rating a hard level cap:

  • Three star pairs have a level cap of 90
  • Four star pairs have a level cap of 95
  • Five star pairs have a level cap of 100

What this boils down to is that three and four star sync pairs will eventually be useless in the face of five stars, as five star pairs will eventually eclipse even four stars in most meaningful ways.

How to Evolve in Pokemon Masters

As with any RPG, you will level up to become more powerful. You level up in Pokemon Masters by battling and using level up manuals.

In the main series of games, different Pokemon level up at different levels - some evolve early in their teen levels whereas others need to be over level 30.

In this game, a Pokemon's first evolution happens at level 30 and the second evolution happens at level 45 if they have one.

In Barry and Piplup's case, the Pokemon in this sync pair will level up at 30 despite leveling up at 16 in the main series.

Evolving your Pokemon doesn't just require leveling them up, you are going to need resources from the in-game shop.

To purchase these items, see Tricia and go to the Item Exchange menu. There you will be able to buy the two types of evolution items used: Evolution Shards and Evolution Crystals

Your first purchase of Evolution Shards, used for first stage evolutions, is only going to be 1,000 for 5. After you purchase the shards for 1,000 twice, you will have to pay 10,000 for a set of five of them.

Your first purchase of Evolution Crystals, used for second stage evolutions, is 5,000 for 3. Afterwards, it shoots up to 300,000 for just 1.

Due to the cost prohibitive nature of evolution in Pokemon Masters, you will want to plan who you want to evolve first ahead of time. Do not squander your resources on a Pokemon you don't see yourself using -- aka keep it to five stars.

After you have reached level 30 or 45 and acquired a sufficient amount of Evolution Shards or Crystals, you are ready to battle for evolution. You can access the evolution battle by going to Explore then finding it under the Sync Pair Story section for the duo you want to evolve.

Evolution battles are one-on-one instead of the normal three-on-three. The battles, especially for the second stage of evolution, are incredibly difficult. You are likely going to need to over level in order to defeat your opponent and evolve.

When I want to evolve Barry's Piplup twice, these will be the steps:

  1. The pair would need to be level 30 in order to become Prinplup
  2. I would need to spend 1,000 coins in the Pokemon Masters shop to get Evolution Shards x 5.
  3. Defeat trainer Cheryl and her Blissey using Barry and Piplup
  4. After defeating her, Piplup would become Prinplup
  5. Repeat the process at level 45 in order to become Empoleon.

----

That does it for the process of evolution in Pokemon Masters. Who will you be evolving or have already evolved first in your playthrough? I obviously went with Piplup! Let us know your choice in the comments.

]]>
Pokemon Masters: How to Change Pokemon https://www.gameskinny.com/4gp78/pokemon-masters-how-to-change-pokemon https://www.gameskinny.com/4gp78/pokemon-masters-how-to-change-pokemon Fri, 30 Aug 2019 10:38:08 -0400 Joseph Rowe

One of the hallmark features of the Pokemon series is the ability to catch all of the Pokemon possible. In Pokemon Masters, things are a bit different. Instead of collecting and changing out Pokemon, players collect sync pairs -- Pokemon and trainer combos.

As of release, there is no way to outright switch out a trainer's Pokemon. It seems as if the sync pair is bonded permanently, at least for the time being. Though that could change with future updates.

Many trainers in the Pokemon game series and anime are known for having multiple Pokemon that they train and battle with. For example, it would make sense for Misty to have a Psyduck in addition to her Starmie.

While it is definitely disappointing to not be able to switch your trainers' Pokemon out, it is not all doom and gloom. There's still plenty of variety! You're able to choose sets of sync pairs before battle, which still gives you some wriggle room with your lineup.

Right now, there are 65 sync pairs, but more will come with future updates to the game. You can collect famous trainers from Pokemon Red and Blue like Brock and Misty as well as more recent characters like Hau and Raichu from Pokemon Sun and Moon.

On top of that, each trainer/Pokemon combination has a different role in addition to the typing from the normal series

  • Strike sync pairs have lower HP, but higher Attack/Special Attack. 
  • Support pairs have higher HP and the ability to support their teammates.
  • Tech pairs use moves that affect status.

There are even stars and levels that determine a sync pair's strength. The more stars and the higher the level, the stronger they will be. Some sync pairs can even evolve their Pokemon to make them even stronger.

In summary, while you can't swap Pokemon in and out for the trainers, you can collect sync pairs if you feel like you "gotta catch 'em all." Your next step is leveling your pairs up and evolving the Pokemon you can to keep progressing through Pokemon Masters.

]]>
WoW Classic Dungeon Levels Overview https://www.gameskinny.com/ggy4v/wow-classic-dungeon-levels-overview https://www.gameskinny.com/ggy4v/wow-classic-dungeon-levels-overview Thu, 29 Aug 2019 16:15:47 -0400 Ashley Shankle

Diving into instances is a big part of the World of Warcraft experience, especially in WoW Classic where everything's a little slower. The recommended dungeon levels are a little different from the game's expansions and the contents, well, you might have a tough time all around.

This guide has two purposes.

  1. To show the game's recommended level ranges for each dungeon
  2. To teach you the abbreviations used for each one

That said, you do not have to strictly be within the recommended level range for every instance. It depends on your group, and it's very possible you'll get pulled into instances at levels not within the ranges listed here. Trust your groups to hold each other up and do your best.

Additionally, not every vanilla dungeon is in Classic just yet. Instances after Molten Core are locked behind the game's upcoming phases, with Blackwing Lair and Zul'Gurub coming in Phase 2. These are not included in this list for now.

Dungeon Level
Range
Location
 Ragefire Chasm
(RFC)
13 to 18 Orgrimmar
The Deadmines
(VC or DM)
17 to 26 Moonbrook in
Westfall
Wailing Caverns
(WC)
17 to 24 Lushwater Oasis in
The Barrens
Shadowfang Keep
(SFK)
22 to 30 Silverpine Forest
Blackfathom Deeps
(BFD)
24 to 32 The Zoram Strand in
Ashenvale
The Stockade
(Stocks)
24 to 32 The Canals in
Stormwind
Razorfen Kraul
(RFK)
29 to 38 Southern Barrens
Gnomeregan
(Gnomer)
 29 to 38 Dun Morogh
Scarlet Monastery
(SM)
34 to 45 Whispering Gardens in
Tirisfal Glades
Razorfen Downs
(RFD)
37 to 46 Southern Barrens
Uldaman
(Ulda)
41 to 51 The Maker's Terrace in
Badlands
Zul'Farrak
(ZF)
 42 to 46 Sandsorrow Watch in
Tanaris
Maraudon
(Mara)
46 to 55 Valley of Spears in
Desolace
Temple of Atal'Hakkar
(Sunken Temple; ST)
 50 to 56 Pool of Tears in
Swamp of Sorrows
Blackrock Depths
(BRD)
52 to 60 The Masonary in
Blackrock Mountain
Blackrock Spire
(BRD; LBRS; UBRS)
55 to 60 Blackrock Spire in
Blackrock Mountain
Dire Maul
(DM)
55 to 60 High Wilderness in
Feralas
Stratholme
(Strat)
58 to 60 Plaguewood in
Eastern Plaguelands
Scholomance
(Scholo)
 58 to 60 Caer Darrow in
Western Plaguelands
 Onyxia's Lair
(Ony)
 60 Dustwallow Marsh
 Molten Core
(MC)
 60 Blackrock Depths in
Blackrock Mountain

 

----

Check out our other WoW Classic guides, such as our weapon trainer locations guide, or our guides focused on leveling characters such as RFC quest locations and WC quest locations. Good luck on your adventures through Azeroth!

]]>
Pokemon Masters: Error Code 20101 Explained https://www.gameskinny.com/9frws/pokemon-masters-error-code-20101-explained https://www.gameskinny.com/9frws/pokemon-masters-error-code-20101-explained Thu, 29 Aug 2019 15:24:32 -0400 Ty Arthur

Pokemon Masters is the latest take on the long-running catch-em-all franchise. Unfortunately, like many major mobile game launches these days, things are off to a bumpy start, mainly because of error code 20101.

If you can't log in because of it, you aren't alone. The issue has plagued new players since the moment the game came online.

Pokemon Masters Error Code 20101

20101 error in Pokemon Masters asking to check the internet connection.

Both Error Code 20103 and the more common 20101 pop up with the message, "Please check your connection and try again," which is developer speak for a server error, very likely caused by a huge number of people all trying to connect at the same time on the first day of an international launch.

Unfortunately, the only real "fix" at this point is to close the app entirely, wait a few minutes, and then try it again.

If it keeps happening, just wait longer for the server to come back online (or for a new server to become available).

Some players have reported getting in faster by using a VPN that connects to a different server than you normally connect with, but frankly, that's a lot of work for something that will likely be fixed within the next day or so.

Considering that mobile games of this sort tend to have policies against that sort of behavior anyway, it may not be worth the chance of getting your account suspended, either.

For now, you can check out the list of known issues like Error Code 20101, and their expected resolution date, over at the Pokemon Masters website here.

Have you found a sure-fire workaround to the problem other than using a VPN? Let us know what worked for you, and we'll update this article with the fix! Once you can get in, be sure to check out our other Pokemon Masters guides over here.

]]>
WoW Classic: Where to Find All WC Quests https://www.gameskinny.com/2mfx9/wow-classic-where-to-find-all-wc-quests https://www.gameskinny.com/2mfx9/wow-classic-where-to-find-all-wc-quests Thu, 29 Aug 2019 14:24:20 -0400 Ashley Shankle

Let's talk about the quests in WoW Classic for the Wailing Caverns (WC), shall we? Specifically, how and where to get them all.

The Wailing Caverns is the second instance open to Horde players. I wouldn't say it's fun, but it's a must-run for the Horde because you get a ton of XP between the mobs inside and the quests available. It helps that the Fang gear set is great for Shamans and Druids, too (Hunters will certainly roll on them, like they can't help themselves).

Almost all of the quests for WC are found in the Barrens, with one being found in Thunder Bluff. A fair portion of these quests is available to both Horde and Alliance players, in particular, those found in Ratchet and the ones given by the NPCs hanging out in the skull above the dungeon. 

There is also an item-given quest named The Glowing Shard, which is granted by a gem you find inside the instance. This can be turned in with an NPC in Ratchet and is available to both factions as well.

Wailing Caverns Quests in the Barrens

Smart Drinks

This quest requires you to obtain Wailing Essence from the ectoplasms in the Wailing Caverns. It's very possible you'll have to run WC twice to get all the Essence, but maybe you'll get lucky!

This is available to both Alliance and Horde players and is picked up in Ratchet.

Trouble at the Docks

You don't have to actually go into the instance to complete Trouble at the Docks, but you do have to beat up a Level 18 elite Goblin in the cave leading up to WC named Mad Magglish. He'll drop his port, and you can turn in your quest.

This one is also available to both Alliance and Horde players and is picked up in Ratchet.

Hamuul Runetotem -> Leaders of the Fang

You won't be able to pick this quest up until you push through the questline requiring you to check out the oases around the Barrens.

After the Altered Beasts quest, which is the one that makes you go beat up Level 16 Snapjaws for their shells, you'll be able to pick up Hamuul Runetotem, which sends you out to Thunder Bluff.

There are a few small hiccups between the Hamuul Runetotem quest and the Leaders of the Fang quest, but it's worth the effort. The notable rewards for Leaders of the Fang are a blue staff or dagger, plus a nice chunk of reputation with Thunder Buff and 13 Silver. Ace.

The actual goal of Leaders of the Fang is to defeat all four Druids of the Fang in WC. Get to it!

Deviate Hides

Both factions can do this quest.

People have been having trouble finding the NPC (Nalpak) that gives this quest for ages, and that's understandable. He's actually above the entrance to the Wailing Caverns.

Coming from the road, run past the skull-shaped entrance to the WC and keep your eyes open for a portion of mountain you can run up. Make your way up the mountain a bit and turn back towards the entrance. You'll see what appears to be a rock, though it's really the upper portion of the entrance's skull shape.

The quest giver, Nalpak, can be found in the left eye. Be careful you don't fall down trying to get to him. Nobody wants to have to work their way back up there.

Deviate Hides drop from several mobs within the instance, so grab them as you go. The quest gives a 10-slot bag and some green leather pants, making it worth the effort.

Deviate Eradication

The quest giver for this quest is found in the same spot as Nalpak above, and both factions can take and complete this quest.

This one just asks you to slay a fair amount of Deviate mobs inside the dungeon, seven each in fact.

Wailing Caverns Quest in Thunder Bluff

Serpentbloom

This is another one you don't have to go into the instance to get done, as Serpentbloom can be found all over the caves leading up to it.

You can find the quest giver in the lower cave on the Spirit Rise in Thunder Bluff.

---

With that, we've gone over all the quests you can pick up and take with you into WC for that sweet, sweet XP. Alliance players have a fair amount of quest options for Wailing Caverns, but getting the quests and making your way into the instance is risky. Good luck out there.

If you found this guide helpful, check out some of our other WoW Classic guides. How about some weapon trainer locations for both factions? How about the locations of RFC quests, or how to install addons? More are coming, but it's pretty hard to pull away from the game to get them done.

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes Reroll — How to See Boss and Item Rolls on PC https://www.gameskinny.com/cszlx/remnant-from-the-ashes-reroll-how-to-see-boss-and-item-rolls-on-pc https://www.gameskinny.com/cszlx/remnant-from-the-ashes-reroll-how-to-see-boss-and-item-rolls-on-pc Thu, 29 Aug 2019 12:27:47 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

Whether you play solo or multiplayer, one of the most fascinating aspects of Remnant: From the Ashes is the way worlds randomly roll every time you play. You never know which bosses and items you will encounter on a given playthrough. However, reroll is crucial for certain reasons. 

As you continue to play the game, you may want to get a very specific weapon, mod, or item, or you may want different guns and armor no matter your build — crit or not. Making sure you get it doesn't have to be a random roll. In fact, we're about to fill you in on one of the game's secrets. 

On PC, you can actually use your save file to look ahead and see what encounters you will have every time you reroll your world. If you don't like what you see, you can just reroll it again.

Unfortunately, this doesn't work for PS4 or Xbox One. 

Use Your Save File to See Items and Bosses

The first thing you'll have to do is create a new save file in Remnant: From the Ashes. Here's how to get a new save. 

  1. Choose a character
  2. Head to Ward 13
  3. At the main crystal, choose to reroll your campaign

Once a new world is generated, exit out of the menus and the game will save automatically.

Method 1:

Once you have created your save file, there are a few different methods to find out what lies ahead. One method is to open your game file in Notepad.

In your File Explorer, navigate to:

C:\users\[username]\AppData\local\Remnant\Saved\SaveGames

  1. Right click on one of the files that ends with .sav
  2. Then click "Open With"
  3. Select Notepad
  4. You will see a text file with a whole bunch of gibberish

Use "Ctrl+F" to find what you're looking for; obviously, use "Boss" for Boss, "Ring" for Ring. Some terms can be tricky to discern since the developers used development names for some bosses, but others list what they are called in-game, such as the boss "Brabus," for example.

Method 2:

If that seems too convoluted, you can also use a handy little program a Remnant: From the Ashes player created. It uses the same information, but it seperates everything into an easy to read table  no "Ctrl+F" needed.

You can find that site right here.

---

If you don't like what you find, just reroll your world and check the new save file.

Can't get enough Remnant: From the Ashes? Read our full review here to see why it's a bit like Dark Souls meets Left 4 Dead, and check out other guides in our game hub for more tips and tricks. 

]]>
Control Guide: How to Solve the Luck and Probability Room Puzzle https://www.gameskinny.com/xaqkf/control-guide-how-to-solve-the-luck-and-probability-room-puzzle https://www.gameskinny.com/xaqkf/control-guide-how-to-solve-the-luck-and-probability-room-puzzle Thu, 29 Aug 2019 10:50:58 -0400 Jonathan Moore

The Luck and Probability puzzle in Control can take a while to solve if you don't know the answer. In typical Control style, the answer to the puzzle is mostly laid out on the Luck and Probability room's whiteboard, but parts of it are expectedly cryptic. Not to mention it's not clear what to do with the roulette wheel. 

Since the riddle is categorized as a side mission, solving the puzzle will give you precious upgrade materials, as well as a few useful skill points. Of course, you can use these to upgrade the Service Weapon or purchase mods. You can also use the skill points to unlock more skills in Control's skill tree.

Upgrading your health and energy levels is essential for taking on some of the game's later enemies, and leveling up abilities like shield, compel, and launch make things even easier. 

As a bonus, solving the puzzle will give you a new outfit for Jesse: the Golden Suit. 

Luck and Probability Room Location in Control

You can find the Luck and Probability room in the Research sector. You can reach it through Parapsychology or via the top floor of the Central Research area. 

You will unlock this area naturally when you speak with Marshall for the first time. It is when she asks you to fix the HRA machine during Chapter 4, "The Old Boys' Club."

Puzzle Solution

Technically, there are two rooms here: one room is filled with cubicles, while another room (the one with the yellow walls) is filled with lucky items. Most importantly, though, you want to pay attention to the roulette wheel in the room with the yellow walls. 

The point to this puzzle is getting 7 Luck. You do so by activating or relocating various objects in both rooms, then spinning the roulette wheel to show a number on the monitor screen to the front and left of the roulette wheel. 

Here are the steps for solving the puzzle in the Luck and Probability Room. Note: do not stand on the red carpet. After you spin the roulette wheel, get off of the red carpet as it decreases your luck

  1.  Turn on all of the lights in the room with the roulette wheel
    • Facing the roulette wheel, there are three desks straight ahead. Each of them has three lights (lamps) on them. 
    • There is a desk to the left of the roulette wheel. It also has a lamp on it you must turn on. 
  2. Go into the adjacent room and take the Four-Leaf Clover
    • It is on the right side of the room in a small, square white pot against the wall. 
    • Take the Four-Leaf Clover 
    • Go back into the room with the roulette wheel
    • Place the Four-Leaf Clover in the small, square white pot behind the computer monitor hooked up to the roulette wheel. 
  3. Go back into the room with the Four-Leaf Clover
    • Find the waving Lucky Fortune Cat on the left side of the room
    • Turn it on 
  4. Turn around and find the Coy Fish mounted on the wall next to the door
    • Grab it using your Launch ability
    • Take it back into the room with the roulette wheel
    • Place the Coy Fish mount on the ground next to the roulette wheel
    • It must be placed within two feet of the wheel
  5. Now spin the wheel

If you followed all of the steps above, you should have 7 Luck, which will solve the puzzle and complete the side mission. 

Luck and Probability Puzzle Rewards

These are the rewards you will get for completing the riddle: 

  • Material: Astral Blip
  • Outfit: Golden Suit
  • Ability Points: 2

---

That's all you need to know about solving the Luck and Probability room puzzle in Control. With two more precious Ability points, you'll be one step closer to finishing Control's skill tree and getting the Expert Parautilitarian and Master Parautilitarian trophies/achievements. Chances are you already have the Parautilitarian trophy/achievement. 

For more tips and advice, be sure to head over to our Control guides hub, where you can find solutions to the game's other puzzles, as well as insight into the best skills to focus on and what benefits each ability provides. 

To see why we said Control is one of the best games of 2019, be sure to head over to our official review.  

]]>
Fallout 76 Guide: Serum Recipes and How to Get Them https://www.gameskinny.com/ltk4v/fallout-76-guide-serum-recipes-and-how-to-get-them https://www.gameskinny.com/ltk4v/fallout-76-guide-serum-recipes-and-how-to-get-them Wed, 28 Aug 2019 16:04:44 -0400 Ty Arthur

The infamous mutations in Fallout 76 are essentially traits gained through rads rather than leveling, and they can be a fun way to change up your playstyle, intentionally via serums or otherwise.

There's an important secondary reason to gain mutations besides the direct benefits they offer, though: when you have a mutation, any weapon with the Mutant's legendary effect will deal more damage.

Gaining mutations by purposefully exposing yourself to high levels of radiation isn't the smartest idea, but there is a way to earn them without walking into an irradiated area unprotected. If you've got plenty of caps to spare, which thankfully, the cap maximum was just raised in a recent patch to make this more palatable. 

Where To Buy Fallout 76 Serums And Recipes

 Finding the Whitespring Bunker

Any player can buy various randomized serums for 5,000 caps, although this price can be reduced with high charisma and perks that reduce trading prices).

To buy a serum and gain a mutation without radiation poisoning, head to the Whitespring Bunker underneath the Whitespring Resort in the Appalachia region. You want to access the MODUS science terminal vendor in the science wing.

That's the one surefire place to find them at all times. But, of course, other players may also be selling them at whatever price they want to set.

While its pricey, buying two of the same serum is often worth the investment, as using a second instance of the same serum suppresses the mutation's negative effect.

For instance, if you take a serum to gain the Egg Head mutation twice in a row, you get the bonus to Intelligence but don't take the hit to Strength and Endurance like normal.

Obviously, buying serums at that price isn't particularly cost effective, especially since they are completely randomized and you never know what you will get at the science vendor. 

Instead, you can buy recipes for 20,000 caps at the same location after joining the Enclave.

Fallout 76 Serum Recipes

Unfortunately, the available stock of recipes for sale is also random (and sometimes won't appear at all, so keep coming back), but once you've got a particular serum's recipe, you can make that serum anytime you want.

Recipes could previously drop randomly from Scorchbeast Queens, but that has since been patched out, so at this point, you can only buy them.

After buying a recipe from the science terminal, all serum recipes are made at a Chemistry crafting station using the ingredients listed below.

Serum Recipe Ingredients Effect 1 Effect 2
Adrenal Reaction  Antiseptic(5)
Plastic (5)
Pure cobalt flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
 +Weapon DMG at low HP   Max HP -50
Bird Bones  Acid (7)
Crystal (5)
Pure violet flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
AG +4, Fall from heights more gradual   STR -4
Carnivore  Bone (5)
Fertilizer (5)
Pure fluorescent flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
No disease from Meat and 2x bonus to Food from eating meat products Eating fruits and vegetables does not satisfy hunger
 Chameleon Fiber optics(5)
Nuclear material (4)
Pure violet flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Invisibility Must be unarmored, stationary, and not attacking
 Eagle Eyes Antiseptic(5)
Fiberglass(3)
Pure crimson flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Critical Damage +25%
PER +4
STR -4
 Egg Head Ceramic (9)
Nuclear material (4)
Pure crimson flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
 INT +6 STR -3, END -3
Electrically Charged  Copper (5)
Oil (5)
Pure yellowcake flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Chance to shock melee attackers Small amount of damage done to player
 Empath Acid (7)
Plastic (5)
Pure cobalt flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Teammates take 25% less damage Player takes 33% more damage 
Grounded  Acid (7)
Black titanium (4)
Pure yellowcake flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Energy Resistance +100 Energy Damage -50%
Healing Factor  Acid (7)
Plastic (5)
Pure cobalt flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Health Regeneration while not in combat +300% Chem Effects -55%
 Herbivore Bone (5)
Fertilizer (5)
Pure fluorescent flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Vegetables provide x2 benefit and no disease Eating meat doesn't satisfy hunger
 Herd Mentality Bone (5)
Oil (5)
Pure cobalt flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
All SPECIAL stats +2 when grouped All SPECIAL stats -2 when solo
 Marsupial Fiberglass(3)
Oil (5)
Pure crimson flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Carry weight +20, +jump height INT -4
 Plague Walker Lead (9)
Oil (5)
Pure violet flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Poison aura scaling with your diseases Gain diseases
 Scaly Skin Coal (3)
Oil (4)
Pure crimson flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Damage and Energy Resistance +50 AP -50
 Speed Demon Antiseptic(5)
Gold (4)
Pure yellowcake flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Movement speed +20%, faster reload +20% +50% drain on hunger and thirst while moving
 Talons Acid (7)
Bone (5)
Pure fluorescent flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Punching attacks do 25% more damage + bleed damage AGI -4
 Twisted Muscles Antiseptic(5)
Bone (5)
Pure fluorescent flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Melee damage +25%, better chance to cripple limbs Gun accuracy -50%
 Unstable Isotope Lead (9)
Nuclear material (4)
Pure violet flux (1)
Ultracite (1)
Chance to release a radiation blast when struck in melee Minor damage to player during the radiation blast

 

Want to keep mutations without spending all those caps on serums and recipes? Take the second level of the Starched Genes perk, which makes your current mutations permanent by preventing them from being cured when you lose radiation by taking Rad-Away. It has the side effect of not letting you gain any new mutations while equipped, however.

Ready for more post-apocalyptic mayhem with your friends in Fallout 76? Check out our other guides below:

]]>
WoW Classic: Where to Find All RFC Quests https://www.gameskinny.com/kj0ic/wow-classic-where-to-find-all-rfc-quests https://www.gameskinny.com/kj0ic/wow-classic-where-to-find-all-rfc-quests Wed, 28 Aug 2019 15:21:28 -0400 Ashley Shankle

I've seen a lot of people ask in General and Trade which quests are available for RFC (Ragefire Chasm) in WoW Classic, the Horde's first dungeon. Alliance may have Deadmines, but we Horde have... some warlocks in a cave over here in Orgrimmar. Uh...

Anyway, there are six quests for Ragefire Chasm. Five can be picked up outside of the dungeon and the sixth is a continuation of one of the quests obtained in Thunder Bluff.

Read on and find out where you can find these quests, and bear in mind all of them can be picked up at Level 9.

RFC Quests Starting in Orgrimmar

Slaying the Beast

This quest can be gotten from an NPC just outside of RFC and only requires you defeat Targaman the Hungerer in RFC. Just about everyone picks this quest up their first time.

Quest giver location.

Hidden Enemies

You'll have to head to the Valley of Wisdom to pick this one up, and it requires you go further into RFC after the fight with Targaman to defeat Bazzalan and Jergosh the Invoker.

Quest giver location.

RFC Quests Starting in Thunder Bluff

Testing an Enemy's Strength

This quest can be picked up from a Tauren on The Elder Rise in Thunder Bluff and asks you to kill Ragefire Troggs and Shamans in the dungeon.

Both quests in Thunder Bluff are from the same NPC.

Quest giver location.

Searching for the Lost Satchel

You'll have to find the corpse of a Tauren in Ragefire Chasm to complete this quest.

This one requires you take a slight detour to the right in the first open room of the dungeon, heading up an incline to a dead end with enemies. His corpse can be found there, after which you'll be able to pick up the quest Returning the Satchel, which requires you go back to Thunder Bluff.

RFC Quest in the Undercity

The Power to Destroy...

There is only one quest for the dungeon found in the Undercity, and it can be picked up in the bowels of the Apothecarium. The required items for this quest are dropped by Searing Blade Warlocks and Cultists within Ragefire Chasm.

Quest giver location.

----

Not so bad, really. You don't have to pick up these quests, but every bit of XP counts.

Check out our weapon trainer locations guide if you're trying to figure out where you can train new weapon types, our racial abilities guide if you just want to ponder over the differences between each of WoW Classic's races, or our Wailing Caverns quest locations guide.

]]>
Control Guide: How to Get the Shield Ability From Field Training in "A Good Defense" https://www.gameskinny.com/2o1w1/control-guide-how-to-get-the-shield-ability-from-field-training-in-a-good-defense https://www.gameskinny.com/2o1w1/control-guide-how-to-get-the-shield-ability-from-field-training-in-a-good-defense Wed, 28 Aug 2019 15:09:37 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Figuring out how to get the Shield ability in Control stumped me for about half of the game. It's because opening the path to the Field Training Area isn't clear at all, even after you power through most of the game. 

Early in the game, you find yourself in the Central Maintenance area near the powerplant. Eventually, you get the side mission called "A Good Defense." It tasks you with getting into the Field Training area to deal with an Object of Power. 

The problem is that Field Training is locked behind a pulsating red barrier. Like other similar barriers, you might assume you can't get by this one until later in the game. That's not the case. You can do it right now. 

Getting Past Field Training's Red Barrier

While standing in front of the door to Field Training, look around for the three red blocks around the room. Shoot them. 

Here are their locations just in case:

  1. On the ceiling to the left of the Field Training door
  2. On the backside of the column in the middle of the room
  3. On the ceiling to the right of the Field Training door
    • Just before the hallway leading to the elevator

Once you destroy all three blocks, the red wall barring the entrance to the Object of Power guarding the Shield ability will be open. 

Simply enter and find the safe in the back right-hand corner of the room. Interact with it and complete the Astral Plane section to nab your new power. 

---

Since the Shield ability is a great tool for staying alive in some of the game's harder areas (which lie just ahead in your playthrough), it's good to know you can get the ability now.  

For more on tips on Control, be sure to head over to our guides hub. Be sure to check out our review of the game and find out why we said Control is one of the best games of 2019. 

]]>
How to Install Addons in WoW Classic https://www.gameskinny.com/x4o6i/how-to-install-addons-in-wow-classic https://www.gameskinny.com/x4o6i/how-to-install-addons-in-wow-classic Wed, 28 Aug 2019 11:25:52 -0400 Ashley Shankle

Addons have always been a part of the World of Warcraft experience. So much so, in fact, that you may be surprised by how many addons were actually available in vanilla and now compatible with WoW Classic.

If you've installed addons in modern WoW, this whole process really isn't all that much different.

Looking around, a lot of the tutorials I've found seem to assume people don't know how to unzip things to folders or use a computer much past clicking on shiny icons. I'm not going to do that since the process is incredibly simple in any case.

How to Install Addons in WoW Classic

So you've got some addons you want to slap onto your client, you've got the download pages up or have outright downloaded their .zips. Now it's time to...

1. Locate Your World of Warcraft Classic Folder

Chances are your World of Warcraft folder is in the default directory. On a 64-bit Windows PC, it should be:

  • C:\Program Files (x86)\World of Warcraft\_classic_

You can copy the above and paste it into your file browser if you like, or manually seek it out. It's easy to find.

Those using 32-bit Windows may find the game simply in C:\Program Files\World of Warcraft\_classic_, but I'm not 100 sure on that.

2. Locate Your AddOns Folder

Just like retail WoW (Isn't WoWC also retail? Whatever.), you should have an Interface folder within the game directory, and an AddOns folder inside it.

If for some reason there is no AddOns folder (there should be), just create an AddOns folder within Interface and keep going.

3. Exit WoWC

Here's a little tip for you perpetually-idle queue-avoiders:

There is a five-minute grace period after you get disconnected to reconnect to the game without a queue.

With that in mind, you can hop out, stack your addons into the folders above, and get back in with no trouble. Just don't take too long.

Exit the game with the addons you plan to use ready to go.

4. Place the Addons' Folders into Interface\AddOns

In this step, you don't want to extract the contents of your addon folders, you simply want to put the entire addons' folders into the Interface\AddOns folder.

That's a weird sentence.

Keep your folder nice and clean. You can have a ton of addons  just make sure they're in their respective folders.

Here's a very simple example (Gatherer_HUD does not work with WoWC):

5. Get to Character Select and Enable AddOns

Log back in, choose which character you want to play as, then look at the bottom left of the screen for the AddOns button.

Click the button and enable all the addons you want to use on that character.

If an addon is in red, it may not work and may cause some issues in-game though sometimes they work just fine. Test it out after getting in-game and just log out (not exit the game) to disable any that may not be working.

That's it! That's really all you have to do. It's really that easy.

To put this in a fast and loose list:

  1. Find C:\Program Files (x86)\World of Warcraft\_classic_\Interface\Addons
  2. Put your addons in there with their own respective folders
  3. Relaunch game (steps two and three are interchangeable really)
  4. Enable them at character select via the AddOns button

Yep, it's really that easy. Configuring some of them is another story, though.

---

Check out our other World of Warcraft Classic guides, such as our weapon master locations guide and our racial abilities guide. There's more to come, too, as long as I can pry myself out of Azeroth here and there. The road to 60 is long and paved in ganks.

]]>
Control Guide: How to Get the Compel Ability to Seize Your Enemies https://www.gameskinny.com/orw5n/control-guide-how-to-get-the-compel-ability-to-seize-your-enemies https://www.gameskinny.com/orw5n/control-guide-how-to-get-the-compel-ability-to-seize-your-enemies Tue, 27 Aug 2019 11:59:27 -0400 Jonathan Moore

There are five different powers in Control. Launch and Evade are easy to get since they're on the game's optimal path. However, Compel — or Seize as the game also calls it — is a power that's harder to get.

Along with the Shield ability, Compel is found as part of a side mission. Specifically, it's part of the "Captive Audience" side mission found in Hypnosis Lab, which is found in Parapsychology. 

Puzzle Solution 

To get the ability, you'll need to access the X-ray Lightbox, which is behind the barrier at the back of the Hypnosis Lab. It's the Object of Power the guards were looking at when you first entered the room. 

This puzzle is similar to the HRA machine puzzle. However, it's not as intense as you only need to solve for one hexagon.

The terminal for the solution can be found in the room on the right-hand side of the Hypnosis Lab. While the answer is pasted to the glass wall of the anteroom just before the terminal, here's the solution so you don't have to look for it. 

To fill the hexagon as it is shown above, input the following directional commands: 

  • Up
  • Right
  • Down
  • Left
  • Up 
  • Right 
  • Down 
  • Left

That will fill in the correct portions of the hexagon, unlocking the terminal. You can now interact with the X-Ray Lightbox. Finish the Astral Plane challenge to get the Psychic Occupation trophy/achievement. 

---

That's all you need to know about how to find and get the Compel ability in Control

For more tips, be sure to head over to our Control guides hub, where you'll find other puzzle solutions, as well as helpful content on abilities and mods

To see why we said Control is one of the best games of 2019, be sure to check out our official review

]]>
Control Guide: How to Solve the HRA Machine Puzzle During "Old Boys Club" https://www.gameskinny.com/qwtim/control-guide-how-to-solve-the-hra-machine-puzzle-during-old-boys-club https://www.gameskinny.com/qwtim/control-guide-how-to-solve-the-hra-machine-puzzle-during-old-boys-club Tue, 27 Aug 2019 11:35:44 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Of Control's many puzzles, the HRA machine puzzle is one of the more confusing, on par with the clock puzzle earlier in the game. During Chapter 4, Old Boys' Club, Marshall will ask you to turn on the huge HRA machine found in The Oldest House. 

It's easy to get there as it's marked on your map, but solving it is another matter entirely. If you're stumped, we've got you covered in the guide below. 

Puzzle Solution

There are five total terminals in the area: four are in the room with the HRA machine. One is upstairs, in the room above the machine. Each machine has a number written on the side; we'll be using those numbers below. 

After you pick up the punchcards scattered about the room (which are marked), the goal is to put the correct punchcard in the correct terminal. 

There are whiteboards scattered about the room as well. These hold the answer to the puzzle, although they're certainly cryptic. Instead of talking about how to interpret each board, here's the answer you're after: 

Terminal Answers
Terminal 1 HRA Terminal 1 answer
Terminal 2
Terminal 3
Terminal 4
Terminal 5

 

Once you assign the five punchcards to the correct terminals, the terminals will lock. You will no longer be able to interact with them. 

Now, go to the HRA device in the middle of the room and activate it to proceed with the main story. 

---

That's all you need to know about solving the HRA machine puzzle in Control during the game's fourth chapter, "Old Boys' Club." For more tips, be sure to head over to our Control guides hub, where you'll find other puzzle solutions, as well as helpful content on abilities and mods

To see why we said Control is one of the best games of 2019, be sure to check out our official review

]]>
The 6 Best Minecraft Igloo Seeds and Frozen World Seeds https://www.gameskinny.com/u2frm/the-6-best-minecraft-igloo-seeds-and-frozen-world-seeds https://www.gameskinny.com/u2frm/the-6-best-minecraft-igloo-seeds-and-frozen-world-seeds Mon, 26 Aug 2019 15:50:18 -0400 Jason Coles

[{"image":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_360,w_640/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/c/e/ice-spikes-07979.jpeg","thumb":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_85,w_97/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/c/e/ice-spikes-07979.jpeg","type":"slide","id":"201147","description":"
Ice Spikes and a (Hard to Find) Igloo
\n
Seed: 1582691261
\n

This one no longer spawns the igloo in the latest version of Minecraft.

\n

Another victim of the 1.14 update, the igloo is gone, too. The good news is that the ice spikes are still very much intact, and the world is still an interesting one to get lost in.

\n

With random lava pits set amongst the snowy tundra, you'll have a lot of fun simply messing around with the elements here. 

\n

---

\n

That's it for Minecraft igloo seeds as of update 1.14.4. For more, be sure to check out our every-growing Minceraft seeds hub, as well as these seeds collections: 

\n"},{"image":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_360,w_640/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/g/l/igloo-gold-c6e37.jpeg","thumb":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_85,w_97/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/g/l/igloo-gold-c6e37.jpeg","type":"slide","id":"201146","description":"

Igloo with Gold in Basement Chamber

\n
Seed: 370608918
\n

This one no longer spawns the igloo in the latest version of Minecraft.

\n

It used to be that the igloo would be right in front of you, alas, it is no more. The latest update killed the igloo for some reason, which means that you instead spawn in front of a forest surrounded by snow on all sides. It's still a cool map, but the igloo being gone is rather sad. 

"},{"image":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_360,w_640/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/g/l/igloo-with-cd6dd.jpeg","thumb":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_85,w_97/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/g/l/igloo-with-cd6dd.jpeg","type":"slide","id":"201145","description":"

Igloo with Basement on Frozen River

\n
Seed: -491005510
\n

Spawn: -8, -8

\n

This one no longer spawns the igloo in the latest version of Minecraft.

\n

This used to spawn you near an igloo complete with a cool hidden passage. Now it spawns you in the same geographical area, but instead of an igloo, you're left to fend for yourself.

\n

The long, frozen river cuts through the area and serves as a great landmark for adventures, though., and you could build your own igloo to replace the one that's now missing.  

"},{"image":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_360,w_640/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/s/n/o/snowy-winter-scen-dcd46.jpeg","thumb":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_85,w_97/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/s/n/o/snowy-winter-scen-dcd46.jpeg","type":"slide","id":"201144","description":"

Snowy Winter Scene plus Igloo w/Basement

\n
Seed: -986625532
\n

Spawn: 61, -30
Igloo: 83, 84

\n

While this world is mostly snow and ice, there are a few forest-covered mountains in you venture far enough out. When you spawn, simply head along the river and you'll spot the igloo on the edge. If you go in and clear away the snow inside, you'll be rewarded with a trap door that leads into a basement.

\n

There's a nice collection of loot down there, so make the most of it before exploring the surrounding area. There are two caged NPCs, one of whom needs purifying before you can free them. There's also a chest with:

\n
    \n
  • 8 coal
  • \n
  • 2 wheat
  • \n
  • 4 apples
  • \n
  • 1 golden apple
  • \n
  • 6 gold nuggets
  • \n
  • 1 rotten flesh
  • \n
\n

Plus, there's a brewing stand with a splash potion of weakness on it. 

"},{"image":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_360,w_640/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/s/n/o/snow-villages-56c82.jpg","thumb":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_85,w_97/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/s/n/o/snow-villages-56c82.jpg","type":"slide","id":"201143","description":"

Snow Villages, Ice Spikes, Lonely Igloo, and Lapis

\n
Seed: 1372204
\n

Spawn: 170, -155
Igloo: 528, -411

\n

You start off looking at one of the two main villages and have a great chance to explore and get some good loot straight away. If you dig below the village center, you'll even come across some Lapis Lazuli. It's a cool little seed that will offer you a nice chance to get well equipped before venturing too far out.

\n

The igloo is a bit further away, but it's right near some really great caves, so it's a fantastic home base. There's also a nice forest biome nearby, and even a couple of little beaches to visit. 

"},{"image":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_360,w_640/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/g/l/igloo-with-89769.jpeg","thumb":"https://res.cloudinary.com/lmn/image/upload/c_limit,h_85,w_97/e_sharpen:100/f_auto,fl_lossy,q_auto/v1/gameskinnyc/i/g/l/igloo-with-89769.jpeg","type":"slide","id":"201142","description":"

The world is a cold place, so why you'd want to replicate that in Minecraft is beyond me. Maybe you're just trying to use the best Minecraft igloo seeds to escape from the constant fear of global warming. Fair play in that case.

\n

In order to help you live your best escapist fantasies, here is a little list of some of the best igloo seeds currently in Minecraft, though it's a surprisingly shallow area of the internet.

\n

Not all of these still have their igloos, but they're all a lot of fun to explore nevertheless. 

"}]]]>
World of Warcraft Classic: Where is Mankrik's Wife? https://www.gameskinny.com/krh2d/world-of-warcraft-classic-where-is-mankriks-wife https://www.gameskinny.com/krh2d/world-of-warcraft-classic-where-is-mankriks-wife Mon, 26 Aug 2019 15:33:35 -0400 Ashley Shankle

There's one question that's echoed throughout the annals of World of Warcraft history that haunts anyone who has spent any amount of time in the Barrens. One question that's been memed and back: Where is Mankrik's wife?

In the Crossroads, players will inevitably pick up the quest "Lost in Battle," in which Mankrik requests you seek out his wife somewhere to the south. You take the quest, of course, because XP is a delicious candy treat you must eat.

Just to note, this short guide does have a very minor spoiler, specifically about the fate of Mankrik's wife. It's incredibly minor and has no bearing on the game overall, but if you intend to go into World of Warcraft Classic blind and with no experience with the game pre-Cataclysm, you may want to just skim over the text here and look at the image below.

Where is Mankrik's Wife?

Okay, that's the last time I'm typing that. Sorry.

Getting "Lost in Battle" done is actually incredibly easy. Just run south, down the road from the Crossroads, sticking to the road for the most part unless you want to get into some scuffles with raptors. 

Eventually, you will come to a bridge over a narrow gully. Cross the bridge and start looking for some huts to the left. They shouldn't be far from the road, though there will be raptors in the vicinity. Don't be surprised if a raptor decides to try to eat your face while you're investigating the huts, as one patrols very close by.

In one of the huts you'll find a corpse that can be interacted with, which is unsurprisingly Mankrik's wife. Click on her, progress the quest, and head back up to the Crossroads to turn "Lost in Battle" in to Mankrik, who is understandably bereaved by the news.

This quest is a good example of why it's important to pay attention to quest text in World of Warcraft Classic. Live and learn, right?

I'm working up some WoW Classic guides bit by bit, and we wholeheartedly welcome any WoWC player to pop on here and write their own guides! For now, I've worked up a weapon trainer locations guide as well as a racial abilities guide. Check them out, but most importantly have fun!

]]>
WoW Classic Racial Abilites and Best Classes Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/7hhjh/wow-classic-racial-abilites-and-best-classes-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/7hhjh/wow-classic-racial-abilites-and-best-classes-guide Mon, 26 Aug 2019 15:32:05 -0400 Ashley Shankle

Each race has had its strengths and weaknesses since the dawn of World of Warcraft, but the differences today aren't necessarily the same as those from 2004. We're about to hop straight into a time machine to 15 years ago with WoW Classic, and its racial abilities.

WoW Classic's racial abilities are easy enough to understand. Some races, such as Undead and Night Elf, are clearly more geared toward PvP content, but you will probably have the same fun with any class and race combination (unless you get a little too used to Will of the Forsaken).

It's important to keep in mind while reading through this guide that ultimately, you should choose whatever race and class combination you want to play. Meta gaming WoW Classic only does so much, and it's not like you're about to tackle the hardest content Azeroth's ever seen.

You have a little more to think about in terms of race as a PvP player, but if you played way back in the day you probably already know which race you want to carry you to victory in contested areas.

Let's cut past my rambling  there's plenty of it below. Good luck on your journeys!

Alliance Racial Abilities


Human
- Sword Specialization: Skill with Swords and Two-Handed Swords increased by 5.
- Mace Specialization: Skill with Maces and Two-Handed Maces increased by 5.
- Diplomacy: Reputation gains increased by 10%.
- The Human Spirit: Spirit increased by 5%.
- Perception: Dramatically increases stealth detection for 20 sec. (3-minute cooldown)
Classes: Mage, Paladin, Priest, Rogue, Warlock, Warrior
Humans are predictably well-rounded, capable in both physical and magical regards thanks to their weapon specializations and The Human Spirit granting additional Spirit. Humans make ideal Paladins and Priests, but Paladins, in particular, due to melee specializations and additional Spirit. Their stats are well-rounded but weighted toward Spirit. Perception has its uses in PvP.

Human Priests are able to learn Desperate Prayer (Instantly heals the caster for X to X. 10 min cooldown) and Feedback (The priest becomes surrounded with anti-magic energy. Any successful spell cast against the priest will burn 18 of the attacker's Mana, causing 1 Shadow damage for each point of Mana burned. Lasts 15 sec.).

Both skills are worthwhile in PvP but Feedback doesn't have much use in endgame PvE.

 


Night Elf
- Nature Resistance: Nature Resistance increased by 10.
- Quickness: Dodge chance increased by 1%.
- Wisp Spirit: Transform into a wisp upon death, increasing movement speed by 50%.
- Shadowmeld: Activate to slip into the shadows, reducing the chance for enemies to detect your presence. Lasts until canceled or upon moving. Night Elf Rogues and Druids with Shadowmeld are more difficult to detect while stealthed or prowling. (10-sec cooldown)
Classes: Mage, Rogue, Warlock, Warrior
Being the only Alliance race able to go Druid, Night Elves are ideal for the class; but they're also fantastic Rogues when considering Quickness, the Shadowmeld Active, and innately high Agility. Their Stamina and Strength are lacking.

Starshards (Rains starshards down on the enemy target's head, causing X Arcane damage over 6 sec.) is a channeled ability, making it risky to use in PvP and simply not ideal in PvE. Elune's Grace (Reduces ranged damage taken by X and increases chance to dodge by 10% for 15 sec.) is solid for surviving PvP, but doesn't make up for the presence of Starshards.

Neither skills are particularly impressive, but Elune's Grace is much better than Undead and Troll Priest exclusives Hex of Weakness and Touch of Weakness.

 


Gnome
- Arcane Resistance: Arcane Resistance increased by 10.
- Expansive Mind: Intelligence increased by 5%.
- Escape Artist: Escape the effects of any immobilization or movement speed reduction effect. (0.5-second cast, 1-minute cooldown)
- Engineering Specialization: Engineering skill increased by 15.
Classes: Mage, Rogue, Warlock, Warrior
Gnomes are ideal for Mages and Warlocks because of their 5% increased Intelligence, and Escape Artist is among the best racial actives. Their based Strength and Stamina are very low, making them less ideal for Paladin or Warrior, but their very high base Agility makes for a good start to a Rogue.

Escape Artist is mostly useful in PvP situations, and its relatively short cooldown makes it easy to use more than once in a single skirmish.

 


Dwarf
- Frost Resistance: Increases Frost Resistance by 10.
- Gun Specialization: Guns skill increased by 5.
- Find Treasure: Allows the dwarf to sense nearby treasure, making it appear on the minimap. Lasts until canceled.
- Stoneform: While active, grants immunity to Bleed, Poison, and Disease effects. In addition, Armor increased by 10%. Lasts 8 sec. (3-min cooldown)
Classes: Hunter, Paladin, Priest, Rogue, Warrior
Dwarves make for some of the best Paladins and Warriors in the game thanks to the Stoneform racial active and their high base Stamina and Strength. Their base Agility is low, making them less-than-ideal Rogues. They do make for pretty great Priests because of their base stats with the class and race-exclusive Priest skills.

Find Treasure is fine to have up while questing to seek out treasure chests, but as you can only track one resource at a time, you may not use it much if you take Mining, Herbalism, or go Hunter.

Dwarves boast one of the best sets of exclusive Priest skills in the game, primarily thanks to Fear Ward (Wards the friendly target against Fear. The next Fear effect used against the target will fail, using up the ward. Lasts 10 min.). Desperate Prayer (Instantly heals the caster for X to X. 10 min cooldown) is also decent for both PvE and PvP.

Dwarves are probably the best race for a PvP Priest in the Alliance.

 

Horde Racial Abilities


Orc
- Axe Specialization: Skill with Axes and Two-Handed Axes increased by 5.
- Command: Damage dealt by Hunter and Warlock pets increased by 5%.
- Hardiness: Chance to resist Stun effects increased by an additional 25%.
- Blood Fury: Increases base melee attack power by 25% for 15 sec and reduces healing effects on you by 50% for 25 sec. (2-min cooldown)
Classes: Hunter, Rogue, Shaman, Warlock, Warrior
Orcs are the Horde's most well-rounded race and do well with most classes, but they are best as Warriors and (Enhancement) Shamans. They make for fantastic frontline fighters but are decent Hunters. Orc Rogues shine brightest only when Blood Fury is active.

Their weakest class is probably Warlock, which is best suited to Undead. Warlock pets often aren't used as active damage dealers in endgame PvE and are quickly dispatched in PvP, making Command less useful for the Orc Warlock. Its other racials also do not suit the class well.

 


Tauren
- Endurance: Total Health increased by 5%.
- Nature Resistance: Nature Resistance increased by 10.
- Cultivation: Herbalism skill increased by 15.
- War Stomp: Stuns up to 5 enemies within 8 yds for 2 sec. (2-min cooldown)
Classes: Druid, Hunter, Shaman, Warrior
Thanks to the extra health from Endurance and on-demand stun from War Stomp, Tauren also make for great frontline fighters and are great Warriors and Shamans, though Tauren Shamans have the smallest starting Mana pool of the races. This is also the only Horde race able to go Druid.

Though the extra health from Endurance is a boon, the utility of War Stomp in PvE and PvP situations cannot be understated. Though Tauren Shamans don't bring great stats to the table, the extra survivability provided by War Stomp (after which the Shaman can heal in brief safety) is hugely helpful in PvP situations. Tauren Warriors are the beefiest (get it?) by a long shot, however.

 


Undead
- Shadow Resistance: Shadow Resistance increased by 10.
- Underwater Breathing: Underwater breath lasts 300% longer than normal.
- Cannibalize: When activated, regenerates 7% of total health every 2 sec for 10 sec. Only works on Humanoid or Undead corpses within 7 yds. Any movement, action, or damage taken while Cannibalizing will cancel the effect.
- Will of the Forsaken: Provides immunity to Charm, Fear and Sleep while active. May also be used while already afflicted by Charm, Fear or Sleep. Lasts 5 sec. (2-min cooldown)
Classes: Mage, Priest, Rogue, Warlock, Warrior
Undead racials are fairly even and are useful to basically every class, so it's hard to say what class Undead are best made into. A PvP-oriented player would say any class since Will of the Forsaken is so strong. There is no doubt among the WoW community that Will of the Forsaken is the best PvP racial, though the Gnomes' Escape Artist and Dwarves' Fear Ward come a little close. Still, no other deals with PvP's most debilitating status effects in such a way.

You can't go wrong with an Undead anything.

Undead Priests learn Touch of Weakness (The next melee attack on the caster will cause X Shadow damage and reduce the damage caused by the attacker by X for 2 min.) and Devouring Plague (Afflicts the target with a disease that causes X Shadow damage over 24 sec. Damage cased by the Devouring Plague heals the caster. 3-min cooldown). Devouring Plague is a boon in both PvE and PvP, though Touch of Weakness isn't that different from Troll Priests' Hex of Weakness.

 


Troll
- Beast Slaying: Damage dealt versus Beasts increased by 5%.
- Bow Specialization: Skill with Bow weapons increased by 5.
- Regeneration: Health regeneration rate increased by 10%. 10% of total Health regeneration may continue during combat.
- Throwing Specialization: Skill with Throwing Weapons increased by 5.
- Berserking: Increases your casting and attack speed by 10% to 30%. At full health, the speed increase is 10% with a greater effect up to 30% if you are badly hurt when you activate Berserking. Lasts 10 sec. (3-min cooldown)
Classes: Hunter, Mage, Priest, Rogue, Shaman, Warrior
Trolls make for great Hunters and Mages, though they are also fairly well-rounded with the classes available to them. The only class they're less than stellar in is Priest, and that's due to Trolls' lackluster exclusive Priest skills. Regeneration and Berserking are useful no matter your Troll's class.

Troll Priests learn Hex of Weakness (Weakens the target enemy, reducing damage caused by 20 for 2 min.) and Shadowguard (The caster is surrounded by shadows. When a spell, melee or ranged attack hits the caster, the attacker will be struck for 116 Shadow damage. Attackers can only be damaged once every few seconds. This damage causes no threat. 3 charges. Lasts 10 min.).

Neither one of the Troll Priest racials is particularly powerful, with Shadowguard just being a clone of Shaman's Lightning Shield. Hex of Weakness's biggest draw being it weakens the target for a whole two minutes  that's quite a bit, unless it gets dispelled, which it will in PvP at later levels.

 

----

Vanilla World of Warcraft was probably the best time in my gaming life and I played it like it was my job (not so easy to make money gaming back then), but I'm sure my opinions as stated above are different from those of other players.

Check out our other WoW Classic guides, of which there are presently few.. but will soon be many! For now we have a WoWC weapon trainer locations guide and a brief guide on where to find Mankrik's wife because, well.. you and I both know people are going to be asking.

Have fun in Azeroth, and I hope to see a few of you out there in STV and AV!

]]>
Control Guide: How to Solve the Clock Puzzle in A Matter of Time https://www.gameskinny.com/l0mqx/control-guide-how-to-solve-the-clock-puzzle-in-a-matter-of-time https://www.gameskinny.com/l0mqx/control-guide-how-to-solve-the-clock-puzzle-in-a-matter-of-time Mon, 26 Aug 2019 12:33:46 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Some puzzles in Control are easy to solve. Others are a bit more perplexing. Such is the case with the clock puzzle in the mission, "A Matter of Time."

After a Bureau agent sends you into the Astral plane to locate and extract the medic, you'll quickly find yourself in the Oceanview Hotel. At this point in the game, you've probably been here a few times already, so you know what's up. 

Puzzle Solution

Go straight ahead and stop at the reception desk. There is a clock on the desk, as well as a bell. Ring the bell, and watch the clock's hands turn. Eventually, they will stop on a random time. 

Memorize the time and turn left. Room 222 on the left side of the hallway is now open. Go inside and interact with the clock on the desk underneath the window.

The hands on Room 222's clock will constantly turn in circles until you stop them by pressing "Square" on PS4 or "X" on Xbox One. Match this clock's time to the same time on the clock at the reception desk. Once you do, a bell will ding, and you will no longer be able to interact with Room 222's clock. 

Return to the reception desk and repeat the process.

Ring the bell and watch the clock stop on a random time. Memorize the time and go to Room 224. Go inside and interact with the clock on the desk underneath the window. 

Set this clock to the same time as the clock at the reception desk. A bell will ring, and this clock will become unusable. 

Repeat the step a third time to open Room 226 and solve the puzzle. 

Finding the medic in the Astral Plane full of clocks in Control

How to Find the Medic

Now, return to the reception desk and pick up the key next to the clock. Go down the hallway to the right, and open the door with the big, black pyramid on it. Go inside and pull the light string three times. 

You'll find yourself in a new area of The Oldest House. Jump down and turn left into the room with all the clocks. Go right and find a larger room with a control point and a bunch of enemies. 

Take them out and climb up the stairs. The medic will be at the top (in the middle) performing CPR on a fallen comrade. 

---

That's all you need to know about solving the clock puzzle in Control during the mission, "A Matter of Time."

For more on Remedy's latest, head over to our Control guides page. To see why we said this game is one of this year's best shooters and a can't miss experience, head over to our Control review

]]>
Control Guide: The Best Abilities and Mods to Defeat The Hiss https://www.gameskinny.com/0023c/control-guide-the-best-abilities-and-mods-to-defeat-the-hiss https://www.gameskinny.com/0023c/control-guide-the-best-abilities-and-mods-to-defeat-the-hiss Mon, 26 Aug 2019 12:00:19 -0400 Mark Delaney

Remedy Games' seventh studio release is finally here. Control casts players as Jesse Faden, reluctant and newly minted Director of the Federal Bureau of Control as she fights to take back, well, control, of The Oldest House, an ever-shifting headquarters for the U.S. government's most mysterious agency.

To get you going on the right foot and working down the extensive skill tree efficiently, we've compiled this guide to all things in Control related to skills, weapon forms, and mods. Here's everything you need to know, including the many weird new terms used in the game's upgrade menus and which skills are best to prioritize.

The Service Weapon

Jesse's role as Director grants her exclusive use of the Service Weapon, a shifting handgun that can take many forms. Each form has its own name, and though they can be confusing at first, our guide will explain how each form follows a familiar archetype.

Ammo collecting isn't a worry in Control, as the Service Weapon reloads automatically over time. During cooldown periods, you're meant to use evasive tactics or attack with Jesse's paranatural abilities, but we'll get onto those in a moment.

Here are the different version of the Service Weapon: 

Grip: Handgun

Spin: SMG 

Shatter: Shotgun

Pierce: Sniper

Charge: RPG

Weapon Mods and Personal Mods

Over the course of the game, you'll be able to unlock additional forms for your Service Weapon, as well as more buffs for Jesse, and by the end, diligent players will have unlocked all forms and upgraded several of them and Jesse too. 

Each weapon can attach up to three mods after they are fully upgraded, as can Jesse. These mods can be unlocked using a variety of resources found in containers throughout The Oldest House or from dropped by enemies.

The names of these many resources seem to be a bit confusing on purpose, but just understand that you can track how much you have of each variant, as well as how much you need for any upgrade, under the Astral Constructs menu at any Control Point (fast travel location).

The primary resource you'll need to acquire is the only one simply named: Source. At any given point, you may have tens of thousands of Source, and you can use it in a number of ways.

How to Spend Source
  • Constructing weapon and personal mods: 1,000 Source
  • Refreshing list of randomized mods for construction: 1,000 Source
  • Unlock and upgrade Service Weapon forms: Cost varies
Other Crafting Materials

You can view all other crafting materials by pressing the left menu button on controllers. These materials seem to be dropped randomly, so there's currently no known way to farm them other than to take every corner you can and uncover more resource bins.

These will often grant you mods or materials immediately without further construction needed. The other materials are:

  • Undefined Reading
  • Ritual Impulse
  • Threshold Remnant
  • Hidden Trend
  • Intrusive Pattern
  • House Memory
  • Astral Blip
  • Remote Thought
  • Entropic Echo
  • Corrupted Sample
  • Untapped Potential

Abilities

Jesse has 43 skills available by the end of the game, though these are rolled out slowly over time as most games do. To unlock them, you'll need skill points which usually come in bunches at the end of main and side missions.

For this reason, it's crucial you do every side mission you come across. Not only are they quite varied and fun in their own right, but many of them will grant you the most vital powers to use through the rest of the game, or give you that extra bounty of skill points you'll so need.

Let's break down the many branches of Jesse's skill tree.

Health 

Overall vitality of the player

  • Upgrade 1: +10%
  • Upgrade 2: +20%
  • Upgrade 3: +20%
  • Upgrade 4: +20%
  • Upgrade 5: +30%
Energy

Spent on Launch and Shield; recharges automatically: 

  • Upgrade 1: +10%
  • Upgrade 2: +20%
  • Upgrade 3: +20%
  • Upgrade 4: +20%
  • Upgrade 5: +30%
Melee Damage

To pack a better punch:

  • Upgrade 1: +10%
  • Upgrade 2: +30%
  • Upgrade 3: +30%
  • Upgrade 4: +30%
  • Upgrade 5: +50%
Launch Damage

Telekinetic tossing:

  • Upgrade 1: +25%
  • Upgrade 2: +50%
  • Upgrade 3: Launch grenades and rockets back at  the enemy
  • Upgrade 4: +50%
  • Upgrade 5: Launch basic enemies when their health is low
  • Upgrade 6: +50%
  • Upgrade 7: Launch large enemies when their health is low
  • Upgrade 8: +75%
Shield Strength

Jesse's temporary blocking ability:

  • Upgrade 1: +10%
  • Upgrade 2: +20%
  • Upgrade 3: When released, Shield propels debris at enemies
  • Upgrade 4: +20%
  • Upgrade 5: +20%
  • Upgrade 6: +30%
Seize Duration

Turn enemies into allies who fight for you:

  • Upgrade 1: +5%
  • Upgrade 2: +10%
  • Upgrade 3: +10% 
  • Upgrade 4: Seize an additional enemy
  • Upgrade 5: +10%
  • Upgrade 6: +15%
  • Upgrade 7: Seize large enemies when their health is low
Levitate Duration

To fly over enemies, flank, and rain devastation:

  • Upgrade 1: +10% 
  • Upgrade 2: +10%
  • Upgrade 3: Ground Slam ability while levitating
  • Upgrade 4: +10%
  • Upgrade 5: +10%
  • Upgrade 6: +10%

Recommended Abilities

Now that you know all there is to know about mods, weapon forms, and Jesse's complete skill tree, it's time to build the Director that best suits your playstyle.

We put in over 30 hours with Control, running around the halls of The Oldest House and roughing up additional Hiss after the credits. Here are some tips we think should help get you going fast and furious.

Health and Energy are Top Priority

Control has no difficulty settings, so everyone will have to play on the game's base setting, and it can get really tough sometimes. For that reason, we recommend treating health and energy as the 1A and 1B skill trees to climb down early and often.

Your Service Weapon needs to reload regularly, and you're meant to counterbalance that with your abilities, but a lowly energy bar could leave you without much of anything to use on offense

Meanwhile, a shortened health bar can make some early encounters tough. When the game gives you your first four skill points in one bounty as it will, spend one on each of the four available branches, but with the next batch, start looking at health and energy first.

Launch and Shield Come Next

With some early attention paid to those foremost ability trees, you'll then want to sprinkle in some attention to the launch and shield abilities.

The telekinetic throw is super powerful from the start, but it can really pack an incredible punch as you work down the ability upgrades for it.

Meanwhile, shield is critical against some enemy types, and the early unlock that allows you to toss shield debris at enemies will not just get you an achievement/trophy, it'll keep you alive in some tough fights.

Launch is the best way to remove enemy armor too, often clobbering it right off in one hit, so if you can upgrade your shield and launch trees a few times early, you'll feel well equipped to take on The Hiss.

Pick Your Favorites After That

From there, it becomes more a matter of playstyle and preference. Melee, Seize, and Levitation can all suit different players and eventually, you'll want to unlock the whole tree anyway. However, it's getting there where you'll not want to mess it up.

If you like close-quarters battles, the melee damage increases are awesome. But if you expect you'll be playing back and picking your shots, levitate and seize may be the better options. Enemies seized to your side will fight until death for you, so once they've been made good guys, you can stop worrying about them.

Levitating above enemies is a great way to flank those annoying Hiss Clusters which heal all enemies in the area. Drop in from above and take them out fast  seriously, this is a must.

Make Up for Deficiencies with Mods

Before the last few chapters, you'll always have a few weak spots, and that's okay. That's by design. You can minimize your Achilles' heel by supplementing your abilities with smart mod use.

There are a ton of mods available in the game, and not all are worth using for every playstyle. If you find yourself dying a lot, think about installing some health buffs, like those that give you more base health or return more health to you when health is picked up from dead enemies.

If you're the type that likes to focus a lot on launching furniture at the Hiss (like me), you'd be very wise to employ some mods that refill your energy faster, or perhaps those that use less energy for launch in the first place.

You can even stack mods. On my Grip gun, I combined two headshot buffs to give myself almost 180% damage increase whenever I connected with the Hiss above their necks. The difference was stunning.

It's crucial you examine how you're doing, where you could use help, where you may even benefit from a proverbial cherry on top, and using mods smartly in those places.

Replace Mods and Upgrade the Constructs Level Regularly

The last bit of information we think is vital to success in The Oldest House is to remember that your mods early on will be of low levels, and even if you have the right buffs employed, you'll want to replace them before long.

As you work through the game, you'll find better mods and even be able to upgrade the semi-randomized mod constructs. If you think your +21% health increase mod is helpful, wait until you come across the +48% variant.

Every mod has its own level, numbered in Roman numerals from I to V, and you can view them in your loadout. Since you will acquire new mods so often, make sure to swap out low-level improvements for their bigger, better variants.

Don't be afraid to upgrade your mod constructs at a Control Point, too. That way, you're only ever dealing with items on your level. Just because it's Jesse's first day on the job doesn't mean she has to be equipped like it.

Lastly, be sure to break down old mods so you have more room and more Source. 

---

That's all you need to know about skills, mods, and abilities in Control. For more, be sure to head over to our Control guides page, as well as our review for the game

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes - How to Beat All Bosses https://www.gameskinny.com/in344/remnant-from-the-ashes-how-to-beat-all-bosses https://www.gameskinny.com/in344/remnant-from-the-ashes-how-to-beat-all-bosses Mon, 26 Aug 2019 11:12:04 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

You never know which boss or bosses you'll encounter in a solo or multiplayer playthrough of Remnant: From the Ashes. This game uses a long-ranging list to randomize the mobs and bosses you encounter. No matter what nightmare you square off with, though, one constant remains: it will be a tough fight full of fearsome difficulty.

If you need a little help in taking down these foes, you've come to the right place. Here is a list of all the bosses you can encounter in Remnant and a few tips for taking them alone or in co-op. 

Can you survive all the game's bosses? With this guide, you can. 

Earth Bosses

Singe, a boss in remnant from the ashes, towers over a destroyed city.

How to Beat Gorefist

A melee-only boss, you'll need good dodging and situational awareness to help in this fight. Gorefist's attacks are fairly easy to dodge, but all it takes is one misstep and you'll be starting at the beginning.

Try to keep a mental timer in your head, as exploding minions spawn at fairly random intervals. If you blow them up next to Gorefist, they'll stagger it, giving you an opportunity to get some free shots in.

How to Beat Shroud

The Shroud boss has two main attacks: launching high-speed projectiles at you and summoning explosive clouds near you. For that reason, the key to this fight is to never stop moving. Be watching for the red cloud to signal his teleportation, and never stop running around. Kill Shroud's minions and aim for its head.

How to Beat Mangler

Fast weapon changes are the key to this boss. You'll want to use your melee attacks and pistol to take out Mangler's minions, all while dodging its attacks and using your long arm for heavy damage against the boss itself.

About halfway through the fight, Mangler transforms into a bigger... Mangler. The same strategy applies: keep a lookout whenever it flies around the arena and keep plugging away whenever you have an opening.

How to Beat Brabus

Brabus looks like he'd be right at home in Mad Max, and he's a pretty tough nut to crack. Learn the timing on this boss's reloads, and make sure you can always see him  his shotgun does a ton of damage if you don't time you dodge correctly.

Try to take out his minions and exploit his constant cover-seeking. You can sometimes get Brabus to crouch behind a trash can while you empty clip after clip into him.

You can avoid the fight altogether if you've found Mud Tooth's pocket watch. Brabus will trade you the Bandit's Armor set if you give him the pocket watch (although you may not want to, as the pocket watch is very strong).

How to Beat Singe

Keep mid-distance from Singe and bring an ammo box or two into the fight. Dodge sideways to avoid fireballs, and dodge backward to get out of range of their melee and the wide, sweeping flame attack. Don't dodge blindly, as the oil slicks around the arena go up in flames and will set you on fire.

Take out Singe's minions when they appear, always keeping the beast in your sight so you can dodge its fireballs. Hit Singe's chest when it rears up — it deals a ton of damage.

You will receive a bonus item if you target Singe's tail and destroy it before you kill the boss himself.

How to Beat The Ent

This massive tree beast boss is extremely slow but powerful. Dodge its shockwave attacks and keep your distance. Try to angle yourself so that you can hit its back when it throws shockwaves at you. If it fires projectiles in the air, run straight sideways to avoid the attack. Deal with its minions and keep an eye on the Ent at all times  one hit at the wrong time can be enough to do you in.

You can also target the Ent's leg until it is destroyed, crippling the boss. It will still shoot missiles at you, but its back will be exposed and you should be able to get plenty of strong shots in a hurry. You'll unlock a bonus item if you take the Ent's legs out.

Rhom Bosses

The Undying King

How to Beat Raze

Try to use the cover in the arena as best as you can while you fight this boss. Raze shoots a lot of fireballs that cause the burning status effect. Sometimes, Raze will focus on one player and attempt to chase them down. Keep moving and try to use the pillars to block his attacks.

Take out Raze's minions when it disappears, and target the spots on its body that glow yellow. Raze isn't that hearty, so be patient and pick your spots.

How to Beat Scourge

The key to the battle with Scourge is trying to avoid shooting the boss in the head. Every time you target Scourge's head, it fires a hive out at you. Aim for the body, and try to use heavier damage weapons instead of heavier rate of fire weapons in case you cant retrain yourself from headshotting your foes.

Otherwise, learn Scourge's animations (its attacks have a long setup) and be prepared to run if it starts launching several hives in a row.

How to Beat Maul

There are two ways to take out this boss.

  1. For the first, you'll want a gun with a high rate of fire. There are a lot of weak minions, so being able to quickly switch between targets is essential. Dodge the pack leader's charge attacks and take shots at it when it howls. Kill the minions and keep out of corners. You can get stun-locked if you aren't careful.

  2. Alternatively, you can use a high damage weapon like a shotgun to headshot the Houndmaster a few times. This will break his control over the beasts, who will turn against him and kill him. You'll receive a different item reward for defeating Maul this way.
How to Beat Shade and Shatter

A boss double feature! Shade will hit you from afar with projectile attacks, while Shatter will chase you around and attack with powerful melee strikes. You'll want to concentrate on taking one foe down at a time.

Shade is usually the better option, as Shatter's attacks are generally easier to watch for and avoid. When the two create a force field and summon minions, keep moving and take the minions out, then concentrate your weapons on destroying the shield. If you have a weapon with a decent spread, you can hit both bosses at once when the shield goes down.

How to Beat Ancient Construct

The Ancient Construct is only found if you completed the Maul boss by attacking the Houndmaster and obtaining the control rod. If you have the item in your inventory, head to Wud's workshop and use it there to activate the boss.

You'll want items that can stop radiation damage in this fight. Identifying the Ancient Construct's attacks is key:

  • Dodge the radiation ball and charging attacks sideways
  • Dodge the attack from below backward
  • Try to take out the minions he summons as quickly as possible

Ancient Construct's minions are the real terror in this fight. If you don't take them out quickly, they will drain your health in a hurry.

How to Beat The Harrow

This boss is not quite as difficult as it seems if you remember a few key pieces of information.

  1. Do not leave the main room. It seems counter-intuitive, but there are a ton of minions that swarm this fight, and the narrow hallways can get you surrounded and killed.

  2. Dodge toward The Harrow. Its attacks are fairly easy to spot, and its animation takes a long time to go through. Dodge toward and past it, then shoot it in the back. Use a weapon with a high rate of fire when the minions start spawning and get damage in when you can.

You can shoot The Harrow in the legs a few times to knock it down, then run behind it and grab an uncraftable melee weapon called the Lost Harpoon.

How to Beat Claviger

Another boss that isn't too difficult once you get a sense of the strategy. Claviger's projectile attacks are fairly slow, meaning you can essentially just sidestep while firing on the two shield generators off to its sides. Try to keep Claviger's minions between you and it. It will kill several of them with its projectile attacks.

In Claviger's second stage, try to use any cover still in the arena when it unleashes its beam attack. Keep a middle distance, take out its shield generators whenever they return, and use high-damage weapons.

How to Beat The Undying King

You don't have to fight the Undying King; speak with him and give him the Guardian's Heart to avoid the fight. Just know that you then will not be able to give the Guardian's Heart to a different NPC who has some strong goodies for you.

When the fight begins, if you so choose, prioritize the boss's four guards. Keep your distance, as you've encountered these foes before and they are deadly at close range. After the guards are dead, focus on the King.

When the King attacks with his sickles, try to roll toward and past him. Take out his allies and keep shooting him whenever you can. When his health hits zero, he'll regenerate a bit and summon one last group of allies. Make sure you've healed up as best you can and are prepared for the final onslaught. This is one of the tougher fights in the game.

Yaesha Bosses

Stormcaller

How to Beat The Warden

The Warden can do damage from almost any distance, so keep your eyes on it at all times. Dodge its spear throws, and either try to kill it quickly before its minions add up, or take out the minions as they appear and play it a little more patiently.

Status effect mods, like radiation, work wonders on this boss. You can also target the bells that summon minions after it throws them. If you're quick, destroying the bell will hurt the Warden's defense and you can deal massive damage against it.

How to Beat Stormcaller

This boss has a ton of ranged attacks, but it is still probably easier to fight if you keep your distance. The lightning orbs it throws at you are fairly slow and can be sidestepped while you continue your barrage if you have a decent distance between the two of you. Stop aiming down the sights when Stormcaller summons lightning above your head: you'll need to move fast to keep from being stunned and possibly overrun by minions.

Stormcaller fights in a massive arena, so keeping on the move can kite minions while you concentrate on the big bad.

How to Beat Scald and Sear

Another double trouble boss! Scald is the flyer, and you'll probably want to defeat it first. Move to the upper level and move sideways whenever Scald summons fire below you. Keep moving and take out minions as they approach. Especially with two bosses to deal with, it's easy to get cornered and overwhelmed.

Once Scald is down, head to the lower area to battle Sear. Try to get to a close-mid range and dodge sideways repeatedly whenever Sear starts launching fire attacks. Dodge enough and you'll have several openings to pump damage into it.

How to Beat Onslaught

Onslaught's teleportation can make it difficult to keep track of. Try to keep a relatively close distance, as it doesn't teleport as much if you do.

You'll want to dodge backward from most of Onslaught's attacks unless he takes to the air. When he does, move sideways to dodge the leaping strike. Onslaught's normal attacks are fairly slow, so try to goad it into swinging at you. Kill Onslaught's flying minions and keep on the move.

How to Beat Totem Father

This boss is actually not too bad if you know when to attack and when to play defense.

In his first phase, he will launch boulders or other projectiles from his columns. When he is up top, that is the best time to damage him. Aim for the head for critical hits. When Totem Father jumps down, he will summon a totem. Destroy the totem as quickly as possible to stop its barrage. If he comes at you, dodge forward and past him to avoid the explosive damage when he lands.

In his second phase, the Totem Father will focus more on attacking you directly. Try to dodge backward when he starts up his combo attacks. They should leave some cooldown openings for you to score some headshots. You can also change the drop you receive by shooting the totem outside the boss arena.

How to Beat The Ravager

This giant wolf can be a nasty boss, as you will need to be extremely patient. It hits hard and fast, and it has a wide variety of attacks. Most can be dodged sideways, but keeping your stamina up and knowing when to pick your spots is difficult.

Take out any ranged attackers that appear on the Ravager, and use your heaviest damage weapons to focus fire when you find openings.

If you want to skip this fight, you can also ring the bells in a certain order to play the lullaby. There are five bells in the Ravager's arena. Before the fight begins, you can shoot them in a certain order. Let's assign each bell a value:

  • Close to where you enter, on your right: 1
  • Close to where you enter, on your left: 2
  • Middle: 3
  • Far from where you enter, on your left: 4
  • Far from where you enter, on your right: 5

The order you need to shoot them is 5 1 5 1 2 3 4 1

Crosus Bosses

The Unclean One

How to Beat The Thrall

Try to keep as close to this boss as you can. The Thrall's power lies in its ranged attacks. Watch for the glowing areas around the arena, as those indicate either where the radiation cloud it is summoning will appear or where it is teleporting next.

When it drops multiple projectiles from the sky, keep running in a straight line to keep ahead of them. Bring items to help with radiation, and pick a high damage weapon.

How to Beat Canker

Try not to take your time here. Canker's arena fills with water, making its attacks deadlier and harder to dodge as the fight goes on.

At first, hide on the sides of the room when Canker summons waves. Eventually, you'll need to keep some distance and dodge sideways to avoid them.

Be deliberate about where you move as you dodge Canker's bombs, and try to avoid spots it has run through. Bombs disappear after a short amount of time, so if you don't panic, you can keep the arena open and play defense.

How to Beat Ixillis

This boss can be avoided if you kill the Undying King instead. Honestly, it's a toss-up to which one is tougher.

Learn the attacks this boss throws at you in phase one, as a second one will join the fight after you deal enough damage. When the two Ixillises (Ixilli?) use their tandem scream attack, try to blow up the orbs in front of them before the attack fires. These shots do critical damage and can stop the attack if you blow up the orbs.

If you don't kill them at the same time, the living one will enrage and become faster and more powerful. It still uses the same attacks, however.

Make sure to bring ammo boxes into this fight. With no minions to kill for ammo drops, running out of bullets means almost certain death.

How to Beat The Unclean One

Do not get close to this boss! The Unclean One can kill you very quickly if you try to tangle up close. Maintain a medium distance, take out minions as the approach, and aim for the head.

If it leaps at you with its weapon, dodge forward to get behind the boss and take some free shots. Otherwise, take headshots where you can and keep that distance. Keep your eyes on the arena to take out minions.

Final Boss Guide — The Dreamer and Nightmare

Dreamer/Nightmare

For the fight against the Dreamer, aim for the head and try to end the fight as quickly as possible.

Minions spawn faster and faster as the fight goes on, so it can be easy to get overwhelmed if you aren't fast. Try to keep minions between you and the Dreamer, as the boss's powerful attacks will take care of many of them.

For Nightmare, save your ammo when you first enter the fight. Dodge Nightmare's attacks and wait until you are transported. When you are in the other realm, every kill you rack up will amplify your damage against Nightmare. Stay close to the portal so you can escape. You take constant damage in this other realm.

When you come back through the portal, fire at Nightmare until the Dreamer is exposed. Focus attacks on the Dreamer to deal critical damage. You may be transported back and forth multiple times during this fight and, in multiplayer, only one player will be transported.

It's a tough battle. Max out your best weapons and plan your mods carefully!

---

There you have it all the bosses in Remnant: From the Ashes. Hopefully, by using this guide, you've been able to take out most, if not all, of the game's bosses, and picked up the "Ready for Action," "Like a Boss," and Untouchable trophies/achievements along the way. 

Check out our full review of the game, and our other guides if you're looking for more tips and tricks.

]]>
WoW Classic Weapon Trainers and Class Weapon Skills Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/tzxjs/wow-classic-weapon-trainers-and-class-weapon-skills-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/tzxjs/wow-classic-weapon-trainers-and-class-weapon-skills-guide Mon, 26 Aug 2019 10:40:13 -0400 Ashley Shankle

Having to train your characters in weapons they don't innately know how to wield in World of Warcraft Classic can be a bit of a weird concept to anyone who only started WoW during or after Cataclysm. Weapon training is a thing, though, and you've got to get used to it in WoW Classic.

Weapon trainers and the weapon skill system were removed in Cataclysm, but both are back in full force in WoW Classic. With this system, players will have to travel to weapon trainers to learn to use weapon types their class cannot use by default.

Additionally, to learn how to use a new weapon type effectively, you'll have to whack on mobs to increase your proficiency with it.

It's recommended you try to get your proficiency up in weapons you intend to use at endgame earlier rather than later, as the most effective way to level up your weapon skills is to just auto-attack enemies. It takes a heck of a long time to get to ~300 in a weapon skill if you start with a new weapon type late.

Before we get into the locations of each weapon trainer in WoW Classic, let's go over which weapons each class can learn proficiency in, provided they visit the appropriate weapon trainers.

A Couple of Things to Note:
  • Some races start with different weapons in certain classes than others
  • Shamans learn to use two-handed axes and maces via the third-tier Two-handed Axes and Maces talent
  • Priests, Mages, and Warlocks are able to use wands without training, and they can use wand attacks via the Shoot ability in their skill book
Class Usable Weapons
Druid Daggers
Staves
One-handed Maces
Two-handed Maces
Fist Weapons
Polearms
Hunter Bows
Guns
Daggers
One-handed Axes
Two-handed Axes
One-handed Swords
Two-handed swords
Staves
Crossbows
Thrown Weapons
Fist Weapons
Polearms
Mage Staves
Daggers
One-handed Swords
Paladin One-handed Maces
Two-handed Maces
One-handed Axes
Two-handed Axes
One-handed Swords
Two-handed Swords
Priest One-handed Maces
Staves
Daggers
Rogue Daggers
Thrown Weapons
Bows
Crossbows
Guns
One-handed Maces
One-handed Swords
Fist Weapons
Shaman One-handed Maces
Two-handed Maces
One-handed Axes
Two-handed Axes
Staves
Warlock Daggers
Staves
One-handed Swords
Warriors [Everything but wands]

 

Weapon Trainer Locations By City

Training in a new weapon costs a mere 10 silver and can be done at Level One for any class; however, to learn to use polearms you must be Level 20 and have one gold to spare.

Alliance Weapon Trainer Locations
Ironforge
Trainer:
Bixi Wobblebonk
(Gnome)
Daggers
Crossbows
Thrown Weapons
 Trainer:
Buliwyf Stonehand
(Dwarf)
One-handed Axes
Two-handed Axes
One-handed Maces
Two-handed Maces
Fist Weapons
Guns

Both trainers are found in the same building.

 

Darnassus
Trainer:
Ilyenia Moonfire
(Night Elf)
Daggers
Staves
Bows
Fist Weapons
Thrown Weapons
 

 

Stormwind
Trainer:
Woo Ping
(Human)
Daggers
Crossbows
One-handed Swords
Two-handed Swords
Staves
Polearms
 

 

Horde Weapon Trainers

Orgrimmar
Trainer:
Sayoc
(Orc)
Daggers
Bows
One-handed Axes
Two-handed Axes
Staves
Fist Weapons
Thrown Weapons
Trainer:
Hanashi
(Troll)
Bows
One-handed Axes
Two-handed Axes
Staves
Thrown Weapons
 
Both trainers are found in the same building.

 

Undercity
Trainer:
Archibald
(Undead)
Daggers
One-handed Swords
Two-handed Swords
Crossbows
Polearms
 

 

Thunderbluff
Trainer:
Ansekhwa
(Tauren)
One-handed Maces
Two-handed Maces
Staves
Guns
 

 

The weapon skill system is just one of many differences between WoW Classic and modern retail.

I hope you're ready to swing at enemies and miss hundreds of times trying to get your weapon skills up  I know I am! Enjoy your time in classic Azeroth, and experience the game that made myself and countless others quit their jobs and drop out of college all those years ago.

If you enjoyed this guide or are still sort of stuck on which race + class combination to go with, take the time to check out my WoW Classic racial abilities guide or even my RFC quest locations and WC quest locations guides.

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes Best Weapons Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/y0dq4/remnant-from-the-ashes-best-weapons-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/y0dq4/remnant-from-the-ashes-best-weapons-guide Fri, 23 Aug 2019 10:28:59 -0400 Sergey_3847

Remnant: From the Ashes is one of the most fun action shooters in the last couple of years. It has everything: cool bosses, great locations, and most notably, some of the best weapons the genre has seen.

There are three categories of weapons in Remnant: From the Ashes. Most of them are either close-range or long-range firearms, and the rest are melee variants. Some weapons can be really tough to get, but they are worth it for all that sweet damage.

Here are some of the best weapons you can find in the game, with short instructions on how to craft each of them.

Spitfire

Spitfire gun information page in Remnant: From the Ashes

Crafting recipe:
  • 1x Blazing Heart
  • 7x Lumenite Crystal

Spitfire is not only a fantastic fully-automatic weapon, but it also has one of the most devastating mods in the game: the Flame Thrower.

When you shoot with the Spitfire, in addition to its bullet damage, it spews flames that deal an additional 150 points of damage.

In order to craft Spitifire, you need to kill Singe, one of the two Earth-world bosses. He will drop a Blazing Heart. Lumenite Crystals can be purchased in Ward 13 from Ace.

Sniper Rifle

Crafting recipe: 
  • This sniper rifle cannot be crafted

Long-range weapons are typically highly valuable in any shooter. In Remnant: From the Ashes, a simple sniper rifle is not only good, but it's also one of the most effective weapons in the game.

You can only find it inside a church, where you fight the Root Mother boss. The rifle can be found in the basement near some lockers and pallets.

Although this sniper rifle already has a very high damage rating, it can be modded using the Hunter's Mark weapon mod for even higher critical hit damage.

Ruin

Crafting recipe:
  • 1x Undying Heart
  • 7x Lumenite Crystal

Ruin is a combination of sniper rifle and assault rifle. It has a very high fire rate, and its accuracy is magnified by its 3x scope.

In addition to physical damage, it deals radiation damage, and its unique Undying weapon mod revives you after death and gives you 33% life back.

To craft Ruin, you need to kill the Undying King boss, who you will encounter in the realm of Rhom. He will drop the Undying Heart after the fight.

Defiler

Crafting recipe:
  • 1x Thermal Geode
  • 1x Lumenite Crystal

The Defiler is especially powerful in combination with any sniper rifle. It's exclusively a close-range weapon, which deals a ton of damage. However, you will need something else to kill enemies at distance.

It is the perfect companion to the Ruin rifle, as it also deals radiation damage with its unique weapon mod, Radioactive Volley.

A Thermal Geode can be obtained by defeating one of the two optional bosses in Rhom, right before you fight Undying King.

Sporebloom

Crafting recipe:
  • 1x Spore Gland
  • 7x Lumenite Crystal

Just like Defiler, this weapon is super effective at close range. It also deals the most damage of all weapons in the game.

Sporebloom requires special ammo that deals rot damage and explodes with a gas cloud that keeps dealing damage to all enemies affected by it for seven seconds.

Spore Gland can be acquired after defeating the Ent boss, which is in the Choking Hallow.

Devastator

Crafting recipe:
  • 1x Unclean Heart
  • 7x Lumenite Crystal

The Devastator is not your typical crossbow: it's a killing machine that perfectly synergizes with the Bandit set.

It has one of the best weapon mods in the game, which fires a huge spike that deals 125 points of damage and an additional 300% stagger damage that causes the bleeding status effect.

This crossbow can be crafted after defeating the Unclean boss inside the Shack at the Corsus.

Petrified Maul

Crafting recipe:
  • 1x Twisted Heart
  • 7x Lumenite Crystal
  • 650x Scrap

If you want to run a melee weapon, then there is no better choice than the Petrified Maul.

It hits so hard that a single fully charged slam produces an AoE effect that hits enemies with an additional 100% stagger damage.

You can get a Twisted Heart by cutting off the legs of the Ent, the same boss you fight used to get the Sporebloom weapon. 

---

These were the best weapons in the game, and for more Remnant: From the Ashes guides, check out the list below:

]]>
Minecraft Bees Guide: How to Craft a Beehive and More! https://www.gameskinny.com/a6psr/minecraft-bees-guide-how-to-craft-a-beehive-and-more https://www.gameskinny.com/a6psr/minecraft-bees-guide-how-to-craft-a-beehive-and-more Thu, 22 Aug 2019 17:38:46 -0400 Ty Arthur

The latest Minecraft snapshot is here and it brings a brand new mob to play with -- bees! Lots and lots of bees.

All "Minecraft got a new bug" jokes aside, you can now find lots of bees (don't look now, try to act casual!) in three different biomes, as well as nests, hives, and honeycombs to use for crafting.

The bees just arrived, so there's a lot of speculation and uncertainty about where they spawn and how to interact with them. Here's everything we know so far about bees in Minecraft's 1.15 snapshot!

Where To Find Minecraft Bees

Bees are neutral mobs that won't attack you unless you attack them first, which is a fairly bad idea, since they will sting.

Simulating stinger loss, bees will automatically die 20 seconds after stinging a player.

Besides causing damage, bees don't drop anything if they die this way, so try to avoid ticking them off and getting stung. 

Bees will travel between their hives or nests and any location with flowers to collect pollen and nectar.  At the moment, bee nests are only found to spawn in these locations:

  • Beneath trees in forest biomes
  • In plains biomes
  • In sunflower plains biomes

If they can't find any locations to acquire pollen or nectar, they will eventually return to their home hive for a short duration. During night time and rain storms, bees will also stop their current activity and return to their home nest to wait until morning.

In the event a bee's home nest is destroyed or it gets lost, it will search until it finds a different nest to set as its home base.

Bees will follow you around when carrying a flower, and they can be bred with flowers to make new baby bees.

Using Bee Hives And Nests

After gathering pollen from flowers, bees return to their nests and hives to create honey. Full hives and nests are visibly noticeable because they will drop single blocks of honey.

How to Craft a Beehive

Nests can be sheared for honeycombs, and the process can be automated with a dispenser rather than using shears manually. That's an important process, because you can now craft your own beehives using this recipe:

  • Planks x3
  • Honeycomb x3
  • Planks x3

Besides shearing for honeycombs, hives and nests are used to gather honey by placing a dispenser or bottle against the block.

Full honey bottles don't stack in your inventory, however honey can be eaten while full and it has high saturation.

Using a single honey bottle while crafting will result in Sugar x 3 being added to your inventory.

You are supposed to retrieve honey from a hive after a bee completes its flying dance, indicating more honey has been added to the location, but there's an exploit available at the moment.

While it will likely be fixed soon, a bug with the initial release of bees allows you to fill glass bottles with honey from completely empty bee hives and nests. Take advantage of it while you can, because it won't be around long!

Bee nests and hives can be moved by a player if you want to relocate your bee home base to a better position, but they will be destroyed unless you pick them up using the silk touch enchantment.

Finally, campfire smoke is supposed to calm angry bees, but that functionality appears to be bugged as placing a campfire beneath a nest or hive doesn't actually do anything right now.

Found any other uses for bees, or know of any other places where they are spawning? Leave us a comment below, then check out our other Minecraft guides:

]]>
How to Breed Villagers in Minecraft 1.14.4 https://www.gameskinny.com/q08la/how-to-breed-villagers-in-minecraft-1144 https://www.gameskinny.com/q08la/how-to-breed-villagers-in-minecraft-1144 Thu, 22 Aug 2019 15:45:39 -0400 Jason Coles

Writing a guide on how to breed villagers in Minecraft might be one of the strangest things I've had to do. But since villagers are necessary for lots of automated tasks, such as farming, fletching, smithing, and leatherworking, it's time you know the ins and outs of the horrifying process.

This breeding guide will tell you:

  • How to get your villagers, uh, busy
  • The best way to create multiple villagers fast
  • What blocks you'll need to assign them to specific jobs 

Villager Breeding in Minecraft

A red Minecraft bed.

To breed, you first need to find a village that has villagers in it.

Then make sure there are doors on the buildings you want to use as breeding hubs. If not, villagers can't get the privacy they need for their business time.

You then need to make sure:

  • The buildings have three beds
    • One for each of the two villagers, and one for the incoming baby. 
  • That you give two villagers some food
    • Ideally three bread. However, 12 carrots, 12 beetroots, or 12 potatoes will also work.

Next, lure the two villagers into a building that has three beds, close the door as you leave, and go kill 20 minutes.

When you return, there should be a little baby villager; wait another 20 minutes and that baby will be fully grown.

Terrifying. 

A farmer villager in Minecraft.

Build a Bigger Breeding Room

To grow even more villagers faster, there is another method. 

You need to:

  • Build a 12x12 block area surrounded by walls at least two blocks high

  • Make sure that there are
    • Beds all around the room
    • The center is dirt with water to make it fertile
    • That there are workstations so the villagers become farmers or butchers or whatever you want them to become 

Then, chuck some of the required food at the ones you've lured in, and go away for a while. This process will allow villagers to keep breeding until all of the beds are full. 

Eckosoldier has an excellent video on it, which is well worth checking out. 

Why Do You Want Villagers?

Villagers can be traded with, and the more of them there are in an area, the more you can trade.

They can also be given jobs using a composter or a blast furnace, among other things. They're a really helpful part of any world, and having them will only benefit you. 

The jobs they can have and the blocks you need are: 

Job Blocks
 Armorer Blast Furnace
Butcher Smoker
Cartographer Cartography Table
Cleric Brewing Stand
Farmer Composter
Fisherman Barrel
Fletcher Fletching Table
Leatherworker Cauldron
Librarian Lectern
Mason Stonecutter
Shepherd Loom
Toolsmith Smithing Table
Weaponsmith Grindstone

 

So there you have it, everything you need to know about how you breed villagers in Minecraft.

It's a weird thing to do, but hey, games or something? Make sure to check out our other Minecraft guides too, as well as our growing seeds master list and the best servers for 2019

]]>
Fallout 76 Vault 94 Guide: Vault 94 Location and Best Build for the Raid https://www.gameskinny.com/89v1o/fallout-76-vault-94-guide-vault-94-location-and-best-build-for-the-raid https://www.gameskinny.com/89v1o/fallout-76-vault-94-guide-vault-94-location-and-best-build-for-the-raid Thu, 22 Aug 2019 13:51:34 -0400 Sergey_3847

Bethesda has just added a brand-new raid to Fallout 76, which takes place inside Vault 94. 

The raid is designed for four players, but you can finish it in solo mode as well. Each week, players will be able to complete new tasks for various rewards. The quality of the rewards will depend on the player's difficulty settings: the best rewards will, of course, be on Expert difficulty. 

In any case, if you want to dive right into the Vault 94 raid, then follow our guide below for the exact location of the vault, and what kind of character build fits this event the best.

Vault 94 Location

Vault 94 location on Fallout 76 map.

Vault 94 is located in the northeastern part of the map, in the Mire region of Appalachia. Walk to the south of Red Rocket Mega Stop and you will end up at the foot of the mountain.

There is a rusty stair leading up to the vault's entrance, which is entirely covered with flora. The place looks completely abandoned, but you can activate the console in front of the door, and it will open up and let you explore inside.

Best Build for Vault 94 Raid

Since Vault 94 is located in the Mire, there is going to be a lot of Mire insectoids roaming about. They can be hard to deal with if you don't know how. That is why your build should be constructed around Mire resistances.

Best Perk: Exterminator

Exterminator perk card.

This perk allows you to ignore 25% of the armor on any insect, which can be stacked to a total of 75%. With this perk, you will be able to quickly kill Mire monsters.

This perk is the most help on Expert difficulty, which guarantees some really top-tier rewards for completing this event.

Best Armor: Exterminator's and Medic's

If you decide to go solo in Vault 94, then it would be most efficient to get the Exterminator's armor set for its increased defense against Mirelurks.

But if you go in with a group, then the Medic's armor is the best. You will be able to effectively heal your group and yourself, which is crucial at higher difficulties.

Best Weapon: Anti-Armor Rifle

In general, anti-armor weapons always deal more damage than traditional-ammo guns, since they are designed to deal with more resistant enemies.

Craft anti-armor rounds and, if you can, anti-armor explosives. 

Other Notable Perks

Perception perks are essential for this type of build, and in addition to Exterminator, you really want a whole set of Commando, Expert Commando, and Master Commando perks, especially if you're running an anti-armor rifle. Otherwise, fit your perks to your weapon of choice.

If you're running the Exterminator's armor, then opt for Lone Wanderer as your main Charisma perk, which increases damage resistance. If you choose Medic's armor, then go for Field Surgeon, which will increase the healing power of your stimpaks.

The best universal Agility perk is Born Survivor, which basically heals you automatically if you're in the middle of the battle and there is no time to heal manually.

Lastly, for Luck choose Critical Savvy, which increases critical hit chance, as well as Serendipity, which decreases damage by 45% percent when maxed out.

All in all, this build should help you get through the raid almost unharmed.

---

For more Fallout 76 guides, please see the list below:

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes — Unlockable Traits Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/4wnmy/remnant-from-the-ashes-unlockable-traits-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/4wnmy/remnant-from-the-ashes-unlockable-traits-guide Wed, 21 Aug 2019 14:25:08 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

When you start a new character in Remnant: From the Ashes, they have just a few traits you can improve as you level up. For every level, you receive one trait point to add to any unlocked trait.

In turn, traits add incremental stat increases to a variety of different character abilities, like reducing your recoil or reloading your guns faster.

Accomplishing different tasks will unlock different traits for your character. The following examines the different traits you can unlock and how they can improve your chances at survival.

It's still early in the life cycle of Remnant: From the Ashes, so some of this information is... not entirely available as of this writing. We will update this guide as we find more.

Starting Traits

Each character, no matter their class, starts with two traits: Vigor and Endurance. Vigor will increase your health by 2.5% for every point you put into it, while Endurance will do the same for your stamina.

In addition, when you choose an archetype, you'll be rewarded with one additional trait. The ex-cultist receives the Spirit trait, which increases their mod power generation by 2.5% per point.

The hunter class starts with the Shadow Walker trait, which reduces enemy awareness by 1.5% per point.

Finally, the scrapper gets the Warrior trait, which increases melee damage by 1.25% per point.

Unlockable Traits

Every other trait in Remnant: From the Ashes needs to be unlocked. Here is each unlockable trait, what it does, and how you can add it to your character.

Trait Effect How to Get
Arcane Strike Increases mod power gained by melee attacks by 2.5% per point  Defeat a boss in Yaesha
Bark Skin Increase armor effectiveness by 1.25% per point Wear the Twisted Mask and
speak with the giant glowing
tree on Earth
Catalyst Increase the chance to inflict
status effects on enemies by
1% per point
?
Cold as Ice Increases damage when attack enemies from behind Earned from the Brabus fight by completing a secret objective
Elder Knowledge Increase experience gained by 1.75% per point Play the tape in the basement
of Ward 13
Executioner Increases critical hit chance by 1% per point Kill Ixillis
Exploiter Increases weak spot damage by 1.25% per point  Kill a certain amount of
monsters by hitting
their weak spot
(current # unknown)
Guardian's Blessing Melee damage reduced by
1% per point
Earned in a dungeon
Glutton Increases the speed you use consumables by 2.5% per point Kill The Unclean One boss
Handling Decreases gun spread and recoil by 1% per point Obtain many different weapons
(current # unknown)
Keeper's Blessing Increases elemental resistance by 1% per point Reach the labyrinth
Kingslayer Increases critical hit damage by 2.5% per point Defeat the Undying King
Mind's Eye Increases ranged damage by 1.25% per point Defeat the Nightmare boss
Mother's Blessing Reduce ranged damage received by 1% per point Save the Root Mother
Quick Hands Increases reload speed
by 1.5% per point
Defeat the Ent boss
Rapid Strike Increase melee attack speed every level Level up a melee weapon
to its maximum
Recovery Increases stamina regeneration and decreases its delay by
1.25% per point
Defeat the Claviger boss
Revivalist Increases revival speed by 5% per point Revive a certain number of teammates
(current # unknown)
Scavenger Scrap increased by
2.5% per level
Find the Tarnished Ring item and
take it to Reggie
Shadow Walker Decrease enemy awareness by 1.5% per point Pick the hunter class at the beginning of the game, or complete the "Hidden Grotto" dungeon on Earth.
Suspicion Reduce incoming friendly fire damage Get killed by teammates a
certain number of times
(current # unknown)
Swiftness Increases movement speed Earned through completing
a quest in Yaesha
Teamwork Increases teamwork range by 1 meter per point Join another player's game or have a player join yours
Triage Increase health regeneration effectiveness by 5% per point Speak with the leader in the Shrine of the Immortals in Yaesha
Trigger Happy Increases weapon fire rate by 1% per level Level up a ranged weapon to its maximum
Warrior Increase melee damage by 1.25% per point Start as the warrior class or complete the Land's End quest on Earth
Will to Live Increase health while wounded by 5% per point It seems you have to be revived several times in multiplayer to unlock this trait
(current # unknown)
World Walker Reduces stamina costs by 1% per point Enter Rhom

 

We will update this guide as we find more traits or learn more specifics about unlocking each of these. In the meantime, check out our full review of Remnant: From the Ashes or our other guides for the game.

]]>
Minecraft Blue Creepers Guide: How to Find Them and Make Them https://www.gameskinny.com/3f0bf/minecraft-blue-creepers-guide-how-to-find-them-and-make-them https://www.gameskinny.com/3f0bf/minecraft-blue-creepers-guide-how-to-find-them-and-make-them Wed, 21 Aug 2019 14:20:41 -0400 Ty Arthur

The pesky explosive creepers in Minecraft are normally covered in a weird seaweed green pattern, but some players have come across a very rare blue variant.

There are two different kinds of blue creepers you might discover; regular blue creepers palette-swapped from the standard green, and the ultra-rare charged creepers surrounded by a blue aura.

If you're looking for the former type, you'll need either a mod or a community skin download. An absolutely absurd number of blue creeper skin variants can be downloaded over here.

For the latter, there will be a bit more work involved. Charged creepers don't spawn on their own anywhere in the wild.

Where To Find Blue Charged Creepers

Charged blue creepers can appear anywhere normal creepers spawn, but they require an extra step before they spawn.

A normal green creeper turns into the super-powered charged blue creeper whenever lightning strikes within 4 blocks of their current position.

Charged blue creepers have double the explosion power of a normal green creeper, making them quite deadly to an unprepared player.

The charged versions should be fought at range with a bow, and you should definitely be wearing armor if you want to avoid getting caught in the blast.

Like the standard green version, this variant can spot you from 16 blocks away and will make a distinctive sound before exploding.

If you have a flint and steel, you can also light them on fire just like with the normal version.

Creating Blue Creepers

Specifically looking to create walking bombs rather than running across them randomly?

The easiest way to do this is to build a nether brick fence enclosure around a standard creeper.

Any structure that keeps the creeper in place and is open to the sky will work, but nether brick fencing won't catch fire and burn down when lightning strikes.

You can stand around waiting for lightning to strike during a storm, or if you are using console commands, pull up the window and type /summon lightning_bolt when standing near the creeper to ensure it is hit (note: you will also take damage as the lightning spawns next to you).

Waiting around for random lightning can be an obnoxiously long process, and summoning bolts isn't exactly smart either, so there is another option available if you don't want to get crispy fried.

Using a Trident

If you have a trident with the channeling enchantment, you can also create a lightning bolt by hitting a creeper during a thunderstorm while it's raining. Using the trident without the thunderstorm active won't summon the lightning bolt.

This is easily the most efficient way to create charged creepers on a regular basis.

Don't have a trident yet? Drowned mobs have an 11% chance to drop a trident when killed by a player, so hit up an ocean biome with light level 7 or less and wait for a group of drowned to spawn.

Harvesting Mob Heads With Blue Creepers

So now the real question: what's the benefit to a charged creeper?

Mobs, other than Ender dragons, which are immune to the effect, that die from a charged blue creeper explosion have a much higher chance to drop their corresponding mob head.

Since the base chance for skulls to drop is 2.5% per kill, that's a huge boon when you need specific mob head types.

Found any other ways to create charged blue creepers? Let us know in the comments, and be sure to check out our other latest Minecraft guides:

]]>
How to Trade Items in Remnant: From the Ashes https://www.gameskinny.com/4bfh5/how-to-trade-items-in-remnant-from-the-ashes https://www.gameskinny.com/4bfh5/how-to-trade-items-in-remnant-from-the-ashes Tue, 20 Aug 2019 15:36:02 -0400 Jordan Baranowski

In Remnant: From the Ashes, you'll need to make sure your character is well equipped. To do that, you'll need to fit them with the right equipment. Unfortunately, there is no real way to trade items between players in-game. Once a member of your party picks up an item, it's theirs. If only there was a better way.

It isn't a perfect system, but there is a way to make sure other members of your party get the items they need. You'll need to farm a little extra scrap to make it work, but here's how it works. 

How to Trade Items Between Party Members

To get the items to a party member in need, you'll both need to be in Ward 13.

Once there:

  • Go visit Ace, one of the merchants
  • Sell any extra iron or crafting supplies you might have

Once Ace buys them, those items will remain in her inventory until the end of your game, in case you want to buy them back. Luckily, they will also be located in her inventory for any other player who is also in your session.

Once you are done selling materials to Ace, just let another player step up and they will be able to buy anything you sold her.

This is not a perfect system. Ace is sort of like a GameStop: her markup is massive. You'll need to farm plenty of scrap in order to buy some of the rarer materials once the other members of your party have sold them to Ace.

That said, unless Gunfire Games decides to add a true item swapping feature in a patch somewhere down the line, this is the only way we've stumbled across to swap items once you've grabbed them.

For more on this surprise hit, be sure to head over to our other Remnant: From the Ashes guides, including our tips for beginners. For even more, head over to our review of the game to see why we called it a "tough-as-nails cooperative shooter that brings together the best elements of games like Dark Souls and Left 4 Dead."

]]>
Ark: Survival Evolved Kibble Guide (Updated) https://www.gameskinny.com/0o9nc/ark-survival-evolved-kibble-guide-updated https://www.gameskinny.com/0o9nc/ark-survival-evolved-kibble-guide-updated Tue, 20 Aug 2019 15:13:52 -0400 Ty Arthur

Ark: Survival Evolved is all about the dino taming, but the process has undergone massive changes over the years since the game was in Early Access.

Kibble is a sure fire way to quickly tame dinos and get better results, but many players are finding their old kibble recipe no longer work, or that some dinos no longer seem particularly interested in kibble.

The entire system saw a major revamp recently, and now kibble is broken down into these types:

  • Basic
  • Simple
  • Regular
  • Superior
  • Exceptional
  • Extraordinary

Let's dive into which dinos prefer which type, and then take a look at the specific recipes for each variation. While the info below is current as of this writing and applies to most players, note that the reworked kibble system hasn't actually been implemented yet on mobile or Switch editions of Ark.

Ark Dino Kibble Preferences

Here's the thing to keep in mind: any type of kibble can be used for any creature, but they shouldn't be.

Using the wrong type of kibble actually has less effectiveness than either using the dino's preferred food or even using straight raw meat, reducing it below the standard 1x taming speed.

In other words, if you don't have the specific preferred type of kibble available, just use something else to tame a dino.

Otherwise, here's the specific types to use for drastically increased taming speed:

Kibble Type Creatures That Prefer
 Basic Dilophosaur
Dodo
Featherlight
Glowtail
Kairuku
Lystrosaurus
Mesopithecus
Parasaur
Phiomia
 Simple Archaeopteryx
Diplocaulus
Gallimimus
Giant Bee
Ichthyosaurus
Iguanodon
Megaloceros
Morellatops
Pachy
Pegomastax
Triceratops
Raptor
 Regular Angler
Ankylosaurus
Baryonyx
Beelzebufo
Carbonemys
Carnotaurus
Dimetrodon
Diplodocus
Doedicurus
Gigantopithecus
Ichthyornis
Kaprosuchus
Kentrosaurus
Lymantria
Pelagornis
Pteranodon
Pulmonoscorpius
Purlovia
Sabertooth
Sarco
Stegosaurus
Terror Bird
Thorny Dragon
Velonasaur
 Superior Allosaurus
Argentavis
Castoroides
Daeodon
Direwolf
Direbear
Dunkleosteus
Gasbags
Mammoth
Megatherium
Megalosaurus
Paraceratherium
Plesiosaur
Megalodon
Snow Owl
Tapejara
Woolly Rhino
 Exceptional Basilosaurus
Brontosaurus
Giganotosaurus
Karkinos
Mosasaurus
Quetzal
Rex
Spinosaurus
Therizinosaurus
 Extraordinary Griffin
Megalania
Rock Elemental
Thylacoleo
Yutyrannus

 

Ark Revamped Kibble Recipes

Unlike most other objects crafted in Ark, engrams are not required for kibble, which are instead made using the recipes below.

To craft kibble just combine the ingredients in a lit cooking pot with fuel (or an industrial cooker) and wait -- each stack of kibble requires 30 seconds to cook. 

Every kibble type requires a specific kind of egg plus a number of ingredients listed in the chart.

While the revamped Ark kibble recipes vary, they all include fiber x5 and a water skin.

Note that the water skin must be at least 25% full, but if you are using water irrigation connected to an industrial cooker, you can skip this ingredient entirely.

Kibble  Egg Type Ingredients
 Basic  Extra Small Egg  Mejoberry x5
 Amarberry x10
 Tintoberry x10
 Cooked Meat x1
 Fiber x5
 Waterskin x1
 Simple  Small Egg  Mejoberry x5
 Rockarrot x2
 Cooked Fish Meat x1
 Fiber x5
 Waterskin x1
 Regular  Medium Egg  Longrass x2
 Savoroot x2
 Cooked Meat Jerky x1
 Fiber x5
 Waterskin x1
 Superior  Large Egg  Citronal x2
 Rare Mushroom x2
 Prime Meat Jerky x2
 Sap x1
 Fiber x5
 Waterskin x1
 Exceptional  Extra Large Egg  Mejoberry x10
 Rare Flower x1
 Focal Chili x1
 Fiber x5
 Waterskin x1
 Extraordinary  Special Egg  Mejoberry x10
 Giant Bee Honey x1
 Lazarus Chowder x1
 Fiber x5
 Waterskin x1

 

Ark Egg Type Guide

Not sure if you've got the right egg size or where to harvest specific sizes of eggs from different creatures? Here's a handy chart showing what type of dino offers which egg type so you can make all the kibble you need:

Extra Small Egg
  • Dilo Egg
  • Dodo Egg
  • Featherlight Egg
  • Kairuku Egg
  • Lystro Egg
  • Parasaur Egg
  • Tek Parasaur Egg
  • Vulture Egg
Small Egg
  • Archaeopteryx Egg
  • Camelsaurus Egg 
  • Compy Egg
  • Dimorph Egg
  • Gallimimus Egg
  • Glowtail Egg 
  • Hesperornis Egg
  • Microraptor Egg
  • Oviraptor Egg
  • Pachycephalosaurus Egg
  • Pegomastax Egg
  • Pteranodon Egg
  • Raptor Egg
  • Tek Raptor Egg
  • Trike Egg
Medium Egg
  • Ankylo Egg
  • Baryonyx Egg
  • Carno Egg
  • Dimetrodon Egg
  • Diplo Egg
  • Ichthyornis Egg
  • Iguanodon Egg
  • Kaprosuchus Egg
  • Kentro Egg
  • Pachyrhino Egg
  • Pelagornis Egg
  • Pulmonoscorpius Egg
  • Sarco Egg
  • Stego Egg
  • Tek Stego Egg
  • Terror Bird Egg
  • Thorny Dragon Egg 
  • Troodon Egg
  • Turtle Egg
  • Velonasaur Egg 
Large Egg
  • Allosaurus Egg
  • Argentavis Egg
  • Mantis Egg 
  • Megalania Egg
  • Megalosaurus Egg
  • Moschops Egg
  • Snow Owl Egg 
  • Spino Egg
  • Tapejara Egg
  • Titanoboa Egg
Extra Large Egg
  • BBasilisk Egg 
  • Bronto Egg
  • Giganotosaurus Egg
  • Quetzal Egg
  • Rex Egg
  • Tek Quetzal Egg
  • Tek Rex Egg
  • Therizino Egg
Special Egg
  • Deinonychus Egg Valguero
  • Golden Hesperornis
  • Rock Drake Egg 
  • Wyvern Egg 
  • Yutyrannus Egg

Have any other questions about how to use the new kibble system, or need help with some other part of the game? Leave us a comment below, or check out the rest of our extensive Ark guide collection here.

]]>
How to Get Salvaged Technology Data in No Man's Sky https://www.gameskinny.com/j88hu/how-to-get-salvaged-technology-data-in-no-mans-sky https://www.gameskinny.com/j88hu/how-to-get-salvaged-technology-data-in-no-mans-sky Tue, 20 Aug 2019 14:50:29 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Salvaged Technology was first introduced to No Man's Sky in the NEXT update. It was used to buy blueprints for base building. While it's still used for the same purpose in Beyond, it's now called Salvaged Data. 

Getting these pieces of ancient tech can be a grind. Like any other resource in the game, there's no quick way to find it. However, one way is certainly better than the other.

We go over both below. The first is the easiest and most recommended way, while the second should only be used if you're desperate because it is heavily governed by RNG. 

Find Salvaged Technology Data on Planets

Every single planet you visit in every single star system will have buried technology data under the surface. To find it: 

  • Pull up your Analysis Visor
  • Look for the "chevron" symbol with the three horizontal lines

Salvaged tech is always buried underneath the surface at these markers. Make sure you have the Terrain Manipulator handy. Some caches are located near the surface, while others are buried very deep underground. 

When you reach an underground cache, the Terrain Manipulator will automatically stop digging. Interact with it to claim your prize. 

Each cache holds at least one tech data module. Some caches hold up to five modules, although those are rare. 

A salvaged technology data location in No Man's Sky Beyond

Buy Salvaged Technology Data From Merchants

Of course, you can also buy what you're looking for. However, it's very, very rare that shops and traders sell tech data modules. 

However, despite how rare it might be, it's recommended that you always check Galactic Trading Terminals at:

  • The Nexus
  • Space Stations
  • Spaceports
  • Trading Posts

Sometimes, you will find a trader selling one module or even five.

As expected, price depends on the sector's economy. Always buy if the price is white or green. That means the price is average or lower than average. Don't buy if the price is red. That means the price is above average, and you can find it cheaper elsewhere (such as digging it up yourself). 

Be Warned

Salvaged Technology Data attracts pirates. Since you can sell each module at a Galactic Trading Terminal for 50,000 credits, it's natural pirates will want to steal them from you. 

That means you'll often engage in space battles when carrying the resource. I recommend traveling in space as little as possible when carrying these modules. If possible, travel via portal from your base to a Space Station or another planet.

If you must travel through space via your ship, be sure to activate your thrusters toward your desired destination as quickly as possible, hopefully beating a subspace scan. 

--- 

That's all you need to know about finding Salvaged Data in No Man's Sky after the Beyond update. For more, be sure to check out our other No Man's Sky guides

]]>
How to Get the Bronze, Silver, and Gold Compass in PUBG Mobile https://www.gameskinny.com/9br3i/how-to-get-the-bronze-silver-and-gold-compass-in-pubg-mobile https://www.gameskinny.com/9br3i/how-to-get-the-bronze-silver-and-gold-compass-in-pubg-mobile Tue, 20 Aug 2019 10:25:35 -0400 Sergey_3847

The latest 0.14.0 update for PUBG Mobile adds a series of events to the game that requires players to locate hidden spots that may contain one of the three new compass items, including bronze, silver, and gold compasses.

You can exchange these compasses for various items, such as weapon skins or character skins, BP scrap, classic coupon scrap, and other items. Different items require different numbers of compasses, so you will have to look for them all over the map.

If you want to know how to easily locate them, then follow our quick guide below with exact locations.

PUBG Compass Map Locations

There are nine sure locations where compasses can spawn in PUBG Mobile. If you’re lucky, then you’ll find a golden one in at least one of these locations. But mostly, you’ll find bronze or silver variants, since these spawn randomly.

Here are some surefire locations.

Sosnovka Island

Land on the southern island of Sosnovka and go to the top of the radio tower, which is located on the hill between the Novorepnoe and Military Base.

Between the Sosnovka Island and Ferry Pier, there is a tiny island where these items can also spawn.

Mylta Power

Go to the eastern part of the island and locate the large stacks at the back of the Mylta Power building. Compasses should spawn near the tallest chimney.

Move north a bit and look out for a house on top of the hill near the prison building. Look inside that house.

Rozhok

Between Rozhok and the school building, there is an excavation site, where you can look out for more compasses.

Go west of Rozhok to the ruins area, find a church, and search the backyard for more potential spawn points.

Shooting Range

Lastly, explore the shooting range area between Severny and Georgopol in the northern part of the map.

There are two possible spots here: one at the plane crash site, and the other one at the entrance into the tunnel on the other side of the hill.

---

For more PUBG Mobile guides, check out the list below:

]]>
Remnant: From the Ashes — A Survival Guide for Beginners https://www.gameskinny.com/oiyj2/remnant-from-the-ashes-a-survival-guide-for-beginners https://www.gameskinny.com/oiyj2/remnant-from-the-ashes-a-survival-guide-for-beginners Tue, 20 Aug 2019 00:00:02 -0400 Kenneth Seward Jr.

Remnant: From the Ashes is an entertaining third-person shooter. It’s also a rather challenging game. Featuring vicious monsters and giant, lumbering bosses, Remnant’s trials aren’t to be taken lightly.

Don’t fret though. The horrors found in Remnant aren’t invincible; through sheer grit, we were able to overcome the game’s toughest enemies. That said, we did learn a tip or two along the way.

Below we share our most valuable lessons from our time in Remnant

Remnant From the Ashes Beginner's Guide

Learn to Dodge

In Remnant, most enemies are capable of knocking off chunks of health in a matter of seconds. This is especially true for the ones that like to rush in with melee attacks. This is where dodging and rolling comes into play.

Early on, the game will explain how rolling will keep you from being hit. It’ll also explain how doing so will take stamina. What’s interesting about Remnant is that rolling away from danger isn’t the only option. You can also dodge attacks. This is done by pressing the dodge button without also pressing a direction (which would normally make you roll).

When to Roll

It’s important to know when to dodge an attack and when to roll away from one. For instance, there are enemies that swing for the fences with every attack. They’ll either leap into the air, charge your position, or otherwise telegraph a powerful move before actually throwing a punch. In these instances, it’s good to roll out of the way right as the attack is landing to avoid any damage.

When to Dodge

That’s not the case when it comes to repeat attackers – the enemies that will swing two to three times after closing the distance. These enemies tend to roll in packs. Coming from all sides, their multiple strikes push you around. It’s in these instances that you’ll want to refrain from rolling, instead going for a dodge.

Trying to roll away from multiple, fast paced enemies is tough. For one, you’ll have to dodge more than once which results in less stamina needed to roll, dodge, or run away. You’ll also miss an opportunity to stop their barrage of attacks with one of your own.

If you dodge right as their first attack is about to land, before following up with a melee attack, you’ll cause them to stagger (halting their assault). The same can be done after rolling, but you’d most likely exchange blows instead of getting a clean hit.

Continue to swing at them and you’ll end up knocking multiple enemies off their feet. This, of course, will give you a little breathing room to reload a weapon, check for any stragglers, etc. as well as some extra stamina left in the tank.

Melee Attacks Save Ammo

Remnant is all about shooting monsters and such with cool looking weapons. That said, ammo is fairly limited. Sure, enemies will drop ammo from time to time. You might even find some in a random box or chest. Those aren’t dependable options though.

The last thing you’d want is to run out of ammo in the middle of a tough fight. Purchasing some ammo boxes whenever you can is a must. That said, when you’re in the thick of it, think about getting in close with your melee weapon.

There are a bunch of smaller enemies that can be dealt with this way. Of course, you'll need to be able to dodge (not roll) properly when fighting.

Think Before Switching Weapons

It’s all about the loot right? You just defeated a giant tree monster. Go ahead and craft that special gun from his remains. Just be mindful of what it means to forgo a battle-tested weapon for a new one.

In most cases, you’ll have upgraded your weapons on your way to a given boss. Because of this, a lot of the weapons acquired from a boss or after completing a dungeon will be significantly weaker than what you’ve been using.

They may have some cool mods and/or a makeup that places them in their own class like a gun fires a radioactive laser beam but their attack damage will be low. And while it’s possible to upgrade them, the resources needed to do so could be used to further your current weapons.

That’s not to say that you should never change your loadout. Just that the time and effort it takes to build up a cool looking gun might not be worth it in the long run. Unless you're looking to change course (become a close ranged gunner as opposed to a sniper), it’s probably best to stick to your guns.

Don’t Be Afraid to Change Mods

While I would be hesitant with changing my weapons, I recommend the total opposite for mods. This is because, for the most part, they aren’t tied to a specific gun or sword. There’s no harm in mixing them up.

It’s possible to get by using one or two mods. Being able to heal your group is a big deal. That said, there may be times when a different mod would be more useful.

Throw up a shield when battling a projectile throwing boss and you won’t have to worry about being attacked when trying to pick up fallen comrades. Using an area of effect mod (an explosive of sorts) will help in putting down groups. A protection mod might negate melee damage, sending some of it back to your attackers.

It’s easy to get stuck using the same mods for most of the game once you’ve found a groove. Just don’t forget to try something new. You might find something that’ll take the edge off of a tough fight.

Search Everywhere

Crafting materials, secret dungeons, powerful items – it’s important to make sure you’re actively searching for stuff whenever you’re out and about. Heck, even Ward 13 (the game’s one safe hub) has its own share of secrets.

This might seem obvious at first. The thing is, after dying multiple times, the only thing you’ll be concerned with is making it to the next checkpoint. It’s easy to pass up on loot when your ammo and health is low, especially if you consider how enemies respawn if you die or save (like in Dark Souls).

Still, you should at least make the effort to revisit areas. Maybe after you’ve leveled up a bit. Gotten better weapons. You’d be surprised how many needed bits of scrap or important items were missed because of how dangerous Remnant’s worlds can be.

Have fun

Work on your dodge skills. Try different mods. Invite your friends and/or open up your game to strangers if you need help. Take a break if you become frustrated. But whatever you do, make sure you’re having fun. That’s the best advice anyone can give.

Remnant: From the Ashes is one interesting title. Feel free to check back here for more guides on the game. And be sure to head over to our review to see why we think it's a hidden gem.

For more tips and tricks, be sure to check out our Remnant guides hub

]]>
The Ultimate Ship Guide for Rebel Galaxy Outlaw: Ships, Builds, Combat, and More https://www.gameskinny.com/54ctr/the-ultimate-ship-guide-for-rebel-galaxy-outlaw-ships-builds-combat-and-more https://www.gameskinny.com/54ctr/the-ultimate-ship-guide-for-rebel-galaxy-outlaw-ships-builds-combat-and-more Mon, 19 Aug 2019 14:46:19 -0400 John Schutt

In Rebel Galaxy Outlaw, your mission isn't to conquer all of space. Instead, you're trying to make as much money as possible and survive any fights that come your way. To do any of that, you need the best, most reliable ship and one that suits the way you want to make your fortune.

A bounty hunter will need something different from a merchant hauler who'll need something different from a pirate.

This guide aims to give you the lowdown on every ship in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw, why you should or shouldn't use them, and how to outfit your perfect build. We'll also discuss the basics of ship-to-ship combat, so when you do run into trouble, you'll know how to take out your enemies or make it out alive.

Nine of Ships

There are a grand total of nine ships in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw as of writing, though four of them are refits/retoolings of the regularly available models. These additional ships are only available after finishing the Bountiful Vista quest in the Eureka system. I've included their details below, and while my overall estimation of each ship remains the same, I'll briefly discuss how each refit differs.

That said, every ship has its place, and though some are better than others at certain tasks, you can make thousands upon thousands of credits with any of them. 

Yes, even the Platypus.

The Platypus

Basic Stats

  • Base Speed: 360 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 80 DPS
  • Hull: Light
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 2
  • Missile Hardpoints: 1
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 10
  • Turrets: 0
  • Max Shield Rank: 2
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 2
  • Max Cargo Rank: 1
  • Price: 7,000 Credits

Don't look down on the starter ship too much. What it lacks in power, defense, and maneuverability, it makes up for in hefty cargo space and a good number of weapon hardpoints for its size and cost.

In the early-game systems, and even some of the ones with a "High" threat level, you can spend a few hours running cargo or taking on low-risk bounty missions. Equip your scow with a Cargo Extender 1 (the only version you can use), and you'll have a respectable 14 units of cargo space. With that kind of hold, you can have two or three cargo missions going at once.

You'll also be in a good position for extended bounty hunting or freighter assault. Because every piece of potential cargo in the game takes up a single unit of space in the hold, even the humble Platypus can haul around tens of thousands in contraband. That much valuable cargo is worth dozens of times more than the Platypus's 7,000 credit price tag.

Another thing: if you want a way to increase the Platypus' damage, invest in a high-end missile launcher. It'll transfer to whatever ship you buy next, and will pay for itself in both credits and damage output. 

All that said, even with a fully kitted Platypus — top-tier armor, shields, powerplant, etc. — you won't be able to do much outside the early areas. Not that you absolutely can't complete the game with just the starter ship, but unless you're a master of evading fire, you won't have the DPS required for the later missions. Two turret hardpoints won't breach the shields of endgame enemies before their friends rip you apart.

The next ship in the lineup can boast a much more reliable survival rate.

The Sonora

Basic Stats

  • Base Speed: 370 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 80 DPS
  • Hull: Medium
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 3
  • Missile Hardpoints: 1
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 12
  • Turrets: 1
  • Max Shield Rank: 2
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 2
  • Max Cargo Rank: 2
  • Price: 100,000 credits

For the price, there are no better ships in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw than the Sonora or its refit the Sequoia. They've got better cargo space than everything but the Durston; a thicker hull than everything but the Durston; more DPS than the Platypus; and more survivability than any other ship in space if you play your cards right.

The Sonora does absolutely everything you will ever need out of a ship. With a full kit of end-game gear (that it can equip anyway), it's the fastest non-combat oriented ship around. It's relatively agile for the thickness of its hull.

You'll be hauling up to 16 units of expensive goods, and best of all, you've got an extra weapon hardpoint to dish out some serious damage.

Will it take down a similarly equipped SandHawk or Coyote? Probably not, but a good pilot with a lesser ship will overcome a poor pilot with a better ship almost every time. 

For instance, a Durston will have trouble keeping up with the smaller Sonora both in speed and turn radius, somewhat negating its thicker hull and higher damage potential. And while the Coyote and SandHawk are more maneuverable, they're also flimsier, sporting only Light hull types, putting the DPS race on more even ground. 

What I'm getting at, then, is that the Sonora can and will carry you throughout your entire time in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw. There are other ships better and specific things, but nothing beats a Jack of all trades.

The Sequoia
  • Base Speed: 380 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 85 DPS
  • Hull: Medium
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 3
  • Missile Hardpoints: 2
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 16
  • Turrets: 0
  • Max Shield Rank: 2
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 3
  • Max Cargo Rank: 3
  • Price: 120,000 credits

The Sequoia is in many ways just a better Sonora, as is essentially the case for each of the Bountiful Vista ships on offer. More firepower, more missiles, better powerplant options, more cargo space, and more maneuverability — this things got it all. There is no better argument for going out of your way to complete the Bountiful Vista quest than this ship right here.

Sandhawk

Basic Stats

  • Base Speed: 440 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 110 DPS
  • Hull: Light
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 4
  • Missile Hardpoints: 1
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 6
  • Turrets: 0
  • Max Shield Rank: 2
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 2
  • Max Cargo Rank: 1
  • Price: 107,000 credits

If destruction is your only goal in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw, then you'll be rocking a SandHawk until you can pull together big money. It's fast, it's powerful, and won't be nuking your bank account from orbit.

The SandHawk's biggest advantage is its sheer speed. No other ship matches it, allowing you to get into and out of fights on whichever terms you'd like. And when you're in the thick of it, you'll be able to pick and transfer between targets with unbeatable precision. Tracking enemy ships is a breeze, too, because you aren't fighting thousands of tons of extra steel. 

Your biggest struggle in a SandHawk will be keeping your power supply in check. You're limited to just a Mk 2 Powerplant, but you'll be managing four different turrets, shields that tend to drop too quickly, and engines that want full throttle when you can let them have it. 

Piloting a Sandhawk is like a delicate, fast-paced dance. You don't want to sacrifice too much of the speed that gives you an advantage, but without the means to pump up your defenses, you won't last long in many of the fights the game throws at you.

My advice? In one- or two-on-one fights, keep your engines revving, but give your shields a little boost in less-favorable engagements. And if there's ever a ship to count on if you have to make a quick exit, it's the SandHawk.

The Blood Eagle
  • Base Speed: 440 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 110 DPS
  • Hull: Light
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 4
  • Missile Hardpoints: 2
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 6
  • Turrets: 0
  • Max Shield Rank: 2
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 3
  • Max Cargo Rank: 0
  • Price: 155,000 credits

Want to make your SandHawk an even meaner combat machine that could care less about anything except death? Well, my friend, the Blood Eagle is for you. There's no extra room for cargo here, just more bullets. This ship is as fast and maneuverable as its standard-issue brethren but packs a much heftier punch. You won't be pulling as much salvage from your endless raids, but if you're rocking a Blood Eagle, destruction is its own reward.

The Durston

Basic Stats

  • Base Speed: 300 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 70 DPS
  • Hull: Heavy
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 4
  • Missile Hardpoints: 2
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 24
  • Turrets: 2
  • Max Shield Rank: 4
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 4
  • Max Cargo Rank: 3
  • Price: 180,000 credits

If you don't mind a lot of extra after-market cost, the best overall ship in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw is probably the Durston.

It's got immense defense, both in its armor and its shield capabilities. It's got more weapon and missile hardpoints than you'll know what to do with, more power than you'll ever need, and almost too much cargo space. 

Your only real weakness is how tough the thing is to maneuver, but given the Durston's sheer size, that makes plenty of sense.

A Durston can take almost any fight it's caught up in, and if you find yourself in an unwinnable situation, I'm liable to blame the pilot and not the ship. 

Why? The Durston can equip the best of literally everything. The best shields. The best powerplant. The best cargo expansion. The best armor, weapons, — anything you want to put on the thing, it can equip. 

True, even an Mk 4 powerplant might squeal from all the different systems it has to energize. Delineate your power circulation correctly, however, and you can make mincemeat out of even the toughest situations.

The one problem you will run into with a Durston is overcommitment. If you take a fight that suddenly turns sour, I'm sorry to say you're probably dead. The Durston doesn't have the acceleration to escape hostile situations fast enough. You can always try pumping your shield and hoping, but, at least in my case, by the time I realized my tank had sprung a leak, things had already escalated too far.

My earliest statement still stands despite these last quibbles. There's no better ship in the game so long as you're willing to deal with the up-front cost of equipping it properly. Not even the final entry on our list.

The Beluga
  • Base Speed: 300 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 70 DPS
  • Hull: Heavy
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 4
  • Missile Hardpoints: 1
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 20
  • Turrets: 3
  • Max Shield Rank: 4
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 4
  • Max Cargo Rank: 3

The Beluga is a more specialized, combat-oriented variant on the classic Durston, with three turret hardpoints at the cost of missiles and cargo space. Turrets are incredibly effective damage dealers in the right hands, and coupled with the Beluga's heavy armor and shield capacity, you'll have plenty fo time to switch between them as you're swarmed by smaller, faster ships. Increased turret points also help alleviate the Beluga's poor maneuverability, as you won't have to reposition the ship to take out hostiles. All you'll need to do is swap between your various turrets. I'm of the mind that the Durston is still a slightly better option, but that will ultimately come down to taste.

The Coyote

Basic Stats

  • Base Speed: 430 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 100 DPS
  • Hull: Light
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 6
  • Missile Hardpoints: 2
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 5
  • Turrets: 0
  • Max Shield Rank: 4
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 4
  • Max Cargo Rank: 1

The Coyote, the very best (at combat) there is. If you absolutely, positively must kill every other ship in space, accept no substitute. You won't do big cargo runs in this thing. You undertake long treks for small payouts, and you won't pay less than top dollar for the most powerful ship on the market.

While I think it's is the best ship overall, even the Durston holds no candle to the sheer destructive capabilities of the Coyote. In this ship, you'll obliterate the Platypus, outshoot the SandHawk, and give a Sonora the worst day of its life.

Your only weakness is the lower strength of your hull and the small size of your cargo hold.

That last factor can be a killer if you're trying to gobble up all the juicy salvage from your latest kill. With a maximum of only nine units of cargo hold space, you'll need to memorize the most valuable loot in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw and prioritize accordingly. 

The other balancing act, much like the larger Durston, is your power output. Though an Mk 4 powerplant can do a lot, if it takes even a little damage in combat, your six guns will drain it faster than you'd like. Thankfully, because the Coyote's speed is only 10 MPS lower than the SandHawk's, you've got essentially the same escape potential.

I'd wager that the only "escaping" you'll be doing in this ship, however, will be from the scene of yet another massacre.

The Dingo
  • Base Speed: 400 MPS 
  • Maneuverability: 95 DPS
  • Hull: Light
  • Weapon Hardpoints: 4
  • Missile Hardpoints: 4
  • Component Slots: 2
  • Hold Size: 8
  • Turrets: 0
  • Max Shield Rank: 4
  • Max Powerplant Rank: 4
  • Max Cargo Rank: 2

Like the Sequoia to the Sonora, the Dingo is essentially a straight upgrade to the standard-issue Coyote. You sacrifice a bit of speed and agility for a major increase in damage potential and a slight improvement in cargo capacity. If you've put in the time to upgrade Bountiful Vista to its fullest potential and want to obliterate everything that stands in your way, the Dingo is a no-brainer of a purchase.

Making Your Perfect Build

Rebel Galaxy Outlaw doesn't offer the largest customization suite, but there's enough here to make a few worthwhile builds that follow a core set of rules. Those rules are:

  1. Maximize your damage output
  2. Maximize your defense
  3. Maximize your cargo space
  4. Optimize your power consumption

Unlike more granular space simulators, in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw, your only real economy games are damage optimization, power consumption, and rocket/deployable count. 

Those first three are linked at the hip. The amount of power your ship delineates to each system determines everything else about its operation. Too much power to your shields makes your weapons energy hogs. Put too much energy into your weapons, and suddenly you move at a snail's pace.

For the time being, though, let's focus on what the best builds look like.

Optimal Damage Build

There are three different kinds of weapons in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw:

  1. Energy blasters: heavily affect shields and draw on the powerplant
  2. Projectile blasters: take down armor that has a reload time
  3. Missiles: pack a punch on both shields and armor; have finite ammo

In my experience, you'll want to mix and match your Weapon hardpoints with some parts energy and some parts projectile.

There are a few reasons to split damage duty, but the most important is that energy weapons have no downtime. You'll be waiting about three seconds on average for projectile guns to reload after they've exhausted their ammo supply. Even if you don't do a ton of damage to the enemy's hull, some damage is better than none if it's consistent.

As for which weapons to use, that depends entirely on the power supply your ship has on hand.

For lower-power ships like the Platypus, Sonora, and SandHawk, my preferred setup is at least:

  • Two Auto-Cannons
  • A single Photon Cannon

For the SandHawk, the fourth weapon hardpoint is up to you, but I'd recommend something with a fast fire rate and low downtime.

On ships like the Durston and Coyote, you have a little more freedom, especially with the freighter and its more limited hardpoint count. I'd steer clear of the Tachyon Gun on the Coyote only to ensure you'll have plenty of power for shields and your other weaponry.

In both cases, I think a 50:50 split between energy and projectile is ideal. The former keeps your enemy's shields down, the latter tears through their armor. 

As for missiles, the ImRec and Swarm launchers are always my go-to. Their ammo capacity is a bit lower, but combined with a constant onslaught from your turrets and a little conservatism with your missile usage; you'll hardly be through half your capacity before everything on the field is space debris.

Optimal Defense, Power, Cargo Space Build

These are pretty straightforward. You want the best armor and shields money can buy. The same is true of your power supply.

Invest early in Duratanium Armor and either a Shield Generator 2 or 4 (as your ship allows). You'll also want an ECM 3 for the inevitable barrage of missiles you'll encounter.

Load up with either a Powerplant 2 or 4 (again as your ship allows) to ensure you'll have as much juice as your weapons and shields need. 

For cargo space, you've got two main options: smuggler or merchant.

As a merchant, all you care about is carrying as many goods as possible, so invest in the highest level Cargo Extender your ship allows. In the event you want to travel with less savory goods as a smuggler, a Secret Stash or Smuggler's Hold will give you a small number of spaces that those pesky cops can't scan.

Lastly, I'd recommend upgrading your Tractor Beam and Radar. A better tractor ensures you can scoop up salvage from far away, of course, but a good Radar system makes dogfights much more bearable. I recommend any of the Ranger models, with the Infinity being your ultimate goal.

Ship-to-Ship Combat Basics 

No matter how well-equipped your spaceship, without a working knowledge of how to fight, you won't last long in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw's Dodge Sector.

Below are the three primary skills you'll want to develop if you're going to survive.

Skill 1: Power Management 

Key to any engagement is how you manage which systems receive the most power and which you let lay fallow. On a controller, you'll bring this menu up with either Triangle (on PS4) or Y (on Xbox), and you'll change your allocation settings with the directional buttons.

Your first priorities here are:

  1. Survivability
  2. Damage Output

Your ship defaults to an equal distribution across your shield, engines, and weaponry. These values will need to change depending on the ship you're flying and where their vulnerabilities lie. 

Fast ships are lighter on the armor, so you'll need to prioritize your shields over your weaponry and your engines. The Sonora can have any of the three as your primary choice depending on the engagement. The Durston should focus less on its shields and more on its engines, helping you keep the smaller enemy in sight whenever possible.

Also, you'll need different power allocation setups depending on the number of opponents you're facing. In one-on-one fights, weapons take center stage. Ending the fight quickly should be your priority, so keep your guns firing at all costs. Larger-scale combat should put shields at the top of your list. When attempting an escape, try to strike a balance between engines and shields.

If you want to out-skill your enemies in fast ships, a healthy mix of engines and weapons will keep you one step ahead. Then you can pepper them of their fire and still have an escape option if one becomes necessary.

Skill 2: Tracking

Every projectile in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw, whether it's energy or physical, has a travel time. That means you can't just lock onto your enemies and let the computer do the shooting.

Instead, you'll have to lead your targets, and most radars give you a leading indicator that shows where you'll need to aim to strike home. This isn't a skill I can teach in text, though. As you play, you'll have to make a concerted effort to learn how to readjust your aim to account for your enemy's movement.

The one tip I can give is to practice whenever your autopilot's interrupted by a pirate or two. Instead of just spacing them, use their wild flailing as an opportunity to practice your tracking. Take a shot every few seconds to make sure you're going to hit them, and once you're satisfied with your practice, send them to hell.

Skill 3: Target Prioritization and Chasing

Many of the enemies in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw follow a hit-and-run attack pattern. That is, they'll fly straight for you, shooting with every gun on their ship, then fly away for a few seconds before repeating the pattern. 

Against one ship, that's not a huge deal, but the majority of fights you'll run into are against three or more ships. And all of them will be employing this tactic.

To combat this sometimes annoying tactic, you'll need to learn to switch targets on the fly or to keep close-range opponents in sight to confirm the kill.

For that second point, use these tactics as a baseline. As an enemy ship flies past you, the best way to attach yourself to their tailpipe is to engage your afterburners while pulling back on the stick. That way, you'll be making a hard 180 while still maintaining your speed. Keep an eye on your ship's radar, and you should be able to tell which ship just buzzed by you. Odds are they'll still be pretty close, and you'll be behind them.

As for reprioritizing your targets, here are my hard and fast rules.

  • Don't be afraid to let one guy get away if it means you can take them all out. If there are multiple enemies on your tail, it's better to ensure you can survive the next few seconds than it is to make sure one guy eats it. Use the below rule to get in a better position.

  • Once you've lost your first target, listen. You'll be able to hear where the nearest gunfire is coming from, and with some deft usage of afterburners and plenty of turn radius, you can catch your aggressor off guard.

  • Finallyknow who the real threats are. The big ships in a fight might be slow, but they've got the most firepower. The small ships don't pack as big of a punch, but there are more likely to be a lot of them. You know which you have more trouble with, so take out your problem enemies first and deal with your easier targets afterward.

 

And that's our guide to ships in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw. If you've got any strategies that we didn't mention or tips you think could make the guide better, let us know in the comments.

Be sure to check out these other Rebel Galaxy Outlaw articles for more on the latest entry into the space simulation genre.

]]>
How to Lean in PUBG Mobile https://www.gameskinny.com/8yixx/how-to-lean-in-pubg-mobile https://www.gameskinny.com/8yixx/how-to-lean-in-pubg-mobile Mon, 19 Aug 2019 10:09:53 -0400 Sergey_3847

Although the mobile version of Playerunknown's Battlegrounds is limited in terms of controls, the new updates keep bringing new mechanics. Now, players can lean and shoot at the same time.

However, this feature is not activated by default in PUBG Mobile, so you need to activate it first. Afterward, you can use special buttons to lean either left or right when aiming at your enemies.

Step 1: Enable Lean Options

Before using the lean option, you need to go to the Settings menu in PUBG Mobile and follow these steps:

  1. Enable the Peek and Fire option
  2. Enable the Peek and Open Scope option
  3. Select one of the two Peek options: tap or hold

You can find all these options under the Gyroscope feature in the Settings menu.

The first option will let you lean and fire at the same time, the second one will let you lean and look through your scope, and the last option depends on your preference, whether you like to tap or hold buttons while leaning on your mobile device.

Step 2: Use Lean Buttons

After you activate the lean options in your game's menu, you will see the two new buttons on the left side of your screen. You can tap or hold these buttons for your character to either lean left or right.

You can also rearrange the position of the buttons and set them to any part of the screen by holding and moving.

---

For more PUBG Mobile guides, check out the list below:

]]>
The Best Ways to Make Money in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw https://www.gameskinny.com/cg5jl/the-best-ways-to-make-money-in-rebel-galaxy-outlaw https://www.gameskinny.com/cg5jl/the-best-ways-to-make-money-in-rebel-galaxy-outlaw Fri, 16 Aug 2019 12:58:56 -0400 John Schutt

Whether you just started flying or you're a seasoned spacer, there are plenty of ways to make money in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw. However, not all of them are created equal. 

You'll want to maximize your efficiency wherever you can find it, especially in the early game, as story mission difficulty spikes quickly and often. Even once you've got the best ships and gear, Outlaw has a way of throwing you for a loop, and with better equipment come costlier repairs and resupplies. These add up more quickly than you'd imagine, so staying on top of your pocketbook is essential.

Here are our three best ways to make money in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw.

1. Guild Missions

The regular mission log has plenty of valuable quests for Juno to pick up, and they're important to take from time to time to increase your faction reputation.

That said, their payouts aren't great for the trouble they put you through. Plus, the time you spend on them doesn't return nearly enough for such missions to be your primary source of income.

Now, guild quests? Those will net you some pretty pennies, and they can do it with minimal fuss and plenty of under-the-table benefits as well.

Let's see which have the best benefits. 

The Merchant Guild

It's not glamorous or action-packed, but ferrying goods from one location to another is a relatively safe, quick, and generally lucrative venture. 

If you want to kick back and listen to your favorite tunes, I recommend the basic cargo-hauling quests. Blockade running isn't a bad deal either. 

In both cases, you'll spend maybe about 5 minutes or less transporting a set amount of goods, and once you dock, you're instantly paid. For blockade running, you can spice up your time with some combat, and maybe pick up some salvage to sweeten the deal once you dock.

The pay for these missions is lower in the safer systems, but it ramps up a little bit as you head to the dangerous zones. Better yet, you can't beat it when it comes to convenience and general chill factor.

If you're looking for real money through the merchant guild, you'll want to take on the Source quests. These are longer-term ventures where you gather a set number of materials on your own, through whatever means you see fit, and delivering them to a specific station for a reward.

Even in mid-tier zones, rewards for Source missions often breach the 100,000 credits mark. You'll need plenty of cargo space and a good lead on the proper materials, but have both and you'll be a millionaire in mere hours, and at relatively low risk.

The Mercenary Guild

Want some extra action and more explosions when you're making money? Join the Mercenary Guild. As the name suggests, this guild is all about combat, and the payout for each mission is about 25-50% more than your standard mission board combat quest.

Missions are generally higher-threat, so be ready for tough fights. Tougher fights generally mean better loot, though, so make sure you've got plenty of cargo space. 

For the most efficient progress, I'd avoid the survey-style quests. Those don't have as many enemies to shoot, and so the chance for good loot drops is understandably lower. They're pretty quick, though, so if you only have a few minutes to dedicate, they're worth a try.

2. Piracy and Bounties

Juno Markev is a former pirate, and there's nothing in Rebel Galaxy Outlaw that's stopping you from taking a shot at anything that moves. You'll probably die if you take on a well-defended Outpost, but there are ways to find plenty of delicious salvage that doesn't require unchecked aggression.

Head into the Bar at any station, and you can talk to the bartender about current events, market conditions, bounties to shake down, and freighters making their way about the system.

The last two are your gold mines. Taking down bounties rewards you not only with credits, but you'll also get salvage from their ships. If you're lucky, some unmarked bounties will be traveling with your mark. Every system has one or more bounties active at a time, so long as you visit the Bar and ask about them. Payouts vary, but the ROI is always worth the effort, as rewards can be upwards of the tens of thousands at least, depending on the difficulty of the fight.

For my money, though, it's the freighters you'll want to focus on. As with bounties, you'll be salvaging loot from the mercenary ships surrounding the haulers. You'll also have plenty of time to loot the cargo containers the freighters are pulling along. Some of them are carrying the likes of diamonds, gold, and expensive pleasure items. They can sometimes be tough to take down, but succeed, and you just might be swimming in credits.

No one in the Dodge sector cares where you got the goods. Just that you got them.

3. Playing the Market

Rebel Galaxy Outlaw has a thriving economy of both legal and illicit goods. Most stations you visit have a set of both Produced goods and Desired goods. Your job as a humble merchant is to find a station that produces something cheaply and transport it somewhere that's buying it for much more. 

In the early game, you can do this between stations in the same system. Later on, you'll have a few jumps between pick up and delivery. Once you've memorized the best routes, you won't need long to rack up serious cash. 

Bartenders can give you a heads up to which stations and systems are selling what at a lower price or buying at a higher one, and this information is free. You can even combine this kind of trade with Source Merchant quests to double down on filling your coffers.

One thing to note: many of the pirates you take out drop orange loot — contraband — that's worth a great deal more than legal goods to the right buying station. 

You can't sell contraband everywhere, of course, and the police will periodically scan you for such items, making carrying it a liability in itself. However, independent and pirate faction stations often desire contraband and are willing to pay good money for it, so take a little time to learn which stations buy the less-savory stuff. 

As with legal merchandise, once you develop a couple of shipping lanes for contraband, money won't be the thing that holds you back.

Rebel Galaxy Outlaw offers players plenty of options with where they go, what they do, and what kind of person they want Juno to become. If you want to discover more about the Dodge Sector, check out these other awesome articles:

 

 

]]>
How to Transfer Your Switch Data to a New System https://www.gameskinny.com/6xeo3/how-to-transfer-your-switch-data-to-a-new-system https://www.gameskinny.com/6xeo3/how-to-transfer-your-switch-data-to-a-new-system Fri, 16 Aug 2019 11:54:08 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

The Nintendo Switch recently got a hardware revision that offers better battery life and the Nintendo Switch Lite is on the way, which means there are lots of people in the market for a second Switch system. That also means dealing with the problem of transferring save data between systems.

It's a potential issue because save data for the Nintendo Switch is tied to individual user accounts, and those aren't stored in the cloud.

You can still access your cloud saves if you log in with your Nintendo Account and tie it to a new user profile on your new Switch. However, you won't be able to access data for games that don't support cloud saves.

If you don't have any of those games or aren't bothered by starting over, it's a fast and easy way to deal with the data transfer process.

For a full changeover, however, you need to do a system transfer.

How to Do a Switch System Transfer

Transferring data between Switch systems requires transferring your entire user profile in a process similar to system transfers between Nintendo 3DS systems.

You have to have both of these present:

  • The original (source) system
  • The new source (target system)

Both need to be connected to the Internet and updated to at least firmware 4.0.

The process also requires you to have both systems plugged in via their AC adapters. Fortunately, though, it's a fairly fast process, with some users stating entire transfers took only about two minutes.

However, it's worth noting this is only transferring data. You'll still need to go into the eShop and re-download your digital titles.

You reportedly don't need a second SD card either, probably because it is just the save data, which takes up less space. After finishing the transfer, power down the source system, take the SD card out, and put it in the new target system before turning the target system back on.

---

All in all, data transfer isn't a difficult process, but it's worth keeping in mind if you're wanting to trade in your old system towards purchasing a new one.

Check with your local GameStop (or other retail location that offers trade-ins) to see if they'll allow you to complete the transfer process in the store before making your plans.

]]>
GTA Online Tips Guide: Games Masters Explained, Money Exploits https://www.gameskinny.com/kp42p/gta-online-tips-guide-games-masters-explained-money-exploits https://www.gameskinny.com/kp42p/gta-online-tips-guide-games-masters-explained-money-exploits Fri, 16 Aug 2019 09:46:44 -0400 Sergey_3847

Before Diamond Casino and Resort, there was the Arena Wars update for GTA Online, which included one of the best adversary modes in the game: Games Masters.

This unique mode pits two teams of up to eight players against each other on the deadliest open space lanes ever. One of the teams gets to spectate the other one from the spectator's booth and try to prevent the team on the lane from collecting as many checkpoints as possible within three minutes.

When time is up, the teams change positions, and it begins all over again. This mode is a really tough one, but it also offers some incredible fun and some nice rewards. So, if you're having a hard time competing in Games Masters, then follow our guide below.

Three Maps: Apocalypse, Future Shock, Nightmare

You can start Games Masters mode by hosting Arena Wars from the Rockstar Created Jobs menu.

After you purchase the arena for in-game money, you will gain access to a garage with 10 exclusive vehicles, which can be used only or Arena Wars, and three new maps with different themes: Apocalypse, Future Shock, and Nightmare.

Each map has a unique obstacle design and weapons, but the damage is all the same.

  • Apocalypse is heavily influenced by the Mad Max franchise
  • Future Shock is all about science fiction 
  • Nightmare has lots of neon lights and glowing effects

If you start the Games Masters mode from your daily jobs menu, the game will automatically give you with a random map. You can also make quick and easy cash, but first, you need to know which vehicles are the best for this mode.

Best Vehicles for Games Masters

The 10 default vehicles you get in your garage are basic and unmodded versions that have no weapons or any attachments. This means that you will need to spend money in Arena workshop and seriously mod your vehicles if you want to win.

In any case, some vehicles are worth upgrading, while others should be left alone. Here are some of the best vehicles for the Games Masters mode:

  • Deathbike: This is a perfect choice for any arena. It's fast and agile, and it's much smaller than other vehicles, which is why it's so hard to hit it from the spectator's booth.

  • Sasquatch: If you want a big and flashy vehicle, then this monster truck is definitely a very popular choice.

  • Dominator: This is a standard vehicle with a tombstone on its back, which can be dropped off and disrupt other chasing vehicles behind you.

  • ZR380: Another standard vehicle with armored windows, which is great against any type of damage.

You can also unlock other vehicles by ranking up tiers:

  • Tier 25: Taxi
  • Tier 50: HVY Dozer
  • Tier 75: Clown Van
  • Tier 100: Trashmaster
  • Tier 200: HVY Barracks Semi
  • Tier 300: HVY Mixer
  • Tier 500: Space Docker
  • Tier 1000: Tractor

How to Win Fast and Make Money

If you're playing Games Masters outside of the daily jobs routine, then all your rewards will be unlocked at each new tier, and for most of the part, they will be random rewards.

However, if you want to make more money, then be sure to play Games Masters during your daily jobs. Then you can earn $8,000 in just a couple of minutes if you belong to the winning team. But even if you lose, you will still earn $4,000.

Collect the Checkpoints

Winning in arena races can be hard at first because you will not know the lanes and the locations of the checkpoints. But the more races you play, the better you will know how to orient on all three maps.

On the other hand, it doesn't matter how well you know the lanes because the enemy team will always find a way to disrupt your path with one of the available weapons.

In the end, you need to collect more flags than the enemy team, and then you can take your turn in the collector's booth.

Spectator's Booth

This part is just as important as the races themselves, and at times, it can turn the match-up in your favor.

Here, you have access to several types of weapons, such as turret and the battle drone. With these simple tools, you can force the enemy team to lose by blowing their vehicles and not letting them collect more flags than your team.

So use both of these opportunities to get your victory. This will take under 10 minutes total, and you will be able to raise your skill and sponsorship levels.

Sponsorship

Lastly, you can ignore the spectator's booth opportunities and instead choose to play the Spin to Win wheel.

One spin of the wheel costs $5,000, but it also gives you the chance to increase your sponsorship level, which unlocks new random rewards random.

If these rewards are more important to you than money, then Spin to Win is available in the spectator's booth during races.

---

Now you can easily win at Games Masters in GTA Online. For more GTA Online guides, see the list below:

]]>
How to Land in No Man's Sky https://www.gameskinny.com/5zlkp/how-to-land-in-no-mans-sky https://www.gameskinny.com/5zlkp/how-to-land-in-no-mans-sky Thu, 15 Aug 2019 22:14:30 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Just as you must learn to fly in No Man's Sky, so must you learn to land. To reach beyond the stars, you can't simply point your ship at a planet and expect it to reach the surface safely. A botched landing can result in significant damage to your spacecraft. 

Luckily, the mechanical action of landing in No Man's Sky is easy. Here's how to do it: 

  • On PC: Press "E"
  • On PS4: Press "Square"
  • On Xbox One: Press "X"

When Can I Land My Spaceship? 

Once you break through the atmosphere of a planet and head toward its surface, the game will tell you when you can land. It will display one of the corresponding buttons above. For example, on PC it will say "Press 'E' to land" when you get low enough. 

Of course, you can start the sequence before you're prompted, but you still must be relatively close to the surface to do so. While it's not exact, it's somewhere between what I estimate to be 30 and 50 feet off the ground. 

It's worth mentioning that your ship will settle on almost any surface, no matter how wide or thin that surface is. While you want to land on mostly flat ground, your spaceship always stops a bit ahead of where you press the landing button. To avoid this, initiate the sequence a bit before the desired LZ to ensure you get as close to the desired spot as possible. 

In extreme cases, I've perched on the edge of a cliff or mountain and fallen to my death. 

Trading Posts and Structures With Landing Pads

Throughout your journey, it's inevitable that you'll come across other aliens and alien structures. Some of these will have landing pads. Here, all you have to do is fly over the pulsing green circle on the landing pad and press the corresponding button. 

Your ship will automatically adjust itself for a perfect touch down. 

Don't Fly Too Fast

If you're flying too fast, you can't light your ship. If you're not prepared, you can heavily damage your ship by running into a cliff or structure. So be careful!

---

That's all you need to know about landing in No Man's Sky. Now that the Beyond update is out, there's a whole new world to explore out there. From new blueprints to animal taming and VR exploration, NMS is finally shaping up to be the game that was promised. 

For more, be sure to head over to our No Man's Sky guides page

]]>
How to Play Rebel Galaxy Outlaw with a PS4 and Xbox One Controller https://www.gameskinny.com/3r77z/how-to-play-rebel-galaxy-outlaw-with-a-ps4-and-xbox-one-controller https://www.gameskinny.com/3r77z/how-to-play-rebel-galaxy-outlaw-with-a-ps4-and-xbox-one-controller Thu, 15 Aug 2019 12:51:40 -0400 John Schutt

How do you play Rebel Galaxy Outlaw the right way? Using a controller, that's how. And the best controllers to do that with are the PS4 DualShock and the Xbox One controller. 

You could play with a keyboard and mouse, but I don't recommend it. The sensitivity is wonky as all get out, and to say it's headache-inducing is to be too kind. 

You could also play the game using a flight stick, but if that's your plan, then I think you know exactly how you want to play your flying games. And I doubt you even clicked on this article.

However, if you want to play Rebel Galaxy Outlaw the way it's meant to be played, you'll need a controller (or GamePad in the game options). If you're having trouble connecting one or the other, here's a handy guide to setting them up.

Connecting Your PlayStation 4 Controller

The easiest way to use a PS4 controller on PC is to use a third-party program.

I recommend DS4Windows

Setup is super easy.

  1. Plug in your PS4 controller and allow Windows to register it as a new controller.
  2. Head to ds4windows.com/, click the "Download Now" button, and download DS4Windows.zip from the GitHub landing page. 
  3. Extract DS4Windows.exe and DS4Updater.exe to a folder of your choice.
  4. Launch the .exe file. You should hear an audio cue and your controller's light bar should illuminate. 
  5. The below screen should pop up with a listing of your device's ID (mine's whited out).

The colored bar on the far right dictates your light bar color. Have fun with it, that's what it's for.

Next, you'll want to head into the Profile Editor (the Edit button next to the Selected Profile column), and you should see a screen like below. 

For our purposes, ignore the central and rightmost parts of this window (everything under Lightbar and Rumble). They're just additional options you can play with at your leisure.

You'll see under the controller image a scrollable window. All the little details in there control what each and every button does. Because DS4 Windows allows the DualShock4 to mimic an Xbox 360 controller, all you're doing is matching each button across the two. 

The rub is the PS4 controller's touchpad, something no Xbox controller has. Because of that, there are two main changes to the mapping I'd recommend. You'll want to change Right Tough to the "M" key on your keyboard, and Left Touch to "C."

Here's a closeup. 

For Outlaw, "M" pulls up the Map, and "C" pulls up Comms. You'll get good use out of both throughout your playthrough.

Save your profile with a name you can remember. If you don't, you'll need to do this all again.

Last thing: when you open the Rebel Galaxy Outlaw launcher, make sure your Controls setting is set to "Gamepad (Recommended)." See below for an example:

Connecting an Xbox 360/One Controller

This one's easy. Windows editions 7, 8.1, and 10 all come loaded with controller drivers for Xbox controllers. All you should need to do is plug in the controller, wait for the drivers to install, and go.

In the event you have trouble, Microsoft has a full, detailed guide available here

And that's it! You should be able to enjoy Rebel Galaxy Outlaw to its fullest with either of your controllers.

Check out our review of Rebel Galaxy Outlaw and these other awesome articles:

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses All Team Time Answers — Church of Seiros Faculty https://www.gameskinny.com/ggquh/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-team-time-answers-church-of-seiros-faculty https://www.gameskinny.com/ggquh/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-team-time-answers-church-of-seiros-faculty Wed, 14 Aug 2019 15:13:04 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Fire Emblem: Three Houses lets you invite other faculty members and characters affiliated with the Church of Seiros to tea as well. Like the students of the Black Eagles, Blue Lions, and Golden Deer, these folks have their own preferences and ideal conversation topics, so we've compiled a guide covering all those.

Dataminers from Serenes Forest found data indicating correct tea party responses for Lady Rhea as well, but I don’t have the option to invite her to tea and can’t seem to figure out how that might work at this point.

For reference, we've listed each character, followed by their favorite tea, the correct conversation topics, and then the potential fourth conversation point and the correct responses for each.

All Faculty/Church of Seiros Tea Time Responses

Cyril
  • Favorite tea:
    • Almyran Pine Needles
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Lady Rhea
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Cats
    • A dinner invitation
    • Close calls
    • Cute monks
    • Things that bother you
    • Likeable allies
    • Shareable snacks
    • Working hours for guards
    • Thanks for everything
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Shareable snacks
    • Perfect recipes
    • Favorite sweets
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • I’m counting on you
    • I heard some gossip
    • You seem different
    • Books you've read recently
    • Monastery security
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • The view from the bridge
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • Children at the market
    • You’re doing great work
    • Your ambitions
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Why Lady Rhea likes you: Sip Tea, Nod
    • Feels good to be needed: Praise, Commend
    • Best at cleaning: Commend
    • No place to go: Commend, Disagree, Praise
    • If the Goddess would protect Almyrans: Disagree, Chat, Praise
    • You’re amazing: Nod, Laugh
    • Always busy: Laugh, Blush
Hanneman
  • Favorite teas:
    • Cinnamon Blend
    • Sweet Apple Blend
    • Bergamot
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • I’m counting on you
    • A word of advice
    • I heard some gossip
    • Heart-racing memories
    • A dinner invitation
    • A new gambit
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Tell me about yourself
    • School days
    • The existence of Crests
    • The last battle
    • The ideal professor
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Likeable allies
    • Capable comrades
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Shareable snacks
    • Thanks for everything
    • Plans for the future
    • Your research
    • You’re doing great work
    • You seem well
    • Fashion
    • Evaluating allies
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Monastery security
    • Monastery rules
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Favorite sweets
    • Things that bother you
    • The library’s collection
    • Past laughs
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Food in the dining hall
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Secret of your birth: Blush, Chat
    • Crest of Flames: Nod, Chat
    • Come by later: Sip Tea, Comment
    • Left nobility behind: Comment, Praise
    • Facts elude me: Praise, Chat, Commend
    • For my sister: Sigh, Praise
    • Stop talking about Crests: Laugh, Admonish
Manuela
  • Favorite teas:
    • Mint leaves
    • Lavender Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • A word of advice
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Heart-racing memories
    • School days
    • A dinner invitation
    • A strong battalion
    • Close calls
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Things that bother you
    • The ideal professor
    • The opera
    • Shareable snacks
    • The courtyard couple
    • Best performance venue
    • Children at the market
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Monastery security
    • Cute monks
    • Dreamy knights
    • I heard some gossip
    • Hopes for your future
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • The ideal relationship
    • Our first meeting
    • You’re doing great work
    • Working together
    • You seem well
    • First cruses
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Favorite sweets
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Working hours for guards
    • Dining partners
    • Fashion
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Reliable allies
    • Exploring the monastery
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Complain to much: Praise, Disagree
    • Just tea? Sip Tea, Admonish
    • Terrible woman? Disagree, Admonish
    • Don’t want to be alone: Chat, Praise
    • Who are you? Sigh, Chat
    • Songstress days: Nod, Sip Tea
Flayn
  • Favorite teas:
    • Sweet Apple Blend
    • Almond Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Heart-racing memories
    • The courtyard couple
    • Dreamy knights
    • Cute monks
    • Dining partners
    • I heard some gossip
    • The opera
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • A word of advice
    • Cats
    • A dinner invitation
    • Children at the market
    • Close calls
    • The ideal professor
    • The ideal relationship
    • Our first meeting
    • Things that bother you
    • Past laughs
    • Dining partners
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Thanks for everything
    • The library’s collection
    • The view from the bridge
    • Fish and the sea
    • Fodlan’s future
    • You’re doing great work
    • Things you find romantic
    • School days
    • Shareable snacks
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • First crushes
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Favorite sweets
    • Potential training partners
    • Perfect recipes
    • Plans for the future
    • Working together
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Lively places: Nod
    • Intriguing person: Disagree, Nod
    • See the ocean: Nod, Chat
    • Nostalgia: Laugh, Sip Tea
    • Fear of sleeping: Praise, Disagree
    • Born in Enbarr: Nod
Seteth
  • Favorite teas:
    • Angelica
    • Ginger
    • Four-spice
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Flayn
    • Reliable allies
    • Hopes for your future
    • Mighty weapons
    • The library’s collection
    • Likeable allies
    • The last battle
    • Children at the market
    • The opera
    • The ideal professor
    • A dinner invitation
    • A new gambit
    • A word of advice
    • A strong battalion
    • Capable comrades
    • Monastery rules
    • Working hours for guards
    • Things that bother you
    • Close calls
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Thanks for everything
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • I’m counting on you
    • I heard some gossip
    • Your ambitions
    • Working together
    • Monastery security
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Evaluating allies
    • Exploring the monastery
    • You’re doing great work
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Why archbishop is interested: Sip Tea, Chat
    • Inform me of issues: Nod
    • Just doing my job: Sigh, Nod
    • Very special to us: Nod, Chat
    • Anything I can do: Laugh, Blush, Nod
    • I go fishing: Laugh, Nod
Catherine
  • Favorite tea:
    • Rose Petal Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • I heard some gossip
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Hopes for your future
    • A strong battalion
    • A new gambit
    • Academy memories
    • The existence of Crests
    • Working together
    • You seem well
    • Working hours for guards
    • The ideal relationship
    • I’m counting on you
    • Past laughs
    • Close calls
    • Our first meeting
    • A word of advice
    • Thanks for everything
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Someone you look up to
    • Your ambitions
    • You’re doing great work
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Potential training partners
    • Shareable snacks
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Not as good as Thunder Catherine: Sip Tea, Blush, Disagree
    • Always watching: Sigh, Nod
    • Restless: Disagree, Chat
    • Don’t be nervous: Sip Tea, Sigh
    • Me as a noble? Laugh, Nod
    • Sparring with Relics: Commend, Praise, Nod
Gilbert
  • Favorite teas:
    • Lavender
    • Almond
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Someone you look up to
    • The library’s collection
    • Working together
    • Working hours for guards
    • A new gambit
    • A word of advice
    • Capable comrades
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Monastery rules
    • Monastery security
    • I’m counting on you
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Potential training partners
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Reliable allies
    • Evaluating allies
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Wood carving
    • The ideal professor
    • Thanks for everything
    • A strong battalion
    • A word of advice
    • Your ambitions
    • Favorite sweets
    • Shareable snacks
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • I’m counting on you
    • Perfect recipes
    • Mighty weapons
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Children at the market
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Walking first thing: Nod
    • Mastered most things: Nod
    • Fishing? Nod
    • Royal family service: Sigh, Nod
    • I’m a sinner: Disagree, Praise
    • Holy Kingdom: Nod
    • Relaxing isn’t my skill: Laugh, Praise
    • Not by strength alone: Chat
    • No one will bring me to justice: Sigh, Praise
Shamir
  • Favorite teas:
    • Crescent Moon
    • Chamomile
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • I’m counting on you
    • A dinner invitation
    • A new gambit
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • The view from the bridge
    • Past laughs
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Close calls
    • Capable comrades
    • Mighty weapons
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Monastery security
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Working together
    • The last battle
    • Survival skills
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Children at the market
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Plans for the future
    • Cats
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Shareable snacks
    • Your ambitions
    • Reliable allies
    • Food in the dining hall
    • You’re doing great work
    • Evaluating allies
    • Potential training partners
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Not much for conversation: Disagree
    • I enjoy lack of conversation: Nod, Sip Tea
    • Looking forward to the next battle: Blush, Nod
    • Always have an interesting look: Sip Tea, Disagree, Blush
    • Work for a fair price: Commend, Laugh
    • Sword of the Creator: Nod, Chat
    • Tactless comment: Sigh, Disagree
Alois
  • Favorite teas:
    • Crescent-Moon
    • Honeyed Fruit
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Our first meeting
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Someone you look up to
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • A dinner invitation
    • Cats
    • A new gambit
    • I’m counting on you
    • I heard some gossip
    • Tell me about yourself
    • The opera
    • The last battle
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Favorite sweets
    • Perfect recipes
    • Past laughs
    • Monastery security
    • Monastery rules
    • Thanks for everything
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Working together
    • Your ambitions
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Plans for the future
    • School days
    • Shareable snacks
    • First crushes
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • A strong battalion
    • The view from the bridge
    • Good jokes
    • A word of advice
    • Close calls
    • Cooking mishaps
    • The ideal professor
    • Working hours for guards
    • You seem well
    • You’re doing great work
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Fears to conquer: Laugh
    • Remind me of Jeralt: Comment, Disagree, Nod
    • Nothing worse than explaining a joke: Commend
    • Let me know if you need anything: Praise, Nod
    • Go fishing with me! Chat, Praise, Laugh
    • Felt a presence in my bed: Laugh
    • How are you? Nod, Chat
    • Big bro Alois: Nod, Laugh, Commend

---

That's it for the faculty members' tea time guide, but if you're still needing some help getting the most out of the game, check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides.

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses All Tea Time Answers — Golden Deer https://www.gameskinny.com/0irhg/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-tea-time-answers-golden-deer https://www.gameskinny.com/0irhg/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-tea-time-answers-golden-deer Wed, 14 Aug 2019 15:05:41 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

This guide covers all the correct tea time answers for the Golden Deer House in Fire Emblem: Three Houses, along with everyone's favorite teas and the fourth conversation topics.

We've also got the Black Eagles, Blue Lions, and Church of Seiros faculty members covered if you're looking for those.

We've listed each character, followed by their favorite tea, the correct conversation topics, and then the potential fourth conversation point and the correct responses for each.

All Golden Deer Tea Time Responses

Claude
  • Favorite tea:
    • Almyran Pine Needle Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Reliable allies
    • Monastery mysteries
    • The library’s collection
    • Capable comrades
    • The last battle
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • A new gambit
    • You seem well
    • I’m counting on you
    • Past laughs
    • Likeable allies
    • Reliable allies
    • A word of advice…
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Mighty weapons
    • You seem different
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Ideal professor
    • The existence of Crests
    • Children at the market
    • Our first meeting
    • Heart-racing memories
    • I heard some gossip
    • Thanks for everything
    • Hopes for your future
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Things that bother you
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Celebrations
    • Working together
    • Evaluating allies
    • Perfect recipes
    • Mighty weapons
    • School days
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • A dinner invitation
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Food in the dining hall
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Being busy: Sip tea, Disagree
    • Known for a while: Blush
    • Wanting to know more about you: Nod
    • Being a mystery: Disagree
    • Outsider like me: Nod, Chat
    • Too many mysteries: Nod, Praise
    • My hometown: Nod, Laugh
    • New poison mushroom: Laugh, Commend
Hilda
  • Favorite tea:
    • Southern Fruit Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Favorite sweets
    • Shareable snacks
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • You seem different
    • You seem well
    • Past laughs
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Things you find romantic
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Dreamy knights
    • Cute accessories
    • Hopes for your future
    • Plans for the future
    • The opera
    • Things that bother you
    • Heart-racing memories
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • School uniforms
    • I heard some gossip…
    • School days
    • Dining partners
    • Reliable allies
    • A dinner invitation
    • Our first meeting
    • First crushes
    • The ideal relationship
    • The courtyard couple
    • You’re doing great work
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Asked about crying: Sip tea
    • Always feeling safe by you: Nod
    • Hearing herself talk: Nod
    • Mind keeps drifting: Nod, Laugh
    • Ever cried? Sip Tea
    • Serious is boring: Nod, Laugh
    • Go on a trip: Nod, Laugh, Blush
Lorenz
  • Favorite teas:
    • Bergamot
    • Seiros Tea
    • Rose Petal Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • You seem well
    • You seem different
    • Thanks for everything
    • Heart-racing memories
    • Roses
    • Past laughs
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Fashion
    • Tell me about yourself
    • A new gambit
    • Cute monks
    • Evaluating allies
    • Shareable snacks
    • Dining partners
    • School uniforms
    • School days
    • A dinner invitation
    • Hopes for your future
    • Your ambitions
    • Likeable allies
    • Gifts you'd like to receive
    • A word of advice
    • The opera
    • Our first meeting
    • Capable comrades
    • A word of advice
    • The existence of Crests
    • Dreamy knights
    • Cute monks
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Things you find romantic
    • I’m counting on you
    • The ideal professor
    • Someone you look up to
    • Monastery rules
    • Exploring the monastery
    • First crushes
    • Working together
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Roses: Nod, Sip Tea
    • You’re an interesting person: Blush, Laugh
    • Nobles need a break: Nod, Praise
    • A noble’s life: Disagree, Praise
    • Rumors: Admonish, Sip Tea
    • Following father: Commend, Praise, Chat
    • Not as an equal: Disagree, Praise, Commend
Raphael
  • Favorite teas:
    • Almond Blend
    • Ginger
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Someone you look up to
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Cats
    • A strong battalion
    • Shareable snacks
    • Perfect recipes
    • Muscle growth
    • Working together
    • Training partners
    • Things that bother you
    • School days
    • The last battle
    • The opera
    • You seem well
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Close calls
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Past laughs
    • You seem well
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Children at the market
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Dreamy knights
    • Favorite sweets
    • Your ambitions
    • I’m counting on you
    • You’re doing great work
    • Dining partners
    • Thanks for everything
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Attending lectures: Praise, Chat, Praise
    • Snack time: Admonish, Laugh, Commend
    • Be a proper knight: Praise, Commend
    • You’re shrimpy: Disagree, Laugh
    • Taking after grandpa: Commend, Laugh
    • Train together: Nod, Sip Tea
    • If parents were alive: Sigh, Nod
Ignatz
  • Favorite teas:
    • Dagda Blend
    • Seiros tea
    • Lavender Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • I’m counting on you
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • The courtyard couple
    • Cats
    • Capable comrades
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Someone you look up to
    • A word of advice
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • Thanks for everything
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • I heard some gossip
    • Gardening mishaps
    • Cute monks
    • Monastery rules
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Things that bother you
    • The opera
    • Likeable allies
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Children at the market
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Mixing pigments
    • Close calls
    • Evaluating allies
    • You seem different
    • You seem well
    • Working together
    • Our first meeting
    • The library’s collection
    • The view from the bridge
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Past laughs
    • School days
    • You’re doing great work
    • First cruses
    • Plans for the future
    • Fodlan’s future
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Hobby: Chat, Nod
    • Want to support my family: Nod, Praise
    • Young and accomplished: Disagree, Sip Tea, Blush
    • Letting me continue my art: Nod, Laugh, Praise
    • Learn from you: Laugh
    • Glad I came here: Laugh
    • Responsibility for my future: Commend, Praise
Lysithea
  • Favorite teas:
    • Sweet Apple Blend
    • Southern Fruit Blend
    • Crescent Moon Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • A dinner invitation
    • Hopes for your future
    • School uniforms
    • Monastery rules
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Cats
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • A new gambit
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Likeable allies
    • Tell me about yourself
    • The existence of Crests
    • Capable comrades
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Fashion
    • Evaluating allies
    • The library’s collection
    • The thrill of sweets
    • Working together
    • The ideal professor
    • Plans for the future
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Favorite sweets
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Your ambitions
    • School days
    • Shareable snacks
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Someone you look up to
    • Thanks for everything
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • I’m counting on you
    • I heard some gossip
    • Past laughs
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Perfect recipes
    • The last battle
    • You seem different
    • Your ambitions
    • Food in the dining hall
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Livening up: Chat
    • Ghosts: Laugh, Chat
    • Who I would be: Laugh, Disagree
    • Things that don’t yield results: Chat, Admonish
    • Eating sweets: Nod, Laugh
    • Worth my time: Laugh, Blush
    • For freedom: Chat, Nod
    • If not for Crests: Chat, Sigh, Praise
    • Empty my mind: Nod, Sip Tea, Laugh
Leonie
  • Favorite teas:
    • Four-spice Blend
    • Angelica Tea
  • Correct conversation topics
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Hopes for your future
    • A dinner invitation
    • A new gambit
    • Shareable snacks
    • A strong battalion
    • Capable comrades
    • A word of advice
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Someone you look up to
    • Jeralt
    • Mighty weapons
    • Past laughs
    • Children at the market
    • The view from the bridge
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Monastery security
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Plans for the future
    • I heard some gossip
    • I’m counting on you
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Thanks for everything
    • The ideal professor
    • The last battle
    • Our first meeting
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Close calls
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Evaluating allies
    • Reliable allies
    • School days
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Potential training partners
    • Your ambitions
    • You seem well
    • You seem different
    • You’re doing great work
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Not throwing things away: Nod, Commend
    • Feel bad for acting out: Laugh, Disagree, Chat
    • Training alone: Praise, Nod, Sigh
    • Not interested in romance: Chat, Commend, Praise
    • Don’t want to lose: Admonish, Commend
    • Keep with your training: Nod, Commend
    • Greatest apprentice: Nod, Praise
Marianne
  • Favorite tea:
    • Lavender Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Cats
    • Our first meeting
    • A word of advice
    • A dinner invitation
    • Forest birds…
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Likeable allies
    • Monastery rules
    • Existence of Crests
    • The library’s collection
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Children at the market
    • Thanks for everything
    • School days
    • Tell me about yourself
    • The ideal professor
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • You seem different
    • Hopes for your future
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • She brings misfortune: Disagree, Chat, Admonish
    • She’s boring: Admonish, Disagree
    • Don't know what to say: Chat, Praise
    • Waste to spend time with me: Disagree
    • Not as bad as me: Nod, Sigh
    • Doesn’t want me: Praise, Chat

---

That's everything for the perfect tea time with the Golden Deer House. Be sure to check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides to help you make the most of your time in Fodlan.

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses All Tea Time Answers — Blue Lions https://www.gameskinny.com/itunj/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-tea-time-answers-blue-lions https://www.gameskinny.com/itunj/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-tea-time-answers-blue-lions Wed, 14 Aug 2019 15:00:05 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

This guide presents all the correct Fire Emblem: Three Houses tea time topics of conversation for characters associated with the Blue Lions.

If you're looking for other Houses, we've got the Black Eagles, Golden Deer, and faculty members of the Church of Seiros as well.

We've listed each character, followed by their favorite tea, the correct conversation topics, and then the potential fourth conversation point and the correct responses for each.

All Blue Lions Tea Time Responses

Dimitri
  • Favorite tea:
    • Chamomile
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Our first meeting
    • Close calls
    • Books you've read recently
    • Children at the market
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Someone you look up to
    • School days
    • The last battle
    • Working hours for guards
    • Your ambitions
    • Monastery security
    • School days
    • A new gambit
    • Evaluating allies
    • Monastery rules
    • Working together
    • A word of advice
    • A strong battalion
    • Past laughs
    • Mighty weapons
    • Reliable allies
    • Sturdy weapons
    • The view from the bridge
    • Cooking mishaps
    • You’re doing great work
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Things that bother you
    • Potential training partners
    • You seem well
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Joining for training: Blush
    • Nice, relaxing conversation: Sip Tea, Laugh
    • Going to his quarters: Laugh
    • Sorry to be a bother: Nod, Blush
    • When I feel down: Nod
    • I do my training: Nod, Laugh
    • (Part Two) Helped in the last five years: Praise
Dedue
  • Favorite teas:
    • Ginger
    • Four-Spice Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Thanks for everything
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Gardening mishaps
    • A strong battalion
    • Shareable snacks
    • Exploring the monastery
    • The last battle
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Fodlan’s future
    • I’m counting on you
    • Our first meeting
    • Working hours for guards
    • Working together
    • Someone you look up to
    • Training partners
    • Dimitri
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Capable comrades
    • Your ambitions
    • Monastery security
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • A word of advice
    • A dinner invitation
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Favorite sweets
    • Food in the dining hall
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Feeling comfortable: Blush or Laugh
    • Sword and shield of his highness: Commend, Praise
    • Don't like classrooms: Disagree, Praise
    • Blood of Duscur: Sip tea
    • Should I have brought sweets? Nod, Disagree
    • Visit me: Nod, Blush
    • Flowers in bloom: Nod
    • Dimitri’s help: Chat
Annette
  • Favorite tea:
    • Sweet Apple Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Things that bother you
    • Likeable allies
    • A new gambit
    • You seem different
    • Thanks for everything
    • The courtyard couple
    • You seem different
    • School days
    • Dreamy knights
    • Evaluating allies
    • Dining partners
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Favorite sweets
    • Shareable snacks
    • Someone you look up to
    • The library’s collection
    • I’m counting on you
    • The ideal relationship
    • Kitchen catastrophes
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Gardening mishaps
    • The opera
    • Exploring the monastery
    • A word of advice
    • Fashion
    • Cute monks
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Our first meeting
    • A word of advice
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Plans for your future
    • You seem well
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Children at the market
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • The confectioner is in town: Nod
    • First time I met you: Laugh
    • Broke a plate: Disagree, Chat, Praise
    • Asked about equations: Commend
    • Feels at ease: Laugh, Blush
    • She feels like she can be herself: Laugh or Blush
    • Only one way to clean: Nod
    • No effort is in vain: Commend
Mercedes
  • Favorite teas:
    • Albinean Berry Blend
    • Southern Fruit Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Children at the market
    • Thanks for everything
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Perfect recipes
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Places you’d like to visit
    • The opera
    • Fashion
    • Likeable allies
    • Heart-racing memories
    • I heard some gossip
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • First crushes
    • I’m counting on you
    • Favorite sweets
    • Shareable snacks
    • The last battle
    • A word of advice
    • Things that bother you
    • You seem different
    • You’re doing great work
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • School days
    • Cats
    • Food in the dining hall
    • School uniforms
    • The courtyard couple
    • The ideal relationship
    • Past laughs
    • Monastery rules
    • Dreamy knights
    • Fashion
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • No regrets: Praise
    • Drawing you as a model: Nod
    • Used to live in a church: Commend
    • Should write my mother: Nod, Chat, Praise
    • Cathedral as relaxing: Disagree, Blush
    • Baked a cake: Nod, Sip Tea
    • (Part Two) Livening up: Nod
Ingrid
  • Favorite tea:
    • Mint Tea
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • The last battle
    • Cats
    • Favorite sweets
    • Food in the dining hall
    • A dinner invitation
    • Things you find romantic
    • Past laughs
    • The library's collection
    • The view from the bridge
    • Potential training partners
    • The existence of Crests
    • Reliable allies
    • The ideal professor
    • You’re doing great work
    • Heart-racing memories
    • Thanks for everything
    • Our first meeting
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Working together
    • Your ambitions
    • Shareable snacks
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Monastery security
    • Working hours for guards
    • Someone you look up to
    • School days
    • Food for life
    • Perfect recipes
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Cats
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • I’m counting on you
    • Mighty weapons
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Forgetting about fighting: Chat or Praise
    • As a child...: Laugh, Admonish
    • Calms my nerves: Disagree, Blush
    • Warm around the monastery: Chat, Praise
    • Sword training: Chat
    • Favorite food: Laugh, Chat
    • Thinking of my next meal: Laugh
Sylvain
  • Favorite tea:
    • Bergamot
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Likeable allies
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • The library's collection
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Reliable allies
    • First crushes
    • Favorite sweets
    • Evaluating allies
    • Dating escapades
    • Things that bother you
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Potential training partners
    • Dining partners
    • The courtyard couple
    • Cute monks
    • Perfect recipes
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Favorite sweets
    • Thanks for everything
    • Hopes for your future
    • Past laughs
    • Plans for your future
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Cooking mishaps
    • The opera
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Exploring the monastery
    • The view from the bridge
    • The ideal relationship
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • A dinner invitation
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Heart-racing memories
    • I heard some gossip
    • I'm counting on you
    • School uniforms
    • School days
    • Capable comrades
    • Shareable snacks
    • You seem well
    • You seem different
    • You’re doing great work
    • A place you'd like to visit
    • Food in the dining hall
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Curious: Laugh, Blush
    • Stoic: Chat, Sip Tea
    • Join for training? Sip Tea, Praise
    • Opera, art, and literature: Commend, Chat
    • Reason to fight: Commend, Praise
    • Should have brought candy: Nod, Sip Tea
    • Wish my parents' home...: Chat, Praise
    • See right through him: Sip Tea or Disagree
Ashe
  • Favorite teas:
    • Mint Tea
    • Angelica Tea
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • The library’s collection
    • The ideal professor
    • School days
    • Working together
    • Thanks for everything
    • Being the perfect knight
    • The last battle
    • A dinner invitation
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Perfect recipes
    • Favorite sweets
    • Close calls
    • Past laughs
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Cats
    • Children at the market
    • Shareable snacks
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Gardening mishaps
    • I’m counting on you
    • Your ambitions
    • You seem well
    • Dreamy knights
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • A strong battalion
    • A word of advice
    • The existence of Crests
    • Working hours for guards
    • Things that bother you
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Seeing a ghost: Sip Tea
    • A lot happening: Commend
    • Need to work harder: Disagree, Commend
    • Good with kids: Laugh, Praise
    • Getting letters: Blush
    • No one can outrun: Commend
    • Years with Lonato: Nod, Sigh, Praise
Felix
  • Favorite tea:
    • Almyran Pine Needle Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Shareable snacks
    • Someone you look up to
    • Monastery security
    • Cats
    • Capable comrades
    • A strong battalion
    • A new sword technique
    • A new gambit
    • Children at the market
    • Mighty weapons
    • Our first meeting
    • The opera
    • Working together
    • Someone you look up to
    • The last battle
    • Reliable allies
    • I’m counting on you
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Potential training partners
    • Your ambitions
    • You’re doing great
    • Evaluating allies
    • Plans for the future
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Overcoming weaknesses
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Take a break: Nod, Chat
    • You intrigue me: Chat, Blush
    • Join me for training: Nod, Commend
    • I appreciate you: Laugh, Blush
    • Spending time with you: Laugh, Blush
    • Think about wars: Laugh
    • Family of soldiers: Commend

---

That's it for the complete Blue Lions tea time guide. Once you've finished your tea and are ready to jump back into the fray, check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides to keep yourself fighting fit.

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses All Tea Time Answers — Black Eagles https://www.gameskinny.com/bzafn/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-tea-time-answers-black-eagles https://www.gameskinny.com/bzafn/fire-emblem-three-houses-all-tea-time-answers-black-eagles Wed, 14 Aug 2019 14:54:22 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Fire Emblem: Three Houses gives you a lot of ways you can bond with your students and other faculty members, from choir practice to sharing meals. The one that’s getting a lot of attention, though, is tea time, also called tea parties. This guide covers how to unlock tea time, as well as how it works and all responses for the Black Eagles. 

Despite being a fairly simple idea, there’s actually quite a bit involved in tea time. Let's get started. 

Be sure to head to the links at the bottom of this guide for tea time answers for the Blue Lions, the Golden Deer, and the Church of Seiros. 

How to Unlock Tea Time

There’s a very specific way to unlock tea time and a formula to follow for getting it right. First, though, you'll need to start the Tea for Two quest in Chapter 2, Blue Rain Moon

Ferdinand asks you to give away a spare tea set to someone who might appreciate it, and that someone is Lorenz. Once you finish the quest, you’ve unlocked the ability to ask your students, students from other Houses, and faculty members to attend a tea party with you.

You can only initially ask students from your own House. You have to have recruited or earned a C-rank support level with other students and faculty to unlock tea time for them.

Tea time’s uses are very specific as well and might not be incredibly useful until after Chapter 5 when you’ve raised your Professor ranking to at least C. That’s because it costs one Activity Point and only lets you bond with one person, unlike sharing a meal.

However, a successful tea time offers a considerable boost to your support points with that person. That makes it ideal for cultivating relationships with students from other Houses. You can use it to achieve B-rank or higher and recruit them.

How Tea Time Works

The idea is to choose a specific tea the other person likes, then pick conversation topics you think they’ll be interested in based on their personalities.

You get three attempts at conversation. If you miss two, the party is over. If you get all three correct, you get a fourth option where you choose an action based on what the other person said.

Each correct answer gains a support point, and a perfect tea time gains double.

Finally, if you choose their favorite tea, you get a special bonus that negates an incorrect choice.

How to Find Tea

Teas are blue, glowing spots in the Monastery. Finding them is completely random, but you can also buy them from merchants. The downside to buying them is the price, though it’s also the best way to get some of the rarer teas, should you want to try and give everyone their favorites.

So Many Choices

The thing to keep in mind about Three Houses’ tea time mechanic is that it’s completely, unrepentantly random.

When gathering intel on the correct responses, I chose the same save file and re-loaded after using all of my Activity Points. In most cases, some people who agreed to attend the first time would refuse the second time. Support rankings don’t seem to have any bearing on this either; it’s pure RNG.

How many times they’ll attend is random as well. In some cases, I’d spend five activity points on one person after failing each tea time, when they’d be done after one successful tea party on the next save file. 

Most important of all, which topics pop up for you during tea time is random.

That even applies to the special fourth conversation topic that uses a pre-scripted line from your tea partner. It seems like most characters have at least two of those, but whether you ever see them is another story entirely. Some change each time you attend a tea party with them, while others will stick to the same one for three or four consecutive tea parties.

Another thing I noticed with these fourth topics is that they don’t always have the same response choices, making it very difficult to pin down which is the correct choice each time.

The most difficult thing, though, is figuring out which conversation topic is the “correct” one in a given set of topics. Mostly, they correspond to the other person’s personality, but it’s often subtle.

For instance, Linhardt hates the dining hall food, so he’s not interested in talking about it. Hanneman hates cooking for himself, so he is interested in the dining hall food because he doesn’t have to make it.

Unless you’re keeping notes about everyone’s varied interests, it’s difficult to know for sure which choice is right, let alone choose it in less than 15 seconds.

What follows is something to make that easier. We’ve gathered everyone’s favorite teas and a comprehensive list of the correct conversation topics.

All Black Eagles Tea Time Responses

We've listed each character, followed by their favorite tea, the correct conversation topics, and then the potential fourth conversation point and the correct responses for each.

Edelgard
  • Favorite tea:
    •  Bergamot
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • The existence of Crests
    • A strong battalion
    • Tell me about yourself
    • I heard some gossip
    • A word of advice
    • A new gambit
    • Hopes for your future
    • Thanks for everything
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • I’m counting on you
    • The opera
    • The ideal professor
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • Our first meeting
    • Close calls
    • Dreaming of lazy days
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Things that bother you
    • The last battle
    • The view from the bridge
    • Monastery rules
    • Monastery security
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • Cats
    • Capable comrades
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Your ambitions
    • You seem different
    • Things you find romantic
    • School days
    • School uniforms
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Favorite sweets
    • Past laughs
    • Evaluating allies
    • Plans for the future
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Not born to Hresvelg: Laugh, Praise
    • Upsets Hubert: Nod, Laugh
    • Relaxation: Sip Tea, Blush
    • Calm: Disagree, Sigh, Sip Tea
Hubert
  • Favorite tea:
    • Dagda Fruit, Cinnamon Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Monastery security
    • Monastery rules
    • Your ambitions
    • Working together
    • Close calls
    • Evaluating allies
    • Fodlan’s future
    • Successful plots
    • A new gambit
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Guessing someone’s age
    • I’m counting on you
    • Reliable allies
    • Someone you look up to
    • Mighty weapons
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • The library’s collection
    • Someone you look up to
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Head of House Vestra: Commend, Praise
    • Not a waste of time: Sigh, Sip Tea
    • Bored and depressed: Disagree, Admonish, Praise
    • Precognition: Disagree, Sip Tea
    • Eternal gratitude: Nod, Blush
Petra
  • Favorite tea:
    • Four-Spice Blend, Ginger Tea
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Swimming in the ocean
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Heart-racing memories
    • Potential training partners
    • Thanks for everything
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Likeable allies
    • Close calls
    • Someone you look up to
    • A new gambit
    • A dinner invitation
    • The last battle
    • Hopes for your future
    • Tell me about yourself
    • The ideal relationship
    • A word of advice
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • A strong battalion
    • The library’s collection
    • Monastery rules
    • Monastery mysteries
    • Mighty weapons
    • Capable comrades
    • Cats
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • The view from the bridge
    • Evaluating allies
    • Fodlan’s future
    • School days
    • You’re doing great work
    • Working together
    • You seem different
    • Fashion
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Past laughs
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Shareable snacks
    • Your ambitions
    • Working hours for guards
    • Things you find romantic
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • The ocean is far…: Sigh, Praise
    • Show you Brigid: Nod, Blush
    • Great pleasure: Sip Tea, Blush
    • In Enbarr…: Sigh, Praise
    • Much sleep: Laugh, Admonish
Linhardt
  • Favorite tea:
    • Almyran Pine Needles, Angelica Tea
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • A dinner invitation
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Monastery mysteries
    • I heard some gossip
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • The existence of Crests
    • The library’s collection
    • Past laughs
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Capable comrades
    • Cats
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Things that bother you
    • Books you’ve ready recently
    • Thanks for everything
    • The art of napping
    • The view from the bridge
    • Working hours for guards
    • Plans for the future
    • Our first meeting
    • Past laughs
    • Tell me about yourself
    • A word of advice
    • Favorite sweets
    • Strange fish in the pond
    • Gardening mishaps
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Wake me if I fall asleep: Admonish, Sip Tea
    • Crest’s power: Admonish, Chat
    • Librarian job: Nod, Praise
    • Crest of Flames: Commend
    • Relics and Crests: Nod, Commend, Chat
Bernadetta
  • Favorite teas:
    • Albinean Berry Blend
    • Honeyed Fruit Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • A word of advice
    • I’m counting on you
    • Thanks for everything
    • The ideal relationship
    • The last battle
    • Our first meeting
    • Likeable allies
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Children at the market
    • Cats
    • Close calls
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • The library’s collection
    • Past laughs
    • Insectivorous plants
    • I heard some gossip
    • The courtyard couple
    • The view from the bridge
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Plans for the future
    • You seem different
    • You seem well
    • You’re doing great work
    • Things that bother you
    • Perfect recipes
    • Things you find romantic
    • Cute monks
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Fashion
    • School days
    • School uniforms
    • Favorite sweets
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Shareable snacks
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Mom’s a genius: Laugh, Commend
    • Spoiling me: Admonish, Praise
    • Sewing kit: Nod
    • Recluses together: Laugh, Chat
    • Greenhouse: Nod
    • Going to be punished: Admonish
    • Eavesdropping: Nod, Praise
Dorothea
  • Favorite teas:
    • Sweet Apple Blend
    • Albinean Berry Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • The opera
    • Things that bother you
    • Past laughs
    • I heard some gossip
    • A new gambit
    • A dinner invitation
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Likeable allies
    • Cute monks
    • Close calls
    • Dining partners
    • Dreamy knights
    • Monastery rules
    • I’m counting on you
    • The courtyard couple
    • The melody of words
    • Our first meeting
    • First crushes
    • Books you’ve read recently
    • The ideal relationship
    • Fashion
    • School uniforms
    • You seem well
    • You seem different
    • Things you find romantic
    • Working together
    • You’re doing great work
    • Someone you look up to
    • Heart-racing memories
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Evaluating allies
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Plans for the future
    • School days
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • Potential training partners
    • Working hours for guards
    • Hopes for your future
    • Strange fish in the pond
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Noble pilgrimage: Disagree, Sip Tea
    • Open-minded professor: Laugh, Sip Tea, Blush
    • Stronger attraction: Nod, Chat
    • Vain men: Laugh, Chat, Sip Tea
Caspar
  • Favorite tea:
    •  Ginger
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Gardening mishaps
    • A dinner invitation
    • Someone you look up to
    • Hopes for your future
    • The last battle
    • A new gambit
    • A place you’d like to visit
    • Cats
    • Children at the market
    • I’m counting on you
    • Tell me about yourself
    • Thanks for everything
    • A strong battalion
    • Mighty weapons
    • Our first meeting
    • The view from the bridge
    • Things that bother you
    • Working hours for guards
    • Overcoming weaknesses
    • Working together
    • Past laughs
    • Perfect recipes
    • Close calls
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • A word of advice
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Plans for the future
    • Your ambitions
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Shareable snacks
    • Exploring the monastery
    • Food in the dining hall
    • You’re doing great work
    • Dreamy knights
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Potential training partners
    • You seem well
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • I feel stuck: Praise
    • What is Justice? Commend, Chat
    • Getting hungry: Laugh, Sigh
    • Beat you: Disagree, Blush
    • Hard work: Commend, Praise
    • Count on you: Nod, Laugh, Blush
Ferdinand
  • Favorite teas:
    • Almyran Pine Needles
    • Seiros Tea
    • Southern Fruit Blend
  • Correct conversation topics:
    • Food in the dining hall
    • Thanks for everything
    • The existence of Crests
    • A dinner invitation
    • Tell me about yourself
    • A strong battalion
    • Heart-racing memories
    • Hopes for your future
    • Gifts you’d like to receive
    • The ideal professor
    • Children at the market
    • Classes you might enjoy
    • I’m counting on you
    • I heard some gossip
    • The last battle
    • Close calls
    • Capable comrades
    • The meaning of nobility
    • The ideal relationship
    • A word of advice
    • Hopes for your future
    • Past laughs
    • Potential training partners
    • You seem well
    • You seem different
    • Equipment upkeep
    • Evaluating allies
    • Dining partners
    • Cute monks
    • Likeable allies
    • Things you find romantic
    • The opera
    • Cooking mishaps
    • Dreamy knights
    • Working together
    • Things that bother you
    • Plans for the future
    • Monastery rules
    • Mighty weapons
    • Relaxing at the sauna
    • Exploring the monastery
    • First crushes
    • School uniforms
    • Your ambitions
    • You’re doing great work
    • Someone you look up to
    • School days
    • Fodlan’s future
  • Fourth conversation point and correct responses:
    • Loved riding horses: Disagree, Blush
    • Making people comfortable: Disagree, Blush
    • Nobles and commoners in love: Nod, Commend, Chat
    • True noble: Sigh, Praise, Chat
    • Treat everyone the same: Commend, Praise, Blush
    • Versatile: Laugh, Disagree, Praise
    • Sword of Creator: Chat, Nod
    • Remember me: Sip Tea, Blush

---

That's it for the Black Eagles tea time answers guide. If you're looking for the right topics for other Houses, check out our tea time guides on the Blue Lions, Golden Deer, and Church of Seiros, as well as our other Three Houses guides.

]]>
The 10 Best Minecraft 1.14 Shaders 2019 https://www.gameskinny.com/7mnar/the-10-best-minecraft-114-shaders-2019 https://www.gameskinny.com/7mnar/the-10-best-minecraft-114-shaders-2019 Wed, 14 Aug 2019 11:02:43 -0400 Jason Coles

We've put together this list of the best Minecraft 1.14 shaders for a good reason. Minecraft has a lot going for it; replayability, constant updates, cute farm animals, and the novel concept of being able to build and own your own house.

One of the other things that really helps the game stay so popular are the mods and shaders that breathe new life into the game on a nearly constant basis. While mods are good for those who like to mess around with different gameplay elements, many players just want to give Minecraft a new lick of paint.

That's why we've put together this list, especially in lieu of the news that the Super Duper Graphics update is no more

How to install Minecraft shaders

Right, first up: head over to this page and download the most recent version of Optifine. Once that's done, you'll need to install it, so open it up and run the file.

Once that's done, you need to actually download the shaders. We'll post a link to each of them below, but once they're downloaded, head to: C:\Users\[AccountName]\AppData\Roaming\.minecraft\shaderpacks

Drop the compressed ZIP file for the shader pack in that folder and you'll be able to load it up in the Video Settings in the game itself. Easy stuff. Now then, onto the shaders themselves. 

Sildur's Shaders

Beautiful Minecraft landscape using shaders.

This shaders pack is possibly one of the best around.

One of the reasons is that there are multiple different versions to test out, each of which requires more or less power. This means that you can even run it on a lower-end PC, which is a great option to have.

There's also a lot of customization available here, so your version of the world might look very different from someone else's. 

You can download it here

BSL Shaders

If what you're after is sheer, overwhelming beauty, then this is probably the shader for you.

It does a wonderful job of changing the game's lighting, adding amazing reflections, and even changing the clouds to look like you could take a bite out of them. 

So pretty. 

You can download it here. 

Naelego's Cel Shaders

 

I'm a stickler for cel-shading in games. It turns games into magical cartoon worlds that look as good now as they did 15 years ago.

It's no surprise then, that this is one of my personal favorites. It's stunning to look at, and you should check it out, especially if you're a fan of the Borderlands series or TellTale games. 

You can download it here. 

Chocpaic13's Shaders

This is another beautiful shader, but one that won't push your PC too hard. It's a good balance between the overpowered ones available and the more normal ones, especially looking to some of the subtle shades. It's also a popular one because of that.

While this shader is still very pretty, it comes without some of the higher-end changes of the other shaders. 

You can download it here. 

KUDA Shaders

This pack was in development for a long time before release. As a result, it manages to be one of the most impressive when it comes to lighting effects. It's also incredibly stable.

This shader pack is a great choice for those who want to watch the sun as it rises over the horizon. 

You can download it here. 

Sonic Ether's Unbelievable Shaders

If there was a single shader that could be called synonymous, it would probably be this one. With a huge slew of additions and changes including lifelike plant-life, stunning water, and terrifying nights, this is one of the best packs around.

It's just stunning. Plus, the lighting effects are some of the best around. 

You can download it here. 

Jelly World Shaders

Honestly, this is only a pack for those who have strong stomachs, but it's an interesting effect.

With this shader, the entire world wibbles and wobbles like jelly on a plate, and it gives the entire game a supremely strange feeling.

If you can hold your food down, you'll have a great time. Otherwise, it may be a bit too much. 

You can download it here. 

Acid Shaders

Another strange one, this pack turns the game into a runaway rollercoaster. Your eyes will be assaulted by a never-ending stream of strangeness, but it could be a lot of fun if you fancy something a bit different.

Maybe use it while listening to Tool. 

You can download it here. 

Vanilla Plus Shaders

If the idea of changing things so much puts you off, then this might the one for you. It is full of subtle tweaks that make Minecraft look like the game you remember, rather than the game it actually is.

It lacks the bravado of the other shaders on this list, but it has a bit more heart. 

You can download it here. 

Beyond Belief Shaders

This shader does one thing better than any other on this list, and that one thing is water.

If you're one of the many players who love a bit of the wet stuff, then you'll find none more suited to you. It makes the game's water look almost real, and it's a truly astounding thing to witness. 

You can download it here. 

Continuum Shaders

A port in Minecraft using Contiuum Shaders.

This is a perfect shader pack for those who like taking a good photo, but it will let you down if you're after a really smooth experience.

It's probably the best-looking one in the business, but the jitters and jumps you'll experience while using it could well put you off entirely. 

You can download it here. 

---

That's it for our list of the best 1.14 Minecraft shaders for 2019. However, there are loads out there. The modding scene in Minecraft is monumental, and you'd do very well to check out this article on them.

And if you're looking for Minecraft seeds, be sure to head over to this huge, growing list and check out some of our more recent entries below: 

]]>
Which House to Pick in Fire Emblem: Three Houses https://www.gameskinny.com/sjk3k/which-house-to-pick-in-fire-emblem-three-houses https://www.gameskinny.com/sjk3k/which-house-to-pick-in-fire-emblem-three-houses Mon, 12 Aug 2019 12:51:40 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Fire Emblem: Three Houses tasks you with choosing one of the three titular houses very early in the game. Your choice has a huge impact on how you experience the game and its story — one house even has a secret branching path that leads to a fourth storyline — along with which characters will be your friends and foes.

Needless to say, there's a bit of pressure to make the right choice. The thing is, there isn't necessarily a right choice; though not all the stories are presented equally, so it's easy to say just pick whichever one you want.

But this is Fire Emblem, so personal interest isn't the only thing involved. That's why we've put together this handy guide outlining the advantages and potential disadvantages of each House based on the major areas your House choice affects.

Some Preliminary Points

The story is roughly the same for the game's first part, regardless of which House you choose. However, that changes in a big way after Chapter 10.

Some have likened the three major branching routes in Three Houses to Shin Megami Tensei's chaos, law, and neutral routes, and it's a reasonable comparison to make based on each House leader's motivations plus their relationship to other nations and the Church of Seiros.

Note some minor story spoilers will follow below for each house.

While you can recruit characters from other Houses if you meet certain requirements, it takes time and concentrated effort. Also, some characters can join your party regardless of which path you choose, like Alois, Shamir, Cyril and Catherine.

Still, you'll be sticking with your original House for a good deal of the game, so it's worth choosing the ones you think are most interesting or have the best potential for your playstyle.

Golden Deer

Characters

The Golden Deer house has Claude as its leader and draws its students from the Leicester Alliance. The Alliance is a newcomer to Fodlan's political stage, having broken off from the Holy Kingdom of Faerghus in the recent past and eschewed monarchs in favor of an aristocratic council.

Since its social structure isn't quite as rigid as the other two regions of Fodlan, Golden Deer has a decent mix of commoners and nobility. It's basically the ragtag bunch, with a wide range of personalities and backgrounds represented, and that's not a bad thing.

For one, it lends to some lively support conversations, where seemingly mismatched characters learn to understand people completely different from themselves and grapple with the Alliance's manifold political difficulties.

For another, it makes Golden Deer the perfect House to experiment with Three Houses' open class system. This is the path to choose for those familiar with Fire Emblem's usual mechanics who want to break out and experiment with something different.

Despite the promotional materials making Golden Deer out to be full of archers, the characters are all fairly versatile, with just a couple of exceptions.

Here are some standouts from the Golden Deer.

Hilda

Hilda is one of the better adjutants in the game. She has high Strength and Speed growth rates, with decent Dexterity and Defense as well, meaning she's pretty much suited to any class. She's also one of the only characters you can make a speedy Armored Knight out of, which fits well with her Budding Talent in Heavy Armor.

Like all physical characters, Hilda's resistance isn't the greatest, though she can take a few hits from magic users. Whatever class you choose, don't neglect her Brawl skills, because her natural speed and the Gauntlet weapons' higher attack speed mean you'll frequently land more than one attack.

Lysithea

Lysithea is the game's strongest magic user. She has the highest Speed and Magic rates and can learn dark magic, black magic, and white magic. Being female, she can't be a Dark Mage; but after the Intermediate level, that's not really a problem anyway.

Unlike Dorothea, Lysithea has a natural affinity with Faith, which makes her versatile as an offensive and defensive magic user (like Marianne, but with higher magic). That's good, since she learns Seraphim as a white magic spell, a highly useful attack effective against monsters.

Stick the Fiendish Blow skill on her, keep her out of direct combat, and watch the sparks fly.

Lorenz

Lorenz might not be quite as astounding as Lysithea and Hilda, but he's a useful character nonetheless. What makes him stand out most is his growth stats, with HP, Strength, Magic, and Speed all growing at a good rate. Like Hilda, it means he's a useful unit in almost any class.

If you need another offensive magic user, though, stick Lorenz on the Monk and Mage path; otherwise, you don't get to use any magic at all, and his Magic growth might not be quite so good. As a Monk, he can still use regular weapons as well as magic, plus there's no penalty for the Strength stat.

Additionally, while the game and Lorenz's own instruction requests lean towards making him a Cavalier then Dark Knight, it's not advisable to make him just a Cavalier at the Intermediate level, else he'll lose out on his naturally higher Speed growth.

Story

Going with the chaos, law, and neutral motif, the Golden Deer path is the neutral option. Claude and the Leicester Alliance aren't caught up in the Church's politics like the Adrestian Empire and Holy Kingdom are. Claude himself is quite willing to uncover the Church's darker side in a bid to achieve his own agenda, which itself is a bit on the murky side.

That's because neutral isn't "good" or bad; neutral doesn't seek to upend the status quo, nor does it try to uphold it.

If you want a balanced overview of what's going on in Fodlan, with a slant towards the outsider's viewpoint, then Golden Deer is for you. It lays a good foundation for seeing the other, more extreme options in a New Game+ campaign as well.

Blue Lions

Characters

The Blue Lions House is connected to the Holy Kingdom of Faerghus, a relatively new nation in Fodlan. It was once part of the Adrestian Empire, but rebelled and achieved its independence thanks in part to assistance from the Church of Seiros.

As one would expect from a country with a shaky claim to independence, its nobility and legitimacy to rule play an important role, though it's not quite so aristocrat heavy as the Black Eagles house.

In fact, Blue Lions is more your traditional Fire Emblem setup in several ways, not least because of how it deals with character builds.

It's a great choice for series newcomers or those who don't want to dive into the class system's intricacies right away. Blue Lions' students all fit a definite role, with Dedue being your ready-made Armored Knight, Sylvain's stats and strengths fitting the Cavalier role perfectly, and so on.

While they can deviate from that role should you so desire, it's fine to sit back and let them follow their established paths as well.

That doesn't mean some characters don't stand out, though.

Ingrid

Ingrid is definitely made for the Pegasus Knight class and beyond, with her high Speed and aptitude for Flying. However, she's a bit of a rarity among Pegasus Knights in Fire Emblem who aren't named Catria. She combines Florina's and Farina's higher Strength growth rates with Vanessa's better defense, topped off with a very good HP growth rate and good Luck.

Now, none of these are astoundingly high. However, the base Strength value and 35% chance of increasing every level, combined with high Speed, mean Ingrid can deal a lot of damage to most foes. The Pegasus Knight's dismount feature this time around also means she isn't automatically vulnerable to archers either.

Yet her Defense rate is decent enough to where you could put Ingrid in any class, and her Strength and Speed could help her clear the field regardless of what role she's in.

Felix

Felix is one of the strongest units in the Blue Lions house. He has naturally high Strength and Speed, with decent Defense, good Luck, and sound Dexterity. His skill strengths mean he's suited for almost any physical weapon type, and even if Felix naturally favors Swords, his high Speed and Dexterity mean he'd be one of the game's more capable Axe users as well.

Many players build him into a Swordmaster, though, and that's not a bad route to take either. Swordmasters in Fire Emblem are notorious for being speedy more than strong, with lower defense rates holding that speed back as well.

Not so for Felix, which means he'd also do well as a Thief and Assassin, two other classes whose effectiveness is typically held back by lower stats elsewhere. His Defense is still on the lower side, but even though he might not be able to hold a line entirely by himself, he's still an invaluable unit to have.

Story

The Blue Lions is the law or status quo option, hence the blue color and emphasis on personal virtue.

It focuses on a specific noble (Dimitri) and his attempt to find the cause behind a tragedy that befell his house and land. That quest involves fending off threats to both crown and country with the help of fellow nobles and some commoners as well.

It's an intense and personal story. The darkness in Dimitri hinted at first thing in the game comes out strong, though it's not all there is to the northern prince.

Because Faerghus centers around Dimitri as its sole legitimate ruler, the story itself is also Dimitri-centric. It has various points where characters leave and come back later, and it doesn't necessarily explain the most about what's going on in Fodlan.

However, if you go into it knowing there's more than what you see in just this path, it shouldn't be an issue.

The Black Eagles

Characters

The Black Eagles House is the epitome of nobility, if only in name and heritage. Every character is from a high-ranking noble house in the Adrestian Empire, except Dorothea — but, being an internationally famous opera diva, even she isn't your average commoner.

They aren't all stodgy, though. Support conversations center around a variety of topics, from the politics of an ancient superpower to deep-rooted family discord and beyond.

The Black Eagles is presented as the mage House, which is pretty much true for the most part. Hubert, Dorothea, and Linhardt are all built as mages, which can hamper your team building thanks to that role's glaring weaknesses of low defense and not much strength.

It's another reason why Black Eagles wouldn't be a great first choice, at least for a newcomer. There are other characters who pick up the slack, but it offers a bit more of a challenge than the other two routes since those like Caspar, Bernadetta, and Ferdinand aren't shining examples of their respective strengths.

There are a couple of characters that help mitigate that challenge, though.

Petra

Aside from Edelgard, Petra is the star of Black Eagles. Her Strength, Dexterity, and Speed are all high, and Defense is average, all of which means Petra is yet another unit who could fit in almost any class.

High speed counters the Cavalier and Armored Knight's speed penalties and can help maximize Petra's naturally high Strength growth. That better Strength and Dexterity mean when she attacks, it's more than likely going to hit and do a lot of damage, so she's also a good fit for the Assassin and Swordmaster classes.

Black Eagles is short on ranged physical attackers with good strength, so putting a bow on Petra is a good idea too.

If you don't choose Black Eagles, it's still worthwhile to try and recruit Petra anyway.

Linhardt

Of all the mages in the game, Linhardt is one of the most well-rounded. He doesn't have the highest Magic or Speed rates; Hubert and Lysithea outrank him there. But he does have the highest Defense of the mage-type characters, good Dexterity, and good Luck.

The game naturally pushes him towards the Priest class, but you want him as a Mage (even a Dark Mage at the Intermediate level, if you can get your hands on a Dark Seal) to help increase his damage output. Because he has higher defense, he won't be as susceptible to dying after one attack like Dorothea, Hubert, and Lysithea are, which is a very useful trade-off for a slightly lower Magic growth rate.

Put Faith as a weekly goal, and you're on the track to a versatile and sturdy Gremory later in the game or even a Holy Knight if you want to shake things up.

Story

The Black Eagles get the most attention in Three Houses. They feature in all the promotional materials; the in-game tutorials show Black Eagles members; and Edelgard is the most popular character from the game.

There's a pretty good reason for pushing Black Eagles so much, and it's to do with how the story evolves on that route. Be aware there are some spoilers about Black Eagles here.

Edelgard is the chaos choice. Her goal is to re-shape society, taking the focus off the importance of Crests in determining who has power and ultimately defying the Church of Seiros and basically anyone else who might stand in her way.

You get to choose whether you want to side with Edelgard or the Church — sort of.

In Chapter 11, Throne of Knowledge, you have the option to speak with Edelgard. If you do, she asks you to accompany her to the Adrestian Empire's capitol of Enbarr. Say yes, and you start along the Black Eagles' branching story path, Crimson Flower.

Say no or don't talk to her at all during this chapter, and you automatically take the Silver Snow route for Part Two of the game.

If you do accompany Edelgard, you'll have another choice during the chapter's main mission, where you must decide whether to side with or against her. Siding with unlocks the Crimson Flower route, while siding against puts you on the Silver Snow route.

The Silver Snow route automatically gets Church-affiliated characters on your team, including Flayn, Seteth, and Catherine. Since the Crimson Flower route is opposed to the Church, these characters won't join you if you go down that path.

Three Houses doesn't have a true ending, but given Edelgard's role in the story regardless of which House you choose, it's no secret you get a completely different perspective if you go down the Crimson Flower route.

For that reason, it might be best to choose Black Eagles as your second or third playthrough, so you have at least one other perspective on how things unfold.

To avoid playing through Part One again, it's be a good idea to make two save files when you start Chapter 11, so after finishing one route, you can start back at the branch again later.

---

Which House you choose will definitely affect how you approach the game's various challenges, so it's worth considering what you want before deciding on your allegiance. It's also highly recommended to play through the game at least twice to see a wider view of the drama engulfing Fodlan.

Once you've chosen your ideal House and are ready for war, check out our other Fire Emblem Three Houses guides to help you survive for the long haul.

]]>
Best Properties to Buy in GTA Online https://www.gameskinny.com/fx2bz/best-properties-to-buy-in-gta-online https://www.gameskinny.com/fx2bz/best-properties-to-buy-in-gta-online Fri, 09 Aug 2019 10:53:40 -0400 Sergey_3847

At one point or another, every GTA Online player faces the same dilemma: where to invest their money to make even more money. The assortment of available options is huge and there are plenty of properties to choose from.

The best types of properties are obviously the ones that make you a lot of money without too much work. The less time you invest in these types of businesses and the more money you make is the optimal tactic.

Below, you will find a short list of properties that serve that purpose. Some of these properties are so profitable that you'll be able to make hundreds of millions of dollars in just a couple of in-game months.

MC Businesses

This type of property is available after purchasing a Motorcycle Clubhouse (MC) from the Maze Bank Foreclosures website. To operate on an illegal market, you also need to be the president of a Clubhouse, so keep that in mind

Eventually, you can buy forgery offices, counterfeit cash factories, weed farms, methamphetamine labs, and cocaine lockups from the Open Road website.

Two of the best MC properties are the cocaine lockup at Morningwood and the meth lab at El Burro Heights. Both of these properties will bring you millions of dollars in cash every day.

Bunkers

Another extremely profitable property in GTA Online is the underground bunker. It is where you can run illegal arms trafficking operations, which bring in millions of dollars in cash on a regular basis.

You do not need to be an MC president to buy a bunker. However, you need to either be the CEO of an organization or be a VIP member. 

Although you can only have one bunker at a time, you can purchase a bunker at the Maze Bank Foreclosures website. The two best bunkers are the Smoke Tree Road Bunker and Thomson Scrapyard at Grand Senora Desert.

Nightclubs

Buying a nightclub is the best way to make passive income. First of all, it's a totally legal business and doesn't require much investment, and second, it requires absolutely no work outside of the actual purchase.

You can buy any club you want and simply let it bring in the cash. A nightclub will not be profitable from the very beginning, but it will begin to bring in cash after about a month, so be patient.

It is very important to find the right location for your club, however, and the two best nightclubs in GTA Online are Downtown Vinewood and Del Perro.

Vehicle Warehouses

If you're a new player looking to purchase an inexpensive property, then look no further than a vehicle warehouse. All you need to do is find cheap cars, mod them, and deliver them to the buyer.

Warehouses are also an excellent way to make money, especially if you like driving in GTA Online.

There are nine types of vehicle warehouses in the game, and you can buy any one of them. They are all pretty much the same and can fit up to 40 stolen cars each. Just don't buy the La Mesa warehouse, as it is located in a very dangerous area and is prone to gang attacks.

Hangars

If you enjoyed making money with vehicle warehouses, then up your game and start using selling aircraft and delivering by purchasing a hangar.

One of the distinct features of buying a hangar is that it spawns certain types of aircraft depending on its location. Therefore, the best hangar in GTA Online right now is Fort Zancudo. It not only spawns great planes, but it also allows you to fly into the base without incurring a wanted level.

You can also customize aircraft to your liking and make your business grow on a daily basis.

---

These are the best properties to buy in GTA Online. For more GTA Online guides, see the list below:

]]>
What is Sleeve Temp in Madden NFL 20? https://www.gameskinny.com/bc2qr/what-is-sleeve-temp-in-madden-nfl-20 https://www.gameskinny.com/bc2qr/what-is-sleeve-temp-in-madden-nfl-20 Thu, 08 Aug 2019 21:30:55 -0400 Jonathan Moore

As expected, Madden 20 introduces a few new wrinkles to the yearly franchise. With the inclusion of some new equipment, sleeve temp is one of those additions. 

But what does it mean? 

When you create a player or create your own roster, you can edit the look of individual players. You can edit equipment like a player's facemask, eye black, flack jacket, and more.

Sleeve temp is the ninth option down the list, and it signifies how likely it is a player wears long sleeves

You can increase the value from zero to 100 in increments of five. A value of 100 means a player will always wear sleeves, no matter how hot. A value of zero means a player will never wear sleeves, no matter how cold. 

To edit a player's appearance, rating, attributes, and more go to the "Customize" menu, which can be found to the right of Face of the Franchise in the main menu. Then choose: 

  • Manage rosters
  • Manage players
  • Select the player from the roster
  • Edit player
  • Choose the category from the top menu bar

Sleeve temp is a purely cosmetic addition to the game, but one that some players very much welcome as small, but immersive detail. Previously, sleeve temp was not shown to players while editing players, although it was a value found in the game's code and used by the game in cold weather situations. 

That's all you need to know about sleeve temp in Madden 20. Be sure to head over to our Madden NFL 20 guides hub for more. 

]]>
No Sessions Found Fix for ARK: Survival Evolved https://www.gameskinny.com/68s10/no-sessions-found-fix-for-ark-survival-evolved https://www.gameskinny.com/68s10/no-sessions-found-fix-for-ark-survival-evolved Thu, 08 Aug 2019 10:34:02 -0400 Sergey_3847

The fact is that any game that offers custom servers can have problems connecting people. But the "No Sessions Found" error in ARK: Survival Evolved doesn't even let players see the list of servers to choose from.

This bug has been detected on PC and PS4, so if you're one of those players who regularly gets an empty window in the session list, we have a possible fix in our step-by-step guide below.

Fix 1: For PC Users

The "No Sessions Found" error on PC can be caused by several things, so let's take a look at them all.

First of all, you can get the empty session list because of low ping, which can be adjusted in your Steam menu:

  1. Open Steam client
  2. Go to View in the top menu
  3. Select Settings option
  4. Click on In-Game tab
  5. Set Max Ping to 250

If that doesn't help, then you can manually pick a server through a Steam client:

  1. Select ARK: Survival Evolved in Steam Game Library
  2. Go to View top menu
  3. Select Servers option
  4. Click on the internet tab

You will see all ARK servers listed in the Steam window. Just choose any one you like by double-clicking it.

Lastly, if neither of the two methods helped you, then you need to reset your network settings:

  1. Go to Start menu in Windows 10
  2. Type CMD in Search
  3. Right-click Command Prompt
  4. Select Run as Administrator
  5. In the CMD window type: netsh winsock reset
  6. Press Enter
  7. Restart your PC

Fix 2: For PS4 Users

Many PS4 users have been reporting that they can't find sessions of the PC servers, while all other servers are showing just fine.

The solution, thankfully, is really simple, and all you need to do is find a friend with a PC who would be able to send you an invitation through ARK's server list.

As a result, you will see all PC sessions in your PS4 version of ARK: Survival Evolved.

---

For more ARK: Survival Evolved guides, check out the list below:

]]>
How To Fix Twitch PS4 Error 0495ba16 (The Easy Way!) https://www.gameskinny.com/56hy8/how-to-fix-twitch-ps4-error-0495ba16-the-easy-way https://www.gameskinny.com/56hy8/how-to-fix-twitch-ps4-error-0495ba16-the-easy-way Wed, 07 Aug 2019 14:43:40 -0400 Ty Arthur

Twitch may be the current undisputed king of game streaming, but that doesn't mean its always the best or most stable platform. The 0495ba16 Twitch PS4 error has been plaguing Sony fans for months, and there's no indication it's going to be resolved by a patch anytime soon.

The error code hasn't been officially acknowledged by Twitch at this point, with very little help incoming even if you contact their support directly. Appearing with an update a few months back, this obnoxious error code has caused major headaches for existing Twitch app users.

While it can occasionally be solved by logging out and back in, many players are finding they can no longer successfully sign into Twitch at all. Uninstalling and re-installing the app typically doesn't help either.

There are two solutions we've found so far -- one fairly simple, and the other a bit more time consuming.

How To Resolve Twitch Error 0495ba16

This first option isn't a true "fix" but rather a workaround to whatever is causing the problem on the PS4 but not other platforms -- you can overwhelm the software and force a successful sign in by spamming the sign in option.

Just hold the left thumbstick upward and continuously tap X to spam the sign in button for 60 - 120 seconds and you'll typically get in without any further issues.

Unfortunately, you'll have to do this again every single time the app closes.

Not stoked about that prospect?  There is a full fix so you don't have to go through that annoying process, but its more in-depth and requires unlinking your Twitch account from your PS4.

To get this process started, head to the PS4 home screen and go through this series of menus:

  • Settings
  • Sharing and Broadcast
  • Link With Other Services
  • Link Your Account With Twitch
  • Sign Out

After signing out of Twitch on your console, switch over to a separate device like your PC or tablet (not on the PS4 browser) and head to the Twitch website.

From there, click the icon for your avatar in the top-right corner, then choose Settings and navigate to the Connections tab. Go through the process of linking your Twitch account to the PS4 again just like you did when first installing the app.

In most cases, the problem should now be solved, although the error code may occur again in the future and require unlinking and re-linking yet again.

Still having problems after going through these troubleshooting steps? Head over to the PlayStation support page and file a ticket to get in touch with a support specialist via email for further troubleshooting of the PS4 Twitch error problem.

Have you found any other workarounds or solutions to the 0495ba16 Twitch PS4 error? Let us know what worked for you and we'll add your method to this article!

]]>
Madden NFL 20 Guide: How To Break Tackles for More Yards After Contact https://www.gameskinny.com/q8eyx/madden-nfl-20-guide-how-to-break-tackles-for-more-yards-after-contact https://www.gameskinny.com/q8eyx/madden-nfl-20-guide-how-to-break-tackles-for-more-yards-after-contact Wed, 07 Aug 2019 09:47:12 -0400 Mark Delaney

Whether they're playing in Franchise mode or against others online, Madden 20 signal-callers are playing to win. And to win, they need to know the fundamentals of the game, such as how to break tackles. 

In order to come out on top, there's a lot you need to know how to do, which is why we've got plenty of Madden NFL guides waiting to school you, such as:

In today's lesson, we'll be going over how to break tackles in Madden 20. Mastering the move once specialized by Marshawn Lynch in the emerald city can be the difference between a six-yard pick-up and a sideline dash to the endzone. 

The Most Effective Ways to Break a Tackle

Simply put, there are two main ways to break tackles in Madden NFL 20, and depending on the player you're using and the defenders in your way, you'll want to employ one or the other.

Stiff Arm

The first way to break tackles is to use a stiff arm move:

  • Xbox One: Press "A"
  • PS4: Press "X"

Be mindful of the timing, though, as just like juking and spinning, if you stick that arm out too soon, the defender will almost always break through it to wrap you up. 

What you want to do is get the defender lateral to you as best you can, and then stiff-arm him at the last possible second. If you're having trouble nailing the timing, try practicing in the Skills Trainer, which is found under the Exhibition header in the main menu.

Truck Stick

The other most effective way to break a tackle is to just run someone over with the truck stick. This was added way back in 2006 and unlike many other Madden features, this one has stood the test of time and remains to this day a popular feature of the series.

To truck someone (in other words, charge right through them), you'll again want to make sure you time it just right, only this time get them directly in front of you.

At the last moment before they come in for the tackle, flick the right joystick up. As with all Madden moves, there's a bit of luck involved, or really some instantaneous weighing of probabilities going on in every moment of every game. However, provided you get good odds, you'll likely be serving linebacker or cornerback pancakes on the play.

Stats to Focus On For Effective Shedding

Every single playable athlete in Madden NFL 20 is rated on dozens of different criteria, everything from speed and agility to confidence and personality. But they won't all help you shed defenders and keep on pushing downfield. The major stats you'll want to look for in players are:

  • Strength (STR)
  • Break Tackle (BTK)
  • Trucking (TRK)
  • Stiff Arm (SFA)
Strength

This should be self-explanatory. The stronger someone is, the more likely they are to fall forward or not fall at all and push defenders away like the paparazzi.

Break Tackle

This ability is naturally the most telling stat for this exercise, but it's not the only one that matters. 

Trucking

This is the term used for when a ball carrier bowls over a defender and leaves them like roadkill on Route 66. 

Stiff Arm 

This is exactly that. The higher the stat, the, uh, stiffer the arm.

Best Players to Use to Break Tackles

Now that you know how to break tackles and how vital player stats can be in ending with a successfully broken tackle, it's time to scour the roster to pick out the best players for the job.

But don't worry, we've done that for you. Here are some of our favorite players to break tackles in Madden NFL 20.

Saquon Barkley, RB, New York Giants

In every stat category, Barkley is the pound-for-pound favorite because he mixes force with finesse in a way no one else really does at his position. The only problem is you have to play as the lowly Giants to use him.

Strength: 81

Break Tackle: 97

Trucking: 83

Stiff Arm: 85

Derrick Henry, RB, Tennessee Titans

An underappreciated bruiser, Henry came alive in a big way down the stretch last year and had the Titans in contention in December. That run he went on where he had multiple 200-yard games certainly shows up in his Madden 20 statline.

Strength: 85

Break Tackle: 84

Trucking: 87

Stiff Arm: 92

Todd Gurley III, RB, Los Angeles Rams

Despite his shaky last quarter of the 2018 season, Gurley comes into Madden 20 as the top-ranked halfback on launch day. Time will tell if that rating needs to be drastically adjusted recent efforts say yes but for now, he remains a force to be feared.

Strength: 75

Break Tackle: 96

Trucking: 84

Stiff Arm: 91

Chris Carson, RB, Seattle Seahawks

Gone are the days of Marshawn Lynch's "Beastquake" highlights, but Carson is out to make a name for himself with his similarly punishing running style. Maybe Skittles will reach out for an endorsement deal.

Strength: 82

Break Tackle: 92

Trucking: 87

Stiff Arm: 90

Le'Veon Bell, RB, New York Jets

It's going to take some getting used to seeing Bell in a new jersey, but he's likely well-rested after sitting out all of last season in a protracted contract dispute with his departed Steelers. The Madden Ratings Adjustors clearly expect him to take off like his new team's nickname.

Strength: 77

Break Tackle: 91

Trucking: 90

Stiff Arm: 94

Julio Jones, WR, Atlanta Falcons

It seems like every year a new wideout becomes everyone's favorite, but let's not forget one of the most consistently dominant forces of the 21st century. Jones is a freakish athlete with a halfback-like ability to break tackles. 

Strength: 78

Break Tackle: 89

Trucking: 77

Stiff Arm: 87

There are other great options too, like the Cowboys' chain-mover Ezekiel Elliot and Kareem Hunt, the problematic halfback now on the apparently forgiving Browns.

Remember that you can search by particular stat categories in-game by highlighting the stat you want to filter by and clicking the left face button. That's "X" on Xbox and "Square" on PS4.

Now get back in the game and flatten some cornerbacks. And for more tips and tricks, be sure to check the guides at the top of this article or head over to our Madden 20 guides page for a complete run-down. 

]]>
Age Of Wonders: Planetfall Best Hero Skills Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/rwomz/age-of-wonders-planetfall-best-hero-skills-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/rwomz/age-of-wonders-planetfall-best-hero-skills-guide Tue, 06 Aug 2019 14:18:42 -0400 Ty Arthur

Like its predecessors, the sci-fi 4X Age Of Wonders: Planetfall lets you customize your heroes with a wide range of skills so you can decide how you want to play.

Whether you prefer your heroes to serve as a support role for an army or take center stage as a melee or ranged powerhouse, carefully selecting your skills can mean the difference between defeat and victory.

Obviously, not all skills are going to be as useful as others. Make sure to familiarize yourself with the skill list before you start spending points when leveling up. Below we list all our favorite skills so far for each faction in the game.

Having trouble surviving against the AI or making nice with the NPC factions? Check out our beginner's strategy guide to winning scenarios in Age Of Wonder: Planetfall instead.

Best Planetfall Commander / Hero Skills 

While many of the skills below are objectively better than others, some are more subjective and can vary in importable depending on the situation.

It's important to note that a skill critical in specific campaign maps may be utterly useless in others. If you are on a map with few environmental hazards and enemies that usually don't use negative status effects, then obviously Iron Discipline is just a waste of skill points.

Some skills are also significantly more useful in manual tactical combat rather than auto, while others require extra planning on your part. The skills that boost Integrated units for instance aren't worth anything if you haven't researched and placed a mod on your units to give them the Integrated quality.

For the most part, the skills we've selected below are useful in a broader range of situations.

Vitality 1 / 2 / 3

  • Skill Points: 2 / 4 / 6
  • Required Level: 1 / 1 / 1
  • Faction: Any

For the auto combat fans, you can't go wrong here.

Your heroes will constantly be doing the most damage and using some of the best abilities, so you want them alive as long as possible. Even with a lineup of low tier units, an upgraded hero with more hit points can easily defend a colony or defeat NPC units guarding resource caches.

Field Medicine

  • Skill Points: 4
  • Required Level: 1
  • Faction: Vanguard

Hands down, Field Medicine is one of the best skills in the game, and it should absolutely be your first pick when playing a Vanguard hero. Any unit in the hero's army automatically recovers 6 hit points per turn, keeping them alive much longer while exploring the map.

That doesn't just mean you have combat-ready units even after repeated battles -- it also means you will be spending less energy to produce replacement units. In terms of cost to benefit, Field Medicine is frankly overpowered for a measly 4 skill points.

While its not as user friendly, the similar Amazon skill Renewal is also worth taking if it you went with that faction over the Vanguard. Unfortunately it doesn't get applied automatically every turn, and instead must be used manually in combat to heal a unit, but its worth the effort.

The Assembly faction instead has Battlefield Repairs, which heals eat unit in an army 12 hit points -- but only after completing a battle, which rewards playing aggressively.

Shrouded Step

  • Skill Points: 3
  • Required Level: 4
  • Faction: Kir'ko

Whether you are getting torn up by ranged attacks or have an important melee unit getting flanked, Shrouded Step is sort of a "get out of jail free card".

It lets you get your hero into position for flanking ranged attacks (or teleport them into the middle of a cluster of enemies to distract them from their ranged attacks) and makes it harder for enemies to hit whichever units were close to your hero. Used strategically in manual combat, this can completely shift the tide of battle.

Guiding Presence

  • Skill Points: 8
  • Required Level: 12 
  • Faction: Kir'ko

For manual combat players who have paid attention to the movement and firing ranges of various units, Guiding Presence can be used to soften up or easily take down far away enemy units without them ever getting into range to strike back.

It takes patience and cautious backward movement in short distances to be truly effective -- which obviously isn't going to be the preferred play style for many players -- but those with a mind for tactics can use Guiding Presence to devastating effect. 

Dimensional Feedback

  • Skill Points: 6
  • Required Level:
  • Commander Type: Voidtech 

If you like a tanky melee hero, Dimensional Feedback is absolutely the way to go since they will reflect back half of their damage to any enemy unit. You absolutely want to combine this one with Vitality, Close Quarters Specialist, and Counter Attack to maximize melee damage opportunities.

Call Of The Wild

  • Skill Points: 8
  • Required Level: 12 
  • Faction: Amazon

Any skill that brings additional units onto the battlefield is absolutely worth picking up, because it gives you extra firepower and army survivability for free.

Whether you summon at the beginning to use your wildlife unit as a pin cushion to draw enemy fire or bring them out at the end for a surprise flanking attack, you can't go wrong here.

Juggernaut

  • Skill Points: 2
  • Required Level: 1 
  • Faction: Dvar

Do you have a total lack of subtlety and don't like dealing with ranged combat at all? Juggernaut is for you, although it's hyper useful in some instances and totally useless in others

When attacking a location that has a lot of obstacles -- like walls, lava rivulets, or other obstacles that funnel units into a specific path -- Juggernaut lets you decide the course of battle so you can get your units where you need them with minimal fuss.

Spore Feeding

  • Skill Points: 4
  • Required Level: 6
  • Commander Type: Xenoplague

If you get a xenoplague commander, this skill rewards aggressive manual combat. If you keep your units close to the enemy (and preferably flanking) you can remain at full health regularly so there's less need to spend energy on replacement units.

Deploy Cerebral Control Colors

  • Skill Points: 6
  • Required Level: 
  • Faction: Syndicate

The equivalent of the Charm skill from Age of Wonders III, Deploy Cerebral Control Colors is a must-have for Syndicate missions as there are far fewer options to mind control enemies in Planetfall

If the skill is successful, you get to keep the unit after battle, which means you can readily acquire new units for free. Unlike Charm however, it remains useful even if it fails, since it puts the unit out of commission for a round.

Reassemble

  • Skill Points: 5
  • Required Level: 
  • Faction: Assembly

The ultimate in healing abilities, this nifty little skill should be picked up by any Assembly hero as soon as you hit level 8. 

While it only works on ground targets and not flying units, it gives you ultimate flexibility near the end of a combat to either massively heal a high tier damaged unit, or bring a dead unit back to life so you don't need to build another one later.

---

These are our top picks for the best Planetfall commander skills, but obviously there are many other possible options depending on your faction and commander type. 

What are your favorite Age Of Wonders: Planetfall skills and did we miss any great combos that should be added to the list? Let us know in the comments section below!

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses Recommended Class Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/f39ee/fire-emblem-three-houses-recommended-class-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/f39ee/fire-emblem-three-houses-recommended-class-guide Tue, 06 Aug 2019 11:52:50 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Fire Emblem: Three Houses leaves you with an incredible amount of freedom when choosing what classes your units will advance to. It's true that each class has its own benefit and can find a spot to fill in any roster, depending on the setup.

However, there are some classes that rise above others in Three Houses. This guide picks them out and explains everything you need to know about them. Beginner classes are excluded here, just because you don't really get much from them and are limited in choice anyway.

Some Considerations

Before getting into the nitty-gritty with class details, it's important to keep a few things in mind. Don't forget class abilities are tied to that class; the only ones you can take with you are the Mastery abilities and Combat Arts, which obviously require you to master said class.

Skills learned aren't tied to class. If you have a Brawler with level B Faith, that Brawler will learn white magic even if he/she can't use it in that class.

Classing up doesn't necessarily mean big stat increases.The important things to consider are, instead, stat growth rates, since those determine how your unit will develop over time.

Recommended Intermediate Classes

Lord

Requirement(s)

  • Edelgard/Dimitri/Claude only
  • Sword D+
  • Authority C

Facets

  • Charm — Adjacent allies deal extra 3 points of damage during combat.
  • Res+2 (Mastery Ability) — Increases resistance by 2
  • Subdue (Mastery Combat Art) — Leaves the enemy with 1HP
  • Skill Bonuses: Sword+2, Authority+2, Lance+1

The Lord isn't a spectacularly useful class on its own, but it does a few very vital things. The first is that it keeps your roster from being full of mercenaries or archers by letting you put your House Leader in a unique role.

The Charm ability is definitely worthwhile. Even if you're playing on Casual, chances are you always have at least one unit around your House Leader to provide support boosts. Charm rewards you for protecting the leader and lets all nearby units dish out more damage.

Subdue is okay if you're trying to train weaker units, but Res+2's importance can't be overstated. Resistance is almost always the biggest weak point of a main character in Fire Emblem, and Three Houses throws a lot of magic users your way. Every little bit helps.

The three House Leaders each have two other unique classes that unlock at certain points in the story. These, including names, could be seen as spoilers, but the recommendations about the Lord class apply. Each of these unique classes offers benefits that affect the entire army and play to that Leader's strengths, so they're worth pursuing.

Mercenary

Requirement(s)

  • Sword C

Facets

  • Vantage (Mastery Ability) — If a unit with Vantage has less than 50% HP and is attacked, unit attacks first
  • Skill bonuses: Sword+2, Axe+1

The Mercenary might be the standard class when you don't know what to choose, but it's a good one nonetheless. Its growth stats favor strength and speed, which is a good combination indeed. Higher speed means a chance to strike twice, and it goes for your opponents, too.

Most important is the Vantage ability. It might take a while to unlock it, but it's a lifesaver in situations where you don't want to use Divine Pulse, but left a unit in a potentially deadly situation.

The only drawback is one common to most physical-oriented classes: low resistance growth rate.

Should you choose Mercenary, it'd be a good idea to supplement by setting Bow as one of your weekly goals. That way, you'll meet the requirements for the Assassin class without having to divide your time between using bows and swords. If you did use Bows, though, the Mercenary is a better choice over the Archer, whose stats leave something to be desired in the Strength department.

Brawler

Requirement(s)

  • Brawl C (Male only)

Facets

  • Unarmed Combat — lets units fight without weapons. The class mastery bonus is the same thing
  • Skill bonus: Brawl +2, Axe+1

Assuming you aren't raising your female units' brawl stat, the Brawler is the better choice over Brigand. Brigand gets a strength boost and a strength-oriented class mastery bonus, but the Brawler has higher Dexterity and Speed stat growth rates. Those two are arguably more important, because a strong hit is useless if it misses or results in two counter-attacks.

Dark Mage

Requirement(s)

  • Reason C
  • Dark Seal (Male only)

Facets

  • Miasma Delta — Lets unit cast Miasma Delta or, if the spell is already available, increases the number of times it can be used
  • Heart Seeker — Avo-20 for adjacent foes
  • Poison Strike (Mastery ability) If a unit lands a hit during combat, foe loses 20% HP after combat
  • Skill bonus: Reason+2, Faith+1

The Dark Mage is the best of the three Intermediate magic classes — and the biggest pain to unlock. Three Houses has four Dark Seals you can find over the game's course, and none of them are easy to get. You've probably seen the first one already: the Death Knight has it in the assassination plot chapter.

Still, should you obtain one, the Dark Mage's abilities and mastery ability make it the most versatile magic user. It grants non-mage but Magic proficient types like Lorenz the ability to use Dark Magic, deals extra damage to foes, and makes them easier to hit, all while improving the Magic stat growth rate at a higher pace than the Priest.

Interestingly, the Dark Mage is a better choice than the Dark Bishop later on. The Dark Bishop gets the same abilities as the Dark Mage with only a moderately useful mastery ability and the Mage's mastery ability thrown in for good measure.

Mage

Requirement(s)

  • Reason C

Facets

  • Fire — Lets unit cast Fire or, if the spell is already available, increases the number of charges
  • Fiendish Blow (Mastery ability) — +6 Magic when unit initiates combat
  • Skill bonus: Reason+2, Faith+1

If you don't feel like messing with the Dark Seals, the regular Mage is the next best choice. It's Magic growth rate is 10, to the Priest's 5, plus the mastery ability is more useful for offensive combat.

Each house has at least two default magic users, which you'll be bringing with you to battle until you recruit other units.

They should both be Mages. That way, you can alternate between attacking and assisting as needed. If you're concerned about raising Faith levels, just set those as goals and focus on improving them via instruction as well.

Pegasus Knight

Requirement(s)

  • Lance C
  • Flying D (Female only)

Facets

  • Canto — Lets unit take additional, unused movement after taking an action
  • Avo+10 — Increases Avoid
  • Darting Blow (Mastery ability) +6 Attack Speed if unit initiates combat
  • Triangle Attack (Mastery Combat Art) Requires three flying units adjacent to an enemy
  • Skill bonus: Lance+2, Flying+2, Sword+1

The Pegasus Knight, or Peg Knight, tops the Cavalier as the better of the two mounted Intermediate classes. It might not get the strength stat growth increase the Cavalier does, but it does get a Speed boost and has no negative stat growth rates. That means no stat reductions when you change classes.

Canto is very useful for darting short distances for attacks and then retreating out of harm's way. Just be mindful of the flyer's weakness to arrows and the fact that most of the enemy archers have the +1 range ability for their attacks.

If you have a female unit with good strength already, like Leonie or Ingrid, the extra Speed growth rate combines stronger hits with more of them. In other words, they could end up being the most powerful members of your roster as Pegasus Knights.

Recommended Advanced Classes

Swordmaster

Requirement(s)

  • Sword A

Facets

  • Swordfaire — Attack+5 when using a Sword
  • Sword Crit+10 — Critical hit rate goes up by 10 when using a sword
  • Astra (Mastery Combat Art ) Attacks five times at 30% the usual strength
  • Skill bonus: Sword+3

The Swordmaster is one of the game's best classes and certainly one you want to focus on at the Advanced tier. The sword bonuses easily outshine the Hero's abilities, plus the Swordmaster's growth rates focus on Strength and Speed. Unless you're using a unit with frail defense, this means you've got a ready-made frontline monster to hold its own and push through the enemy lines.

Astra is also one of the best Combat Arts for dealing higher damage rates, though it will blow through your weapon durability if you use it too much.

Assassin

Requirement(s)

  • Sword B
  • Bow C

Facets

  • Swordfaire — Attack+5 when using a Sword
  • Locktouch — Can open doors and chests without a key.
  • Stealth — Unit is less likely to be targeted
  • Lethality (Mastery ability) Could instantly kill a foe (activation depends on Dexterity x 0.25%)
  • Assassinate (Mastery Combat Art) Instantly kills a foe
  • Skill bonus: Sword+3, Bow+2

The Assassin is another of the game's best classes. While you don't get any Strength boost in the growth stat department, you do get rates twice as high for Dexterity and Speed, so you'll be landing more hits, more often. The mastery skills don't need much explanation; they're incredibly powerful.

Locktouch's usefulness is complemented by Stealth, since you can push your Assassin unit forward without worrying as much about being targeted. Stealth and higher speed also makes Assassin a good class for units with lower natural defense. You can dish out the damage and are more likely to avoid repercussions.

Paladin

Requirement(s)

  • Lance B
  • Riding B

Facets

  • Canto — Lets unit take additional, unused movement after taking an action
  • Lancefaire — Attack+5 when using lances
  • Terrain Resistance — No negative effects from terrain
  • Aegis (Mastery ability) — Could reduce bow and magic damage by half (activation depends on Dexterity)
  • Skill bonus: Lance+3, Riding+3, Sword+2

The Paladin makes up for the Cavalier's shortcomings in all ways. It gets stat growth rate boosts in all categories except Magic and Speed (which still gets a reduction). It's a naturally stronger unit compared to the Wyvern Rider and doesn't have the weakness to arrows and magic associated with the latter.

Canto and Terrain Resistance, plus higher defense and strength, make the Paladin a highly useful class for forging ahead and clearing a path for other units or holding the frontline. That goes double once you learn Aegis.

If you don't use the Cavalier at the Intermediate level, just use seminars and goals to quickly raise your Riding level.

Sniper

Requirement(s)

  • Bow A

Facets

  • Bowfaire — Attack+5 when using a bow
  • Bowrange+1 — Increases the range of bow attacks by 1
  • Hunter's Volley (Mastery Combat Art) — Strikes twice, exclusive to Snipers
  • Skill bonus: Bow+3

The Sniper is a bit of an anomaly in this list because it doesn't have too much going for it — but what it does have is worthwhile.

Bowrange+1 is one of the best skills for any bow user for obvious reasons. Combined with Bowfaire plus the Sniper's higher Luck growth rate, you've got the perfect class for units like Ignatz with high strength but low defense. They can deal high amounts of damage up to three or four squares away without dealing with counter attacks.

Grappler

Requirement(s)

  • Brawl A (Male only)

Facets

  • Fistfaire — Attack+5 when using brawling.
  • Unarmed Combat — Can fight without a weapon.
  • Tomebreaker (Mastery ability) — Hit and Avoid +20 when attacking magic users
  • Fierce Iron Fist (Mastery Combat Art) — Attacks three times, exclusive to the Grappler
  • Skill bonus: Brawl+3

The Grappler is a class worth sticking with to get the Tomebreaker ability, which perfectly complements the Brawler's high strength and low resistance.

Like the Brawler in the Intermediate tier, the Grappler gets high Strength, Dexterity, and Speed growth rates, making it again more useful than the one-sided Warrior.

Warlock

Requirement(s)

  • Reason A

Facets

  • Black Tomefaire — Attack+5 when using black magic
  • Black Magic Uses x2 — Doubles the number of times you can use each black magic spell
  • Bowbreaker (Mastery ability) — Hit/Avoid +20 when using magic against bow users.
  • Skill bonus: Reason+3, Faith+2

There's not too much to say about the Warlock, other than it's a very strong unit. It offers more and more useful abilities than the Dark Bishop and turns your Reason-based magic user into a highly efficient offensive unit. More power and more times to take advantage of it definitely outweigh the Bishop's Renewal mastery ability.

Recommended Master Classes

The Master tier of classes is a difficult one to choose the best from. Every class is strong and offers distinct benefits depending on your playstyle, but some stand out above the others.

Mortal Savant

Requirement(s)

  • Sword A
  • Reason B+

Facets

 

  • Swordfaire — Attack+5 when using a sword.
  • Black Tomefaire — Attack+5 when using black magic.
  • Warding Blow (Mastery ability) — Resistance+6 when unit initiates combat
  • Skill bonus: Sword+3, Reason+3

The Mortal Savant is a physical class that actually lets you use magic as well, making it one of the two best end classes for all reason-based magic users. While it might not be the most useful for those with naturally lower Strength initially, that stat does grow at a steady pace. Plus using a Sword grants an attack bonus anyway.

There are several units with high strength and decent magic that would fit this class, including Byleth.Just don't use a slower unit, since the Mortal Savant gets a small blow to Speed.

Dark Knight

Requirement(s)

  • Lance C
  • Reason B+
  • Riding A

Facets

  • Black Tomefaire — Attack+5 when using black magic.
  • Canto — Lets unit take additional, unused movement after taking an action
  • Dark Tomefaire — Attack+5 when using dark magic
  • Seal Resistance (Mastery ability) — Foe gets Res-6 for one turn after unit attacks
  • Skill bonus: Lance+3, Riding+3, Reason+3

The Dark Knight is the other end class for all offensive magic users. The added mobility granted by riding a horse, plus the increased attack for both kinds of offensive magic, outweigh the slight speed reduction all horse units get at this level.

Additionally, there's more offensive black and dark magic than there is offensive white magic, making the two Tomefaire skills more useful than the Holy Knight's White Tomefaire skill. You also get a slight increase for the Strength growth rate, making lance use feasible as well, should you need it.

War Master

Requirement(s)

  • Axe A
  • Brawl A (Male only)

Facets

  • Fistfaire — Attack+5 when using Brawl-based weapons
  • Axefaire — Attack+5 when using an Axe
  • Crit+20 — Increases critical hit rate by 20
  • Quick Riposte (Mastery ability) Guaranteed follow-up attack if a unit's HP is greater than 50% and foe initiates combat
  • War Master's Strike (Mastery Combat Art) Effective against all enemies and has a high Hit rate
  • Skill bonus: Axe+3, Brawl+3

It's easy to see from the skill list alone how useful the War Master can be if you've focused on Brawl skills in any of your male units.

All attacks will be enhanced, with improved critical hit rates, strong counter skills once you master the class, and high HP, Strength, and Dexterity growth rates. As physical units go, it's hard to beat this one.

Gremory

Requirement(s)

  • Reason A
  • Faith A (Female only)

Facets

 

  • Black Magic Uses x2 — Increases how much each black magic spell can be used
  • Dark Magic Uses x2 — Increases how much each dark magic spell can be used
  • White Magic Uses x2 — Increases how much each white magic spell can be used
  • Defiant Mag (Mastery ability) Mag+8 when HP is less than 25%
  • Skill bonus: Reason+3, Faith+3

The Gremory is the ultimate magic user, but is limited to female units only. Fortunately, there are a lot of magic-proficient female units in Three Houses, so you're bound to have at least one unit that would be a good fit for this class regardless of the House you chose.

Growth rates favor Magic and Dexterity, so units like Marianne and Annette who can't make good use of the Dark Knight or Mortal Savant's physical skills would be ideal here.

Unique Class

Dancer

Requirement(s)

  • Complete "The White Heron Cup" quest available in month 12.

Facets

  • Dance — Allows targeted ally to move again
  • Special Dance (Mastery ability) — Dancing also increases Luck, Dexterity, and Speed by 4.
  • Skill bonus: Sword+2, Authority+2

The Dancer is a peculiar class. Only one character can be a Dancer — whichever one you choose for the quest mentioned above. However, Dancers don't get any beneficial stat growth increases, except HP. Strength, Defense, and Resistance all take a small hit.

However, the Dance ability's usefulness can't be overstated. Whether you're letting a healer assist another unit, moving a unit out of danger, or taking out another enemy, it's always useful to grant an extra action to one of your party members.

Just note that while the Mastery ability affects dancing, the Dance ability is tied to the Dancer class and can't be transferred to another.

---

Every class is viable in Fire Emblem: Three Houses, but the ones listed here offer the best skills, abilities, and growth paths of the bunch. While you're working on meeting requirements and planning for your army's future, check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides for help with skills, instruction, and more.

]]>
Quickest Ways to Get Money in GTA Online: How to Make Cash Fast https://www.gameskinny.com/hz1rg/quickest-ways-to-get-money-in-gta-online-how-to-make-cash-fast https://www.gameskinny.com/hz1rg/quickest-ways-to-get-money-in-gta-online-how-to-make-cash-fast Tue, 06 Aug 2019 10:47:58 -0400 Sergey_3847

Getting started in GTA Online can be really difficult, but if you know how to get a lot of money really quickly, you can enjoy all the freedoms at your fingertips.

Certainly, new types of income appear with each new content update, and the last one, Diamond Casino and Resort, also offers a few unique ways of raking in huge amounts of money really fast.

If you want to know how to make quick money in GTA Online, including all the newest and well-established methods, then follow our guide below.

Time Trials

With the release of the new Diamond Casino and Resort update for GTA Online, Time Trials now pay twice as much, which means that you can easily make $100,000 in just a few minutes.

Of course, you need to be able to finish the trials on time, and in order to that, you need the fastest car possible, which may cost over $1 million.

But how can new players win and earn quick cash in Time Trials? Well, the answer is motorbikes. Akuma, one of the fastest motorbikes in the game, costs only $9,000. Buy that, and rake in the sweet dosh. 

Inside Track Betting

There are plenty of ways to make money inside the Diamond casino. But the most profitable and the quickest one is the horse race betting system called Inside Track.

You can easily exploit the system by always betting on the first horse, but with one condition. The second horse in the list must have odds of at least 5/1 or more. If the odds are 4/1 or 3/1, then you should exit the game and return to reset the odds.

This method should be successful almost every time, giving you at least $50,000 in just a couple of minutes.

Adversary Modes

The most profitable Adversary Mode is Slasher/Hunted mode, which can and should be played with a team.

One member of the team should be the Hunted and let the other players find and kill them as soon as possible. 

It is also important to complete several of these modes one after another, because the game will reward you with bonuses up to $50,000.

Client Jobs

The After Hours update introduced new client jobs that pay over $30,000 each, with high RP and bonuses.

But not all client jobs are equally profitable, and the only ones you should focus on are:

  • Robbery in Progress
  • Data Sweep
  • Targeted Data
  • Diamond Shopping

If you don't know how to do them effectively, you can find all the solutions in our GTA Online client jobs guide here.

Missions

Completing missions can generate some serious cash.

Lester Crest and Martin Madrazo have the most profitable missions. You can get invited by a high-level friend or random and get a ton of cash even as a low-level player.

Make sure your difficulty is set to Hard; all of your earnings will be 50% more profitable, which means more cash in less time. It is recommended to complete missions within a crew, since it also increases your profits.

Selling Cars

This method is really easy. All you have to do is steal a car and bring it to Los Santos Customs for sale.

Of course, don't just steal any car. Instead, look out for modded vehicles, such as Gang Tornado or Chrome Dubsta, which sell for about $40,000 a piece.

The best place to look for modded and expensive cars is Grove Street. However, remember that you can sell only one car a day — or 48-minutes of real-time.

Daily Objectives

This is one of the most obvious methods to make easy money in GTA Online. Unfortunately, many players avoid completing objectives, leaving money on the table

The best part about daily objectives is that they not only grant you quick cash every day, but they provide worthwhile bonuses.

If you complete daily objectives every day for a consecutive week, you'll be rewarded with a $100,000 bonus. If you do them for a month, you'll be rewared with a $500,000 bonus.

Car Races and Deathmatches

Obviously, winning races gives you more dosh than losing. But it is still important to complete races and deathmatches no matter your place, because if you quit, you will earn nothing. 

Even if you lose, you can earn $2,000, which is better than nothing for your time. 

Be sure to bet on players, too, to make additional cash. And, if you win the race and the bet, you will make twice as much.

Heist Jobs

Every time you start a new heist, you'll get a bonus of $100,000

But don't just join any heist job; look out for those that distribute all shares fairly.

For example, if you join a heist job that offers $500,000, but the host distributed his share as 70% and the rest to all those who joined, skip it. It's not worth the effort.

The lowest share percentage you should go for is 20%, and of course, if a heist job offers more than that, then it's a worthy deal.

Another important thing to remember is this: complete all heist jobs in the order the game offers them to you. If you start with Fleeca and finish with Pacific Bank, then the game will reward you with a bonus $ 1 million in cash.

VIP Jobs

As a player with VIP status, you can make a lot of cash from the VIP jobs menu. However, you can't become a VIP member from scratch: you need to have at least $50,000 on your account before applying for the VIP status at SecuroServ.

After you managed to secure VIP status in GTA Online, you can start making a lot of money really quickly by completing various SecuroServ missions.

Become a CEO

After you've made enough money as a VIP member, you can buy an office, which will automatically make you the CEO of your organization. This will allow you to buy and sell crates, and make easy money on the difference.

When you've chosen the location of your office, you can start buying warehouses with crates, which you can sell.

The system is rigged in such a way that it is better to sell more crates at once, as it will automatically raise their prices, which means more profit for you.

This is probably the slowest method of all on this list, but it gives you something else to do when you're out of ideas or have grown tired of all the quick ways of making money mentioned above.

---

That's all you need to know for making quick money in GTA Online. For more GTA Online guides, see the list below:

]]>
WWE 2K20 Playable Wrestler Roster https://www.gameskinny.com/3a9p0/wwe-2k20-playable-wrestler-roster https://www.gameskinny.com/3a9p0/wwe-2k20-playable-wrestler-roster Tue, 06 Aug 2019 10:11:39 -0400 Ty Arthur

Changes have arrived in this year's superstar wrestling series as WWE 2K20 sees a big shift in the standard playable roster.

This is the first time the series will allow women in the MyCareer mode, and this year sees both a man and a woman as co-cover stars.

In keeping with that theme, the single-player 2K Showcase campaign now revolves around the rise of the Four Horsewomen, with documentary vignettes and objective-based gameplay for cover superstar Becky Lynch.

Aside from female wrestlers in the story mode, the full game will include a cross-section of legends, Hall of Famers, and the return of Hulk Hogan, who has been noticeably missing from the series since 2015.

Wondering who else will be available to play at launch in the standard or deluxe editions? We've got all the details on every playable character for WWE 2K20 below.

Confirmed WWE 2K20 Roster

Only 18 wrestlers have been confirmed by 2K Games so far, so the table below may look a little sparse for the next few weeks.

Including DLC, the last game had a whopping 200 wrestlers, so many more playable characters are expected to be revealed through the game's October release. Make sure to check back often as we update this list with new names!

Note that the number of total playable characters is boosted by variations for some wrestlers, like the Rock 'N Sock version of Mankind. Only a small handful of these variants have been announced as of this writing, but we'll get that part of the table updated as gameplay footage comes online showing off different character versions.

Here's every WWE 2K20 confirmed character we know of so far.

Wrestler Available With Known Variations
Becky Lynch (Raw) Cover star All versions  
Charlotte (Smackdown)  All Versions  
Bayley (Smackdown) All Versions  
Sasha Banks (Raw) All Versions  
Roman Reigns (Smackdown) Cover star All Versions  
Chyna (Legend) Deluxe / Collector's Editions  
Hulk Hogan (Legend) Deluxe / Collector's Editions  
Mankind (Legend) Deluxe / Collector's Editions    Rock 'n' Sock Connection
The Rock (Legend)   Deluxe / Collector's Editions  $500 Shirt Rock
Stone Cold Steve Austin (Legend)   Unknown  
The Miz (Raw)   All versions  
Brock Lesnar (Raw) All versions  
Papa Shango (Legend)  MyCareer Mode  
Braun Strowman (Raw)  MyCareer Mode  
Nia Jax (Raw)  MyCareer Mode  
Asuka (Smackdown)  MyCareer Mode  
Angelo Dawkins (NXT)  MyCareer Mode  
Montez Ford (NXT)  MyCareer Mode  

 

Rumored WWE 2K20 Roster

While 18 names have come online in an official capacity, based on previous year's games and the hype surrounding some wrestlers, we have a pretty good bet of who else will end up in WWE 2K20.

Note that these names have not at this point been confirmed, but they are expected to be announced. As more names come through official channels, we'll either move these names up to the table above or cull them from this list.

These are the wrestlers we're expecting to arrive in the next batch of official video announcements:

  • AJ Styles
  • Karl Anderson
  • Luke Gallows
  • Adam Cole
  • Bobby Fish
  • Kyle O’Reilly
  • Roderick Strong
  • Baron Corbin
  • Brian Kendrick
  • Buddy Murphy
  • Dana Brooke
  • Jeff Jarrett
  • Jinder Mahal
  • Lacey Evans
  • Mojo Rawley
  • Nikki Cross
  • Paige
  • Nikki Cross
  • Tommaso Ciampa
  • Torrie Wilson
  • Trent Seven

We should have the full official list shortly before the game officially lands on October 22, 2019.

What do you think of the currently announced WWE 2K20 roster, and who are you hoping will make the cut? Let us know in the comments!

]]>
Age Of Wonders: Planetfall Strategy Guide to Winning https://www.gameskinny.com/jc6m5/age-of-wonders-planetfall-strategy-guide-to-winning https://www.gameskinny.com/jc6m5/age-of-wonders-planetfall-strategy-guide-to-winning Mon, 05 Aug 2019 15:39:26 -0400 Ty Arthur

Taking the 4X fantasy style into space, Age Of Wonders: Planetfall features enough changes from the previous games that returning players and beginners may need a little help getting into the groove of planet conquering.

Just getting started on your rise to power? Our full guide below shows you how to explore, expand, exploit, and exterminate on any difficulty level.

Even if you are a genre veteran, it's worth browsing through the tips below so you know exactly what structures and units to start with for the biggest advantage in the early game. Let's get started!

Build Happiness Structures Early

Before amassing a huge army, you need to make sure your citizens are content so they don't start a rebellion at home.

Here's the catch: population happiness automatically declines at a rapid pace by default. It does so until you build a structure that reverses the trend and increases happiness.

You don't want to get caught in a situation where production plummets and riots break out just as you need new armies to defend against strong enemy factions encroaching your borders.

In some missions and scenarios, you will automatically start with a ready-to-build Recreational Dome. You should build it on the first turn if possible. In other situations, you will need to research Frontier Facilities first in the Society research tree.

These are the three main options for increasing happiness in a colony, and where to research them:

  • Recreational Dome (Frontier Facilities)
  • Botanical Gardens (Environmental Conditioning)
  • Virtual Entertainment Plaza (Colonist Care)

After pumping out a happiness-increasing structure, your next order of business before upgrading anything is to quickly produce several low-level units so you can replenish your main army, defend your capital, and scout for undefended resources.

Don't Leave Cities Undefended

 This is a bad idea. Don't do this.

In Planetfall, there is the constant temptation to pack your strongest hero full of units and stomp across the planet leaving a trail of destruction in your wake.

In the early game, it seems like you can easily overpower everything, so you'll want to amass as much territory as possible. Absolutely do not do that, even if it appears there are no enemy armies close enough to threaten your structures.

Other factions will take advantage of the fact that your strongest armies aren't at home, and you will quickly lose more territory than you gained.

In the early rounds, a single unit on a city will keep other factions away. As you start to hit turns in the mid double, however, you need to place full stacks with attached heroes as invaders will start trying to take your colonies.

While defending and upgrading your capital, don't forget to build colonizers in the unit production list so you can get new cities up and running for extra energy income and more military units.

Send Out A Scout To Pick Up Undefended Resources

While many of the resource nodes, caches, and various structures are defended by NPC armies, you can find undefended resources strewn across the far corners of any map.

To get an early edge, send out a single unit with high movement points to explore and pick up whatever is unattended.

Some factions have an early Strategic Operation available to summon a unit, which frees up your capital to build a happiness structure and other armies.

The Kir'ko, for instance, can summon a Whisper of Discord by researching Whispers and Visions on the Psynumbra branch of the Military tree. The Dvar can deploy Trenchers by researching Drudges on the top branch of the Military tree.

If that's not an option in your current scenario or you are playing a faction without an early summon, immediately produce a cheap scout unit with high movement or flying such as the Shrike (Amazons), Inspector (Assembly), or OWL (Vanguard).

Together with sending out an expendable scout, there's one change to how you play that is absolutely critical when establishing the edge against other players and getting ahead in the arms race: always set your research and unit production at the BEGINNING of the turn, before you start exploring.

You may get production and research boosts by taking over resource nodes or finding caches, which will effectively complete your production or research that same turn for free.

If you set your production at the end of the turn instead, you rob yourself of the ability to get instant completion and effectively put yourself behind in the race to expand.

Keep NPC Factions Happy

While you need a steady influx of energy, research, and production to keep pumping out higher-end units, influence can actually become the most important resource to manage.

Every map features one or more of the following NPC factions that operate independently of other AI players: 

  • Autonom
  • Growth
  • Paragon
  • Psi-Fish
  • Spacers

These factions aren't out to conquer the map, but they do own locations and will sell you units and mods as you increase your relationship by completing quests or offering tributes.

Here's why that's important: you can spend influence to buy high tier units without having to spend any energy or wait multiple turns for the creature to be produced. Units purchased with influence appear at your capital immediately, with no wait time, which can tip the balance in any battle.

For instance, when you reach the Friendship relationship level with the Psi-Fish, the Tier III elite Siren unit is available for only 80 influence, which is much cheaper and faster than producing an equivalent unit at one of your colonies.

Plan For Your Victory Path Early

While campaign missions have specific victory conditions based on the storyline, randomized maps are instead won through total conquest, unification, or destruction (euphemistically referred to as "purification").

If you are going for either of the latter two options, you need to plan ahead, as both options must first be researched.

The Planetary Unification Protocol can be researched early by unlocking Dawn Of A New Union on the top Doctrine branch of the Society research tree. It takes longer to implement than the destruction option, however, and comes with these major restrictions:

  • Virtuous reputation required: This means you can't take resources and structures from other players, and you need to forge alliances and spend influence to compliment other factions

  • Cannot be at war with players or NPC factions 

  • Need 3 dwellings under alliance control 

To go this route, you need to play defensively and only expand where there are hostile marauder armies that don't belong to any faction.

Researching Planetary Purification takes far longer to initiate, as it's found at the very end of the military research tree, although it has no restrictions and is much easier to implement. 

If you want to go this route, keep in mind that all resources are culled by 30% during the 10-turn countdown for purification, so plan accordingly, as you won't be able to build as many units while all of the other factions mass to annihilate you before you can wipe out life on the planet.

---

Have any other tips for new players to get up and running quickly? Let us know your favorite strategy in the comments below, and stay tuned for our full guides on navigating the research tree and picking the best Planetfall hero skills coming shortly.

Be sure to check out our review of Age of Wonders: Planetfall to see why we said it "triumphantly propels the series into a sci-fi future." 

]]>
Minimal Grind Required: Get the Building Boffin Trophy in Dragon Quest Builders 2 https://www.gameskinny.com/eza6y/minimal-grind-required-get-the-building-boffin-trophy-in-dragon-quest-builders-2 https://www.gameskinny.com/eza6y/minimal-grind-required-get-the-building-boffin-trophy-in-dragon-quest-builders-2 Thu, 01 Aug 2019 17:20:50 -0400 Jonathan Moore

Dear Reader:

Don't be like me. Don't waste your time grinding for recipes in Dragon Quest Builders 2, thinking it's the fastest way to get the Building Boffin trophy. Don't make my hours-long, time-wasting mistake. 

Be smarter than the game, which says that the trophy is "awarded for discovering 65% of the recipes listed in the Builderpedia."

If you're like me, you might have thought that meant actually discovering recipes, such as when the little light bulb appears above your builder's head.

Not so.

You need to know that's not what it means. It doesn't mean that you have to grind monsters or grind building rooms or grind Tablet Targets. No longer should you be depressed by the small increase to your overall Building Boffin percentage after hours and hours of play. 

How to Get the Trophy Right Now

The vague trophy description actually means building the recipes you've already found

Chances are, you already have enough recipes to move the percentage to 65% and get the gold trophy. 

All you have to do is this: 

  1. Go to a workbench
  2. Open the workbench
  3. Choose the "Hammer" icon 
    • Found to the right of "All" at the bottom of the workbench menu

This new menu will show you all of the recipes you haven't yet built. All you have to do is go through this list, building each item, until you meet the immensely simple criteria and the trophy pops. 

It's that easy. 

Beware, however, that you will need to exit the workbench completely, and then open the Builderpedia and then click "Recipes" for the trophy to appear on e you hit 65% or higher. 

For example, I built enough items that when I looked at the Builderpedia, I had 67% of the recipes. That's because it doesn't activate until you actually open the "Recipes" me u and it shows 65% or more. 

If you're looking for more tips and tricks (and ways not to be dumb like me), be sure to head over to our Dragon Quest Builders 2 guides page, where you'll find content on such things as: 

]]>
Minecraft: The Conduit and You https://www.gameskinny.com/dzwcf/minecraft-the-conduit-and-you https://www.gameskinny.com/dzwcf/minecraft-the-conduit-and-you Wed, 31 Jul 2019 17:08:16 -0400 Tobbpitt

The conduit is one of Minecraft's more curious blocks. In fact, it's so curious that it is very easy to never know they exist at all. They do, though, and they are weird.

The conduit does a handful of things that players fond of underwater play or exploration may find nifty, but first, we're going to go into how to make one of these bad boys.

How to Make a Conduit

A conduit requires:

  • 8 Nautilus shells
  • 1 Heart of the sea
How to Get Nautilus Shells

Even with Minecraft's 1.5.0 upon us, getting nautilus shells and the Heart of the Sea is still kind of a pain.

You can get nautilus shells by either fishing or by killing drowned that are holding one. Both options are quite rare, so it's up to you which method you decide to use!

It's also possible to get nautilus shells from a wandering trader, but that's even harder than just fishing them up or seeking out drowned to slay. Fishing is probably your best bet.

How to Get the Heart of the Sea

Obtaining a heart of the sea is even harder than getting the whopping eight nautilus shells you need.

The heart of the sea can only be found in buried treasure chests, which can be like trying to find a needle in a haystack if you're just looking without any help.

It's possible to seek out buried treasure chests by using a buried treasure explorer map.

There are two ways to get one of these treasure maps. Either you seek out underwater ruins for chests that may contain a map, or you get one of your villagers up to apprentice or journeyman cartographer to sell you one.

If you want to do it the hard way, you're going to be digging at a lot of sand. Buried treasure chests are most often found under the sand on beaches, though they can rarely be found under sand underwater.

How to Activate a Conduit

Getting everything together in survival mode is quite the task, but it's worth it if you want to make use of the new bells and whistles in 1.5.0.

First, you need to know what a conduit needs to be surrounded by water to activate. This doesn't have to be the ocean or anything, even flowing water will do.

You must place at least 16 prismarine, prismarine bricks, dark prismarine, or sea lanterns around the conduit for it to activate. You can place up to 42 blocks of these types around it to increase its field of effect.

At 16 blocks, the conduit will affect up to 32 blocks around it.

At 42 blocks, the conduit will affect up to 96 blocks around it.

What a Conduit Does

A conduit gives the conduit power status effect to all players within its range of effect. This status effect is a real doozy for players who prefer to build or adventure underwater, as it:

  • Increases your vision underwater
  • Grants infinite underwater breath
  • Grants haste to speed up your mining
  • Kills aggro mobs in range

Essentially, it's a super-powered bubble without the bubble visual effects!

It's easy to see why the conduit is the nautical player's best friend, but there's no denying this is a block that takes some real effort to not only craft but to put to good use as well. Perhaps the perfect pairing to an underwater fortress?

If you found this guide useful, check out our other Minecraft guides or even our plethora of Minecraft seed lists. We have new hand-picked seeds to share each and every month, you know you want to take a look.

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses Cooking Together Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/10wkc/fire-emblem-three-houses-cooking-together-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/10wkc/fire-emblem-three-houses-cooking-together-guide Wed, 31 Jul 2019 14:56:04 -0400 diegoarguello

Fire Emblem: Three Houses feels like the mix between the tactical components of the series with Persona elements. This results in an array of activities to do with a new cast of characters, and one of them involves cooking together.

For this, you'll have to talk to the Head Chef, located in Garreg Mach Monastery's dining hall. You'll be able to do so whenever you choose the option to Explore during a free day from your calendar.

In order to unlock said activity, you'll have to make progress through the story until at least Chapter 2.

Bear in mind that doing this will take one Activity Point from your free day, so make sure to plan your full schedule ahead as with any other activity. The best part is that the effects will last for a full month, so it's not mandatory to repeat it in every possible occasion.

Cooking Together: How It Works

This is a relatively easy activity in Fire Emblem: Three Houses, and it's worth investing some time in it. Once it unlocks, a new marker will show up in the dining hall where you'll be able to access a list of recipes and characters.

It's similar to sharing a meal with two other students, only that in here only one can be chosen at a time. Make sure to keep an eye on the arrows at the side of each student, which can either point up in a light blue color or down in red. This will affect the support points you can gather from each interaction.

Then, you get to choose what kind of food you want to make, although you'll need to have the required ingredients first. These can be obtained as reward from side quests in the Monastery, caught during the fishing minigame, and also from gardening.

You'll probably have a lot of ingredients laying around at this point, so always make sure to put them to good use whenever you have the chance.

Cooking Together Recipe List
  • King of Beasts Steak
    • Description: Duscur bear steak.
    • Effect: Allies gain Maximum Health Points +3 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Duscur Bear x1
  • Invincible Grill
    • Description: Grilled Oghma wolverine.
    • Effect: Allies gain Strength +1 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Oghma Wolverine
  • Hero Salad
    • Description: Angelica salad.
    • Effect: Allies gain Magic +1 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Angelica 1
  • Queen Fish Sauté
    • Description: Sauté of queen loach.
    • Effect: Allies gain Dexterity +2 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Queen Loach x1
  • Swift Fish Gratin
    • Description: Bullhead gratin
    • Effect: Allies gain Speed +1 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Bullhead x1
  • Blessed Jelly
    • Description: Morfis-plum jelly.
    • Effect: Allies gain Luck +2 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Morfis Plum x1
  • Immortality Stew
    • Description: Teutates pike hot pot.
    • Effect: Allies gain Defense +1 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient: Teutates Pike x1
  • Nirvana Cake
    • Description: Boa-fruit cake.
    • Effect: Allies gain Resistance +1
    • Ingredient(s): Boa Fruit x1
  • Charming Soup
    • Description: Nordsalat soup.
    • Effect: Allies gain Charisma +2 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Nordsalat x1
  • Sacred Beast Roast
    • Description: Albinean moose roast.
    • Effect: Allies gain Maximum Health Points and Strength +1 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Albinean Moose x1 - Magdred Kirsch x1
  • Treasure Fruit Nectar
    • Description: Zanado treasure fruit nectar.
    • Effect: Allies gain Magic and Resistance +1 for the rest of the month.
    • Ingredient(s): Zanado Treasure Fruit x1 - Magdred Kirsch x1

Those are all the recipes we've gathered thus far. All grant different bonuses, so it will depend on your playstyle and the usual group you like to take into battle to see which ones are the best fit.

If you found this guide useful, take a look at our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides going over topics like reclassing and class mastery and lost items.

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses Reclass and Class Mastery Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/xb7m1/fire-emblem-three-houses-reclass-and-class-mastery-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/xb7m1/fire-emblem-three-houses-reclass-and-class-mastery-guide Wed, 31 Jul 2019 14:39:51 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

In yet another first for the series, Fire Emblem: Three Houses throws open the class system entirely, letting you mix and match characters and their growth paths in ways not possible before.

Requirements for classing up have changed too, meaning you have to think about more than whether to level up right away at level 10 or wait until 20.

That level of freedom can sometimes be a bit intimidating, so we've put together this handy guide covering when to reclass and what to consider when you're choosing your next class.

How to Reclass in Fire Emblem: Three Houses

Reclassing in Fire Emblem: Three Houses is skill based and level-based. Not only do you need to be at least a certain level depending on the class, but you also need the requisite skill levels and have a Beginner, Intermediate, or Advanced Seal. Master class doesn't unlock in your class menu until your Professor rank hits rank C.

Here are the level requirements for each class group:

  • Beginner — Level 5
  • Intermediate — Level 10
  • Advanced — Level 20
  • Master — Level 30

You can check out skill requirements for each class at those first three levels in the dormitory menu's Certification Exam section, even if you aren't planning on reclassing yet

Once you meet a class's requirements, just choose your character, seal, and class, don't forget to change to that class after you pass the exam, and you're good to go.

That's where the issue comes in: when to do it.

When to Reclass

Unlike some of the earlier Fire Emblem games, there's not necessarily a huge stat improvement when you reclass, mostly because you don't get that big leap in stats if you classed up at a lower level anymore.

Since class skills like Canto or Lockpick are tied to specific classes and don't carry over, nor do your stats carry over from one class to the next, there are really just two things to keep in mind for when you need to reclass.

Skill Growth

The first thing to keep in mind when reclassing is how that class's skill growth bonuses fit with your future goals

Classes at the Master level unlock once your Professor level reaches C rank, which, depending on how you spend your time, you should be able to do in White Clouds Chapter 4.

Master classes need a Master Seal and a Level 30 character. However, they also combine disparate skill requirements and require more mastery in more areas.

For example, the Mortal Savant requires Reason B+ and Sword A, while the Great Knight must have Heavy Armor A and Riding B+.

As you develop your characters, you'll find these tend to be mutually exclusive. Those gifted enough in Reason or Faith to make a difference in combat usually don't have Strength enough to work on Sword or Lance skills in normal fighting.

There are two possible ways to handle this.

The first is reclassing to work on the skills you need. For instance, hopping between Mage and Mercenary to get the necessary proficiency.

Classes above the Beginner level offer skill growth bonuses in certain areas, as you'll see below. If you're planning on doing a lot of combat outside the main story — through skirmish battles or Paralogues, for example — then reclassing to boost a certain skill could be feasible.

Unless you're grinding for class mastery, though, it's not the most efficient way. The second way to ensure you have the right skills is to plan out how you handle your instruction, group tasks, and goal setting (and you can check out our detailed instruction guide for help with that).

If you don't want to babysit a magic user trying to gain Sword skills, focus on classes that boost what they are proficient in. Then, set the other skills as your weekly goals, boost them with individual lecture sessions, or both. Skills set as goals grow much more rapidly anyway.

Class Mastery Skills

The other thing to consider is whether you want the mastery skills and abilities from mastering a class.

Each class, including the default Noble/Commoner class, has a skill you unlock when you master that class, and it's one you can carry with you when you reclass as well.

You can see what class abilities each class has when you're looking over a Certification Exam's requirements. You don't learn what the mastery skills are until you master a class, nor do you get to see what the bonus rates are —  well, outside of a guide (like this one).

Here's a list of all the class mastery skills and abilities in Three Houses. Some are abilities you can equip, and others are Combat Arts you permanently learn.

  • Noble/Commonor
    • HP+5 (automatic)
  • Myrmidon
    • Spd+2: Ability
    • Swap: Combat Art — Changes places with an adjacent unit.
  • Soldier
    • Def+2: Ability
    • Reposition: Combat Art— Moves adjacent ally to another adjacent grid space.
  • Fighter
    • Str+2: Ability
    • Shove: Combat Art — Shoves an adjacent ally one space further.
  • Monk
    • Mag+2: Ability
    • Draw Back: Combat Art — Unit and selected adjacent ally move back one space.
Intermediate Classes and Mastery Skills
  • Mercenary
    • Requirements: Sword C
    • Skill boost: Sword+2, Axe+1
    • Vantage: Ability  If a unit with Vantage has less than 50% HP and is attacked, unit attacks first.
  • Thief
    • Requirements: Sword C
    • Skill boost: Sword+2, Bow+1
    • Steal: Ability  Unit can steal an item from foes with lower Speed.
  • Armored Knight
    • Requirements: Axe C, Hvy Armor D
    • Skill boost: Axe+2, Hvy Armor+2, Lance+1
    • Armored Blow: Ability  Unit with this ability gains +6 Defense when attacking foes.
  • Cavalier
    • Requirements: Lance C, Riding D
    • Skill boost: Lance+2, Riding+2, Sword+1
    • Desperation: Ability - If unit initiates combat with less than 50% HP, a unit's counterattack will land before the foe attacks.
  • Brigand
    • Axe C
    • Skill boost: Axe+2, Brawl+1
    • Death Blow: Ability  +6 Strength when unit initiates combat
  • Archer
    • Requirements: Bow C
    • Skill boost: Bow+2, Sword+1
    • Hit+20: Ability
  • Brawler (Male only)
    • Requirements: Brawl C
    • Skill boost: Brawl+2, Axe+1
    • Unarmed Combat:  Unit can fight without a weapon
  • Mage
    • Requirements: Reason C
    • Skill boost: Reason+2, Faith+1
    • Fiendish Blow: Ability  +6 Magic when unit initiates combat
  • Dark Mage (Male Only)
    • Requirements: Reason C, Dark Seal
    • Skill boost: Reason+2, Faith+1
    • Poison Strike: Ability  If a unit lands a hit during combat, foe loses 20% HP after combat
  • Priest
    • Requirements: Faith C
    • Skill boost: Faith+2, Reason+1
    • Miracle: Ability  Could survive fatal blow with 1HP (activation based on luck stat)
  • Pegasus Knight
    • Requirements: Lance C, Flying D
    • Skill boost: Lance+2, Flying+2, Sword+1
    • Darting Blow: Ability  +6 Attack Speed if unit initiates combat
    • Triangle Attack: Combat Art  Requires three flying units adjacent to an enemy
Advanced Classes and Mastery Skills
  • Hero (Male only)
    • Requirements: Sword B, Axe C
    • Skill boost: Sword+3, Axe+2
    • Defiant Strength: Ability — when HP drops below 25%, Str+8
  • Swordmaster
    • Requirements: Sword A
    • Skill boost: Sword+3
    • Astra: Combat Art  Attacks five times at 30% the usual strength
  • Assassin
    • Requirements: Sword B, Bow C
    • Skill boost: Sword+3, Bow+2
    • Lethality: Ability  Could instantly kill a foe (activation depends on Dexterity x 0.25%)
    • Assassinate: Combat Art  Instantly kills a foe
  • Fortress Knight
    • Requirements: Axe B, Hvy Armor B
    • Skill boost: Lance+2, Axe+3, Heavy Armor+3
    • Pavise: Ability  Could reduce damage from physical attacks except bow attacks by half (activation depends on Dexterity)
  • Paladin
    • Requirements: Lance B, Riding B
    • Skill boost: Sword+2, Lance+3, Riding+3
    • Aegis: Ability  Could reduce bow and magic attacks by half (activation depends on Dexterity
  • Wyvern Rider
    • Requirements: Axe B, Flying C
    • Skill boost: Lance+2, Axe+3, Flying+3
    • Seal Defense: Ability  Foes attacked by the unit receive Def-6 for one turn
  • Warrior
    • Requirements: Axe A
    • Skill boost: Axe+3
    • Wrath: Ability  If a unit is attacked with less than 50% HP, Crit+50
  • Sniper
    • Requirements: Bow A
    • Skill boost: Bow+3
    • Hunter's Volley: Combat Art  Attack strikes twice
  • Grappler (Male Only)
    • Requirements: Brawl A
    • Skill boost: Brawl +3
    • Tomebreaker: Ability  Hit/Avo+20 during combat with magic users
    • Fierce Iron Fist: Combat Art  Attack strikes three times
  • Warlock
    • Requirements: Reason A
    • Skill boost: Reason+3, Faith+2
    • Bowbreaker: Ability  Hit/Avo+20 when using magic against bow-wielding foes.
  • Dark Bishop (Male Only)
    • Requirements: Reason A, Dark Seal
    • Skill boost: Reason+3, Faith+2
    • Lifetaker: Ability  Recovers half of damage dealt after defeating a foe
  • Bishop
    • Requirements: Faith A
    • Skill boost: Reason+2, Faith+3
    • Renewal: Ability  Recovers up to 1/5 max HP at the beginning of each turn.
Master Classes and Mastery Skills

Since Master Classes don't unlock or even become visible until your Professor level is high enough, we'll list the certification requirements here, too.

  • Falcon Knight (Female only)
    • Requirements: Sword C, Lance A, Flying A
    • Skill boost: Sword+3, Lance+3, Flying+3
    • Defiant Avo: Ability  +30 Avo when HP is lower than 25%
  • Wyvern Lord
    • Requirements: Lance C, Axe A, Flying A
    • Skill boost: Lance+3, Axe+3, Flying+3
    • Defiant Crit: Ability  Crit+50 when HP is lower than 25%
  • Mortal Savant
    • Requirements: Sword A, Reason B+
    • Skill boost: Sword+3, Reason+3
    • Warding Blow: Ability  Resistance+6 when unit initiates combat
  • Great Knight
    • Requirements: Axe B+, Hvy Armor A, Riding B+
    • Skill boost: Lance+3, Axe+3, Heavy Armor+3
    • Defiant Def: Ability  Def+8 when HP is less than 25%
  • Bow Knight
    • Requirements: Lance C, Bow, A, Riding A
    • Skill boost: Lance+3, Bow+3, Riding+3
    • Defiant Speed: Ability  Speed+8 when HP is less than 25%
  • Dark Knight
    • Requirements: Lance C, Reason B+, Riding A
    • Lance+3, Reason+3, Riding+3
    • Seal Resistance: Ability  Resistance -6 inflicted on foe if unit lands a hit during combat
  • Holy Knight
    • Requirements: Lance C, Faith B+, Riding A
    • Skill boost: Lance+3, Faith+3, Riding+3
    • Defiant Res: Ability  Resistance+8 if HP is less than 25%
  • War Master (Male only)
    • Requirements: Axe A, Brawl A
    • Skill boost: Axe+3, Brawl+3
    • Quick Riposte: Ability  Guaranteed follow-up attack if a unit's HP is greater than 50% and foe initiates combat
    • War Master's Strike: Combat Art  Effective against all enemies and has a high Hit rate
  • Gremory (Female only)
    • Requirements: Reason A, Faith A
    • Skill boost: Reason+3, Faith+3
    • Defiant Mag: Ability  Mag+8 when HP is less than 25%

How to Master Classes

Learning what the class mastery skills is great, but you still need to know how to master a class.

You've doubtlessly noticed the various meters that show up after combat. The class growth meter is the above the battalion meter, second from the bottom.

Any time your unit initiates combat, it gains class experience. There's no change to how much experience you gain whether you win the fight or just inflict damage. In other words, you master classes through combat, and it happens naturally over time.

There is a faster way to do it, but it requires some grinding.

On most of your free days, you get the option to engage in skirmish-type battles, and there's usually one with lower-level units and one with higher-level units.

Choose the one with weaker enemies. Remove weapons from the unit or units you want to raise class experience for (or equip a broken weapon), and let them do most of the fighting.

The fights will take longer, of course, but it's an easy way to get more class experience without endangering your students.

Finally, you'll get the option in Chapter 5 to develop the four saint statues in the monastery's cathedral, after completing a quest related to them. Spending Renown (earned through completing quests and non-story battles) lets you improve a statue, and each offers different bonuses, including extra skill and class growth points.

---

That's everything you need to know for when to reclass and how to plan out your skills ahead of time, but check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides to help prepare for the trials ahead.

]]>
Recruiting Students in Fire Emblem: Three Houses https://www.gameskinny.com/luw5q/recruiting-students-in-fire-emblem-three-houses https://www.gameskinny.com/luw5q/recruiting-students-in-fire-emblem-three-houses Wed, 31 Jul 2019 14:08:51 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

Fire Emblem: Three Houses asks you to make a tough choice almost right off the bat: which House you'll align yourself with. That's really just a different way of saying "which groups of students you won't get in your party" — for a little while, at least.

After your first main battle, you get the option to recruit students from other Houses, which means they permanently become part of your party (assuming you don't let them die, of course).

It's not as easy as asking them to join you, though, which is why we've put together this guide for how to recruit students from other Houses.

Recruiting Students from Other Houses

In White Clouds Chapter 2, you get a new dialogue option when you speak to students from other Houses: Recruit.

You quickly discover there's a set of specific conditions you have to meet to get a student to leave their House for your own. These requirements are related to Byleth's skills and stats; each student requires higher proficiency in one skill and one stat.

What the game doesn't tell you is that a C-rank support relationship is required as well, or rather, the necessary amount of bond points that would allow for a C-rank support relationship.

C-rank seems to be the key for skills as well. It's a bit murkier for stats, but it appears the required stat needs to be around 15 or higher.

There is some indication a higher support level could take the place of a skill or stat too. For example, after inviting a few students to a couple of support activities like dining, they expressed a bit more interest in joining my House, where they initially had no interest.

Students You Can't Recruit

Additionally, some students won't join you regardless of your skill and stat levels: House leaders and their second-in-command

Black Eagles

  • Edelgard
  • Hubert

Blue Lions

  • Dimitri
  • Dedue

Golden Deer

  • Claude
  • Hilda
An Exception

Hilda is technically an exception to this general rule, but only under very specific circumstances. Should you not choose Golden Deer, Hilda is only available in the Silver Snow branch of the Black Eagles path. It's the default BE path, but we discuss it more here.

The stat requirements for getting Hilda on your team are very high by default, so your best bet is actually just raising her support level to B or higher and work on Charm (which is easy, since it raises during tea parties).

Recruitable Students

These are the students you can recruit, along with the requirements for each.

Black Eagles Recruitable Characters

Bernadetta

  • Strength
  • Bow

Caspar

  • Strength
  • Brawl

Dorothea

  • Charm
  • Authority

Ferdinand

  • Dexterity
  • Hvy Armor

Linhardt

  • Magic
  • Reason

Petra

  • Dexterity
  • Riding
Blue Lions Recruitable Students

Annette

  • Magic
  • Faith

Ashe

  • Charm
  • Lance

Felix

  • Speed
  • Sword

Ingrid

  • Dexteriy
  • Flying

Mercedes

  • Magic
  • Bow

Sylvain

  • Charm
  • Reason
Golden Deer Recruitable Characters

Ignatz

  • Dexterity
  • Authority

Leonie

  • Strength
  • Lance

Lorenz

  • Charm
  • Reason

Lysithea

  • Magic
  • Faith

Marianne

  • Magic
  • Riding

Raphael

  • Strength
  • Hvy Armor

The Time Skip

Without venturing into spoiler territory, there are some recruitment changes that take place after the game's big time skip. Some characters might leave but can be re-recruited after a battle, and others you didn't recruit before might be available to recruit again.

In short, you'll still get the chance to recruit after the time skip, so don't feel too pressured to do it all while at school.

Faculty Training to Raise Byleth's Stats

It can be difficult to meet some of the recruitment requirements because you're having to raise Byleth's own stats and skills, which can't be done through instruction.

However, you can use Faculty Training to meet those requirements and make up for the weapon skills you aren't raising during battle. Here's what stats and skills each faculty member can help you improve. Note that Faculty Training is the only way to raise Byleth's Riding, Hvy Armor, and Flying skills.

Rhea

  • Sword
  • Brawl
  • Reason
  • Faith

Seteth

  • Sword
  • Lance
  • Axe
  • Authority
  • Flying

Manuela

  • Sword
  • Faith
  • Flying

Catherine

  • Sword
  • Brawl

Jeralt

  • Lance
  • Authority
  • Riding

Hanneman

  • Bow
  • Reason
  • Riding

Alois

  • Axe
  • Brawl
  • Heavy Armor

Shamir

  • Lance
  • Bow

Gilbert

  • Lance
  • Axe
  • Hvy Armor
  • Riding

Naturally, you'll want to prioritize the faculty members who offer the most bonuses, so Shamir and Catherine shouldn't be high on the list, while Gilbert (once he's available) takes precedence over Alois.

Seminars are the other way to raise Byleth's non-dominant stats. These are an option for your free days and raise skills for other members of Byleth's class too, with the skills getting the benefit depending on which faculty member you choose.

Unfortunately, seminars focus only on the faculty's two strongest skills, so you can't expect choosing Seteth to raise all five of his associated skills. Still, it's a good way to knock out two tasks in one if you have other characters in need of improved proficiency.

Support Options

If you're wondering how to raise support levels with students who aren't in your House, it's rather easier than it might seem. In fact, you have multiple ways to raise support levels with other students.

Two methods don't cost any Activity Points.

Mission Assistance

The first is requesting a student accompany you temporarily, using the "Mission Assistance" dialogue option; keep in mind you can only do this for one student per month.

Choosing this option adds the student to your roster for each fight you take on. That means it's best to do early in the month, so you can take them on at least one skirmish fight, as well as the end-of-month main mission.

Each action taken during combat gains a support point. If you use the student often in combat, you can rack up quite a few support points in one go. However, the student's equipment can't be changed, and they don't earn experience, nor will they automatically join you after that month is over.

Returning Lost Items

The other way is finding lost items and giving them back to their owners. You can find more about that in our lost items guide, but there are several items each month, and returning them is an easy and free extra support point.

Activities

Choosing to dine with students and inviting them to join you for choir practice will also boost your support points. Dining in particular has the chance to substantially boost support points, if you choose the right dish for the right dining partners.

Because you can bring two students for dining and choir practice activities, they're the best options for raising support levels with students who aren't in your roster.

Not only can you spend all your Activity Points on one student (should you so wish), you can make the second student another one you want to eventually recruit or fill the second slot with a student from your own House.

That being said, it's best to include one of your own students at least once, to help keep their motivation up.

Should you make raising your Professor level a priority, which we strongly recommend you do, you could have up to five Activity Points by the start of White Clouds Chapter 5. If you choose to explore at least twice during the month, that's a lot of chances to work on raising support points with other students.

Gifts

Don't forget some of the items you find, plus the flowers and vegetables you can grow in the Greenhouse, make great gifts. You can choose to give any student a gift, but try to make sure it matches their interests, else you won't get any support benefit.

Birthdays

Finally, don't ignore birthdays when they come up in the calendar.

Initially you can only buy flowers. However, after you unlock the Tea Party in White Clouds Chapter 4, you can choose to host a Tea Party in that student's honor.

Tea Parties have four stages. In the first three, you have to choose the right choice from three possible dialogue choices, and you only have 15 second to do it.

The "right" choice is determined by the other character's personality, but the options tend to change during each Tea Party; if all else fails an you screw up, don't hesitate to soft reset (press L,R, + and - at the same time) to try again.

If you choose right for the first three, then you get a fourth option that's basically the same thing, along with the chance to offer a gift.

If you're successful in all these, you get a huge support point boost with the other student.

---

Recruiting students from other Houses takes time, but fortunately, you've got 12 months to work on building up your skills, stats, and relationships.

While you're improving Byleth in all ways, check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides for even more ways to maximize your experience in the game.

]]>
Fire Emblem: Three Houses Lost Items Guide https://www.gameskinny.com/vvmi9/fire-emblem-three-houses-lost-items-guide https://www.gameskinny.com/vvmi9/fire-emblem-three-houses-lost-items-guide Wed, 31 Jul 2019 14:08:42 -0400 Joshua Broadwell

One of the many things you can do on your free days in Fire Emblem: Three Houses is explore Garreg Mach Monastery's expansive grounds. Whilst wandering about, you're likely to come across glowing blue areas. These are often fishing bait, or some other random item. Sometimes, though, they're a lost item with a specific name and description, along with a clue about who dropped it.

These clues range from the obvious — finding the Graduate Badge belonging to an academy graduate right after you meet Catherine — to the rather more vague, with some potentially applying to more than one student. Some characters will have more than one lost item as well.

That's why we put together this lost items guide, useful for not trying to figure the owner out at all or just for when you're stumped by an enigmatic description.

Some Tips

Before getting into the list itself, though there are a few important things to keep in mind.

  • Lost items don't have deadlines. If you miss giving an item to someone one month, you'll have the opportunity to the next month during exploration.

  • If you don't find a lost item one month, it'll still be there for you to pick up the next month.

  • Students' locations change each month. Instead of trying to find them by walking around, press R to open the map, and look at the list of people currently in a given area. It's a much more efficient way to return lost items.

  • Some items in the list are specific to whatever House you chose.

  • Characters might leave the Monastery for a time, but you can hold tight and give them their item when they come back.

  • Returning lost items improves your bond with the other character and, if applicable, maxes out their motivation. It's a handy way to re-fill motivation without using an Activity Point — and you'll want to re-fill motivation.

We've organized these by month, which is how you'll likely encounter them during gameplay.

List of Lost Items and Who Owns Them

Garland Moon Lost Items

The first lost item you get is the Wooden Flask. This is actually part of a quest in the game's early chapters, where Jeralt asks you to find his flask for him. It's on the Monastery's second floor, and after you finish the quest, you can start finding other lost items from that point on.

Note there's no particular order for these either; you don't have to find one for the other to appear.

  • Sketch of a Sigil
    • Location: Second Floor Hallway
    • Owner: Hanneman
  • White Glove
    • Location: Black Eagle Classroom ("Officer's Academy" area on the map)
    • Owner: Edelgard
  • Hand Drawn Map
    • Location: Dining Hall Gardens (note called this on the map; it's the area with hedges and cafe-style tables)
    • Owner: Leonie
  • Tattered Overcoat
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Caspar
  • Leather Bow Sheath
    • Location: Dormitories
    • Owner: Claude
  • Wooden Button
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Raphael
  • School of Sorcery Book
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Annette
Blue Sea Moon Lost Items
  • Confessional Letter
    • Location: Stables
    • Owner: Marianne
  • Used Bottle of Perfume
    • Location: Marketplace (area outside the Entrance Hall)
    • Owner: Hilda
  • Artificial Flower
    • Location: North of the Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Lorenz
  • Noxious Handkerchief
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Hubert
  • Wellness Herbs
    • Location: Second floor, Infirmary
    • Owner: Manuela
  • Bag of Tea Leaves
    • Location: Black Eagles Classroom
    • Owner: Ferdinand
  • Thunderbrand Replica
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Caspar
  • Badge of Graduation
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Catherine
  • Mysterious Notebook
    • Location: Holy Mausoleum Entrance
    • Owner: Alois
Verdant Rain Moon Lost Items
  • Needle and Thread
    • Location: Dormitories, first floor
    • Owner: Bernadetta
  • Curry Comb
    • Location: Entrance Hall
    • Owner: Ingrid
  • Exotic Flower
    • Location: Reception Hall
    • Owner: Petra
  • Unused Lipstick
    • Location: Reception Hall
    • Owner: Sylvain
  • Feather Pillow
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Linhardt
  • Portrait of Rhea
    • Location: Dormitories, second floor
    • Owner: Cyril
  • Sword Belt Fragment
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Felix
  • Art Book
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Ignatz
  • Silver Brooch
    • Location: Officer's Academy Courtyard
    • Owner: Dorothea
  • Encyclopedia of Sweets
    • Location: Golden Deer classroom ("Officer's Academy" portion of the map)
    • Owner: Lysithea
Horsebow Moon Lost Items
  • Hammer and Chisel
    • Location: Monastery's second floor
    • Owner: Hanneman
  • Spotless Bandage
    • Location: Golden Deer classroom
    • Owner: Hilda
  • Antique Clasp
    • Location: Fishing Pond
    • Owner: Flayn
  • Silver Necklace
    • Location: Entrance Hall
    • Owner: Gilbert
  • Black Leather Gloves (Blue Lions path only)
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Dimitri
  • Board Game Piece (Golden Deer path only)
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Claude
  • Eastern Porcelain (Black Eagles path only)
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Edelgard
  • Agricultural Survey
    • Location: Stables
    • Owner: Ferdinand
  • How to Bake Sweets
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Mercedes
  • Bundle of Herbs
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Ashe
Wyvern Moon Lost Items
  • Jousting Almanac
    • Location: Entrance Hall
    • Owner: Ingrid
  • Black Iron Spur
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Felix
  • How to Be Tidy
    • Location: Stables
    • Owner: Marianne
  • Letter to Rhea
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Catherine
  • Bundle of Dry Hemp
    • Location: Marketplace
    • Owner: Shamir
  • Burlap Sack of Rocks
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Raphael
  • Small Tanned Hide
    • Location: Reception Hall
    • Owner: Petra
    • Red Wolf Moon Lost Items
  • Foreign Gold Coin
    • Location: Fishing Pond
    • Owner: Alois
  • A Treatise on Etiquette
    • Location: Entrance Hall
    • Owner: Lorenz
  • Unfinished Fable
    • Location: Second floor
    • Owner: Seteth
  • Fruit Preserves
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Mercedes
  • Clean Dusting Cloth
    • Location: Second floor, Infirmary
    • Owner: Manuela
  • The Saints Revealed
    • Location: Reception Hall
    • Owner: Linhardt
  • Old Map of Enbarr
    • Location: Fishing Pond
    • Owner: Flayn
  • Well Used Hatchet
    • Location: Dining Hall Gardens
    • Owner: Cyril
  • Crude Arrowheads
    • Location: Dining Hall Balcony (overlooking the pond)
    • Owner: Leonie
  • Still Life Picture
    • Location: Dormitories, first floor
    • Owner: Bernadetta
  • Songstress Poster
    • Location: Officer's Academy Courtyard
    • Owner: Dorothea
  • Crumpled Love Letter
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Sylvain
Ethereal Moon Lost Items
  • Big Spoon
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Raphael
  • Lens Cloth
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Hanneman
  • Blue Stone
    • Location: Golden Deer classroom
    • Owner: Ignatz
  • Centipede Picture
    • Location: Stables
    • Owner: Shamir
  • Evil-Repelling Amulet
    • Location: Fishing Pond
    • Owner: Ashe
  • Princess Doll
    • Location: Reception Hall
    • Owner: Lysithea
  • Old Cleaning Cloth
    • Location: Second floor foyer
    • Owner: Cyril
  • Book of Ghost Stories
    • Location: Cathedral, east of the sanctuary
    • Owner: Mercedes
  • Old Fishing Rod
    • Location: Saint's Room (Cathedral)
    • Owner: Seteth
  • Carving Hammer
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Gilbert
Guardian Moon Lost Items
  • Training Logbook (Blue Lions path only)
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Dimitri
  • Time-Worn Quill Pen (Black Eagles path only)
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Edelgard
  • Mild Stomach Poison (Golden Deer path only)
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Claude
  • Unfinished Score
    • Location: Blue Lions classroom
    • Owner: Annette
  • Noseless Puppet
    • Location: Knight's Hall
    • Owner: Gilbert
  • Weathered Cloak
    • Location: Entrance Hall
    • Owner: Catherine
  • Lovely Comb
    • Location: Greenhouse
    • Owner: Dorothea
  • Toothed Dagger
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Felix
  • Pegasus Horseshoes
    • Location: Stables
    • Owner: Ingrid
  • Letter to the Goddess
    • Location: Golden Deer classroom
    • Owner: Ignatz
  • Animal Bone Dice
    • Location: Training Grounds
    • Owner: Shamir
  • Light Purple Veil
    • Location: Greenhouse
    • Owner: Manuela
  • Introduction to Magic
    • Location: Fishing Pond
    • Owner: Alois
  • Snapped Writing Quill
    • Location: Second floor
    • Owner: Seteth
  • Bag of Seeds
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Marianne
  • Dusty Book of Fables
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Flayn
  • Animated Bait
    • Location: Library (second floor)
    • Owner: Linhardt
  • Handmade Hair Clip
    • Location: Golden Deer classroom
    • Owner: Hilda
Pegasus Moon Lost Items
  • The History of Sreng
    • Location: Blue Lions classroom
    • Owner: Sylvain
  • New Bottle of Perfume
    • Location: Reception Hall
    • Owner: Lysithea
  • Moon Knight's Tale
    • Location: Cathedral
    • Owner: Ashe
  • Silk Handkerchief
    • Location: Golden Deer classroom
    • Owner: Lorenz
  • Maintenance Oil
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Ferdinand
  • Grounding Charm
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Caspar
  • Wax Diptych
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Annette
  • Hedgehog Case
    • Location: Graveyard (near the top of the stairs)
    • Owner: Bernadetta
  • Annotated Dictionary
    • Location: Dining Hall
    • Owner: Petra

---

Depending on whether you find all the items in their respective months — and some of them do take a bit of spotting — there may be some overlap in how you come across these, give or take a month.

There also appear to be some items for a House's second-in-command (Dedue, Hubert, Hilda) exclusive to their respective paths, though since we haven't played through all three paths yet, we can't confirm this for sure right now.

Meanwhile, be sure to check out our other Fire Emblem: Three Houses guides for help making the most of your time at the Monastery.

]]>